Gamma Building control
Product Catalog ET G1 • 2015
The information in this document contains general descriptions of technical options available, which do not always
have to be present in individual cases. The required features should therefore be specified in each individual case at
the time of closing the contract. The document contains a general product overview. Availability can vary by country.
For detailed product information, please contact the company office or authorized partners.
© Siemens Switzerland Ltd, 2014 • Order no. E10003-C38-4B-A0100-7600
Token fee: 5.00 €
Answers for infrastructure and cities.
Our world is undergoing changes that force us to think
in new ways: demographic change, urbanization, global
warming and resource shortages. Maximum efficiency
has top priority – and not only where energy is concerned.
In addition, we need to increase comfort for the well-being
of users. Also, our need for safety and security is constantly
growing. For our customers, success is defined by how
well they manage these challenges. Siemens has the
answers.
www.siemens.com/gamma
“We are the trusted technology partner for
energy-efficient, safe and secure buildings and
infrastructure.”
Gamma
Building control
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Infrastructure & Cities Sector
Building Technologies Division
International Headquarters
Gubelstrasse 22
6301 Zug
Switzerland
Tel +41 41 724 24 24
The worldwide
standard for
home and
building control
Gamma
Building control
Product Catalog ET G1 • 2015
Answers for infrastructure and cities.
Gamma
Building control
Product Catalog 2015
Refer to the HIT online catalog for current
updates of this catalog: www.siemens.com/hit
© Siemens Schweiz Ltd, 2014
Gamma instabus KNX
Future-proof electrical installations
based on KNX®
Display and Operation Units
1
Output Devices
2
Input Devices
3
Combination Devices
4
Lighting
5
Sun Protection, Anti-Glare
Protection, Utilization of Daylight
6
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation,
Air-Conditioning
7
Load Management
8
Quick-Assembly System,
Room Control Box
9
Gateways, Interface Converters
10
Physical Sensors
11
Control and Automation Devices
12
System Products and Accessories
13
Counters
14
Radio System and
Synco living KNX RF
15
Radio System – EnOcean
16
Appendix
17
Future-proof building
control for energy-efficient
and comfortable rooms
Dear Customers and Partners,
In many countries, energy generation, distribution and consumption are issues of vital
importance and receive top priority. Yet the challenges for the world’s energy markets
could not be more different: Energy demand in growth markets is increasing rapidly,
but in developed countries the focus is on cost effectiveness and climate protection.
State-of-the-art smart buildings play a key role in the advanced power grids known as
smart grids. By expertly combining building technology with energy transmission and
distribution, smart grids can significantly improve energy efficiency while reducing
greenhouse gas emissions with groundbreaking effect. And the results continue to
get better as the buildings are integrated more closely in the grid and as individual
disciplines interact more effectively.
Efficiency, however, goes beyond the aspect of energy: Our integrated KNX applications connect several disciplines in a building; our controllers and operator units are
intuitive and easy to operate, and our field devices offer impressive technical efficiency.
Modular system design, in addition to compliance with standards and compatibility,
allow for a wide range of flexible customization options and provide long-term investment protection.
Wherever possible, our offerings cover efficiency and cost effectiveness throughout
the entire life cycle of a building. Gamma building control systems provide optimal
comfort solutions and energy-efficient controls. The interaction between lighting and
shading, heating, ventilation and air conditioning helps achieve the greatest possible
energy savings. Additionally, the building control systems have a uniform standard
and are extremely versatile.
Benefit from our comprehensive range of innovative products, systems and tested
applications to enhance the efficiency in rooms and to protect the environment.
Siemens provides comprehensive support through tools and new apps for smart
phones and tablets so that you can quickly find the right product from our extensive
product range.
3
Can old buildings be just as
energy-efficient as new ones?
Intelligent and energy-efficient building technologies from Siemens
reduce emissions and costs, in any building.
Setting a course for
energy efficiency and
comfort
Intelligent technologies for sustainable
buildings
Industrial nations today are facing an
enormous challenge: increasing energy
efficiency and lowering CO2 emissions
without sacrificing comfort and quality
of life. The answer is to use resources
responsibly and switch to renewable
energy sources.
Efficient energy use can slow down the
rate of climate change and preserve our
planet for future generations. Siemens
believes it has a special responsibility in
this context. Smart products and systems
play a crucial role in saving energy around
the world and using existing resources as
efficiently as possible – without sacrificing
comfort.
Future-proof KNX-based electrical
installations
Gamma building control plays a crucial
role in making buildings and rooms more
efficient. Energy and operating costs can
be sustainably reduced by automatically
controlling and regulating lighting, shading and the room climate.
For building operators, this means lower
maintenance costs without sacrificing
user comfort.
Thanks to the use of the internationally
recognized KNX communication standard
for home and building control, additional
functions can be added easily and flexibly
– without having to lay new lines.
Highlights
■■
aximum comfort with
M
reduced energy consumption
■■
I nterdisciplinary building and
room automation lowers
maintenance costs
■■
I nvestment protection and
flexibility, thanks to the open
KNX communication standard
The worldwide
standard for
home and
building control
5
New developments
For the latest developments, please visit: www.siemens.com/gamma
IP Control Center N 152
KNX/DALI-Gateway Twin Plus N 141/21
IP Gateway KNX/BACnet N 143
Custom design of user interfaces for room
and building functions for web-enabled end
devices such as tablets or smart phones.
Two independent DALI outputs, automatic
emergency lighting during DALI power failure, and replacement of defective ECGs
without software (ETS).
KNX-certified gateway for easy integration of
KNX installations in BACnet systems. Configuration
via ETS through the integrated KNXnet/IP
interface.
➝ Page 5-20, 10-13
➝ Page 10-17, 13-17
RMB795B
RXB39.1/FC-13 room controller
RDF800KN
Centralized operation of up to ten room
groups using KNX room temperature controllers
as well as evaluation and forwarding of
request signals to the primary side.
This room temperature controller is used for
fan-coil systems in individual rooms.
This room thermostat offers touch screen-based
control and switching of all room functions,
including heating, cooling, ventilation and
air conditioning.
➝ Page 12-5
➝ Page 7-48
➝ Page 7-35
➝ Page 1-43, 7-18
The worldwide
standard for
home and
building control
6
Gamma instabus – available in all
DELTA product ranges
Increased safety and comfort with maximum efficiency – enabled by the building
control on the basis of the global KNX standard – and compatible with all DELTA
programs.
DELTA miro color
Titanium white
DELTA style
Aluminum metallic
DELTA line
Titanium white
Titanium white
Platinum metallic
DELTA miro Artist, Design Tom’s Drag
Aluminum metallic
Titanium white
Aluminum metallic
DELTA miro glass
Crystal green/aluminum
metallic
White/titanium white
Black/aluminum metallic
Orient/titanium white
Titanium/titanium white
Graphite/titanium white
Yellow oxide/titanium white
Arena/titanium white
DELTA miro aluminum
Natural/aluminum metallic
7
Tools and apps
Siemens tools und apps help users not only plan new projects but also calculate
potential energy savings by modernizing their building automation system.
Using Siemens apps online and on your smart phone allows you to quickly find
the right product and calculate a building’s energy savings potential. This makes
routine tasks easier and simpler and speeds up the search for suitable products.
Gamma-TD
The Gamma-TD Web page contains technical information about all KNX
products from Siemens. You can download operating and installation
instructions, descriptions of individual applications, VD files, technical
product information, specification texts for invitations to tender as well
as CE certificates. For more information about KNX products, please visit:
www.siemens.com/gamma-td
HIT – HVAC Integrated Tool
Supports the European energy efficiency standard EN 15232. This tool
provides more than 300 preconfigured standard HVAC configurations
classified according to their energy saving potential. This allows users to
select the application that best matches their requirements. Documents
linked to the applications describe the conditions that have to be met to
ensure compliance with one of the energy efficiency classes defined in
EN 15232. For more information, please visit: www.siemens.com/hit
Industry Mall
All automation, drive and installation products, including products from
the HVAC and Gamma portfolios, are listed in the Industry Mall, a consolidated information and order platform. For more information, please visit:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
8
Gamma Planner and Installer Tool
On the DIN Bau Portal you can access the Gamma Catalog from Siemens
for building control products, compile product descriptions and specifications, and download them in multiple formats – online and as STLB Baucompliant documents. The Siemens Gamma Planner Tool offers the same
functionality for creating master building specifications that will stand up
to inspections by building authorities. In addition, the Siemens Gamma
Installer Tool allows you to quickly create complete tenders. For more
information, please visit*: www.din-bauportal.de/siemens
*Available only in German
EPC – Energy Performance Classification Tool
The EPC Tool helps users determine the actual state of an existing building
automation system and rates it according to one of four efficiency classes
(A through D). When the building automation system is upgraded, the EPC
Tool can be used to determine the system’s new efficiency class. In addition,
the EPC Tool helps users identify the profitability of modernization measures
and to quickly prepare customized documentation.
ETS – Engineering Tool Software
Engineering Tool Software (ETS) is based on the world’s only open standard
for home and building control. ETS is a manufacturer-independent configuration tool that can be used to design and configure intelligent home
and building control installations with the KNX system. ETS runs on
Windows®-based computers and is maintained by the KNX Association.
ETS can be used to commission any KNX product, making it possible to
generate complete project documentation at any time. For more information,
please visit: www.knx.org
SIOS – Siemens Industry Online System
The Siemens Industry Online System (SIOS) is an Internet portal containing
technical information about all KNX products from Siemens. You can download
operating and installation instructions, descriptions of individual applications,
VD files, technical product information, specification texts for invitations to
tender as well as CE certificates. This makes the SIOS the go-to destination
for all your questions about KNX products:
http://support.automation.siemens.com
The SIOS also provides support for your questions and comments. The
same product information and support features can also be accessed using
the following app.
Siemens Building Technologies Download Center – app for smart phones
The Download Center app allows you to download all brochures, instructions,
specifications and datasheets published by the Siemens Building Technologies
to your smart phone or tablet.
9
Practical trainings
and support
10
KNX – a strong partner for your success
KNX, the worldwide standard for home and
building control, controls lighting, sun protection and temperature as well as energy
management according to requirements
and across all building trades. Installed by
qualified building control technicians, the
intelligent networking system by KNX offers
completely new ways to increase energy
efficiency, safety and convenience. Our
certified training program provides you
with comprehensive and solid knowledge
about KNX. The Gamma training kit allows
you to easily train yourself in the wide range
of functions and applications as well as to
consolidate your expertise and abilities –
leading you step by step toward success.
For your certified training and futureproof specialization, we offer you a wide
selection of courses and modules:
– KNX basic course
– KNX advanced course
– KNX/DALI diagnostics/troubleshooting
– Web visualization
– IP basics, KNXnet/IP
– Integrated applications
– Migrating from ETS3/4 to ETS5
Practical learning made easy
With our wide range of practical training
courses you can gain the extra edge you
need to take the lead in the market.
Technical support
Competent support for technical issues
through a broad range of requirementsbased services for our products and
systems. For more information, please
visit: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
technical-support
Putting theory into practice
Our training courses offer a balanced
mix of theory and practice and thus have
an immediate bearing on your success.
For more information, please visit:
www.siemens.com/sitrain-knx
Synco – communicating
HVAC controllers
Synco™ 700 – versatile HVAC controller
range of modular design
Synco 700 manages the primary energy
plant, controls and monitors the HVAC
plant and communicates via KNX. Synco
offers straightforward and efficient operation for maximum user and service friendliness. Pretested applications and energy
saving functions come up to standard,
allowing you to save time and costs during
planning, engineering and commissioning.
Custom configurations are easy to create.
Thanks to their compact DIN design and
the use of state-of-the-art spring-cage
terminals, Synco 700 controllers save space
and costs when mounted in control panels.
The extension modules simply click onto
the controllers.
Maximum energy efficiency thanks to
KNX and energy indicator
The controllers exchange energy-related
information via KNX, ensuring that units
such as heating boilers, chillers or pumps
are switched on only when required to
maintain the required comfort level. This
approach increases energy efficiency and
helps attain efficiency class A as per EN
15232. The energy indicator monitors the
settings made by end users, shows when
limit values are exceeded and notifies
occupants at regular intervals via remote
access. A leaf symbol indicates the energy
status based on the setting. Green means
that the setting is energy-efficient; orange
means the setting is unfavorable. Deviations are transparent and visible at any
time. From a PC or smart phone, users
can check their settings from anywhere
and at any time via the Internet or the
HomeControl app.
Synco supports the entire life cycle
of small to medium-size buildings.
Thanks to their modular design and
open communication, the controllers
can be extended and adapted at any
time. This allows you to make
investments in phases.
For more information, please visit:
www.siemens.com/synco
11
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
4AC2402
Electronic power supply units
13-12
B
1 ST
5TC7900
Special base‚ accessory for AP 251 surface-mounting motion detectors‚
IP55‚ titanium white (similar to RAL9010)
11-10
A
1 ST
5TC7901
Special base‚ accessory for AP 251 surface-mounting motion detectors‚
IP55‚ anthracite
11-10
A
1 ST
5TC7902
IR remote control accessory for motion detectors AP 251 and 5TC721..
11-11
A
1 ST
5TG1111-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ sin- 1-29
gle
A
1 ST
5TG1111-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ 1-29
single
A
1 ST
5TG1111-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚ sin- 1-30
gle
A
1 ST
5TG1112-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚Double
1-29
A
1 ST
5TG1112-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ 1-29
double
A
1 ST
5TG1112-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚
double
1-30
A
1 ST
5TG1113-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚
triple
1-29
A
1 ST
5TG1113-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ 1-29
triple
A
1 ST
5TG1113-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚
triple
1-30
A
1 ST
5TG1114-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚
quadruple
1-29
A
1 ST
5TG1114-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ 1-29
quadruple
A
1 ST
5TG1114-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚
quintuple
1-30
A
1 ST
5TG1115-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚
quintuple
1-29
A
1 ST
5TG1115-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ 1-29
quintuple
A
1 ST
5TG1115-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚
quintuple‚
A
1 ST
5TG1121-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ single
1-34
X
1 ST
5TG1121-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ single
1-34
X
1 ST
5TG1121-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ single
1-35
A
1 ST
5TG1121-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ single
1-35
X
1 ST
5TG1122-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ double
1-34
A
1 ST
5TG1122-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ double
1-34
A
1 ST
5TG1122-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ double
1-35
A
1 ST
5TG1122-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ double
1-35
A
1 ST
5TG1123-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ triple
1-34
A
1 ST
numerics
1-30
5TG1123-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ triple
1-34
X
1 ST
5TG1123-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ triple
1-35
A
1 ST
5TG1123-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ triple
1-35
X
1 ST
5TG1124-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ quadruple
1-34
A
1 ST
5TG1124-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ quadruple
1-34
A
1 ST
5TG1124-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ quadruple
1-35
X
1 ST
5TG1124-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ quadruple
1-35
A
1 ST
5TG1125-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ quintuple
1-34
A
1 ST
5TG1125-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ quintuple
1-34
X
1 ST
5TG1125-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ quintuple
1-35
A
1 ST
5TG1125-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ quintuple
1-35
X
1 ST
5TG1131-0
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ single
1-28
B
1 ST
5TG1132-0
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ double
1-28
B
1 ST
5TG1133-0
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ triple
1-28
B
1 ST
NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
1
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
5TG1134-0
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ quadruple
1-28
A
1 ST
5TG1201
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal green‚ single
1-31
A
1 ST
5TG1201-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚ single
1-31
X
1 ST
5TG1201-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ single
1-32
A
1 ST
5TG1201-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚ single
1-32
X
1 ST
5TG1201-4
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚ single
1-33
A
1 ST
5TG1202
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal green‚ double
1-31
A
1 ST
5TG1202-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚ double
1-31
A
1 ST
5TG1202-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ double
1-32
X
1 ST
5TG1202-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚ double
1-32
A
1 ST
5TG1202-4
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚ double
1-33
X
1 ST
5TG1203
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal green‚ triple
1-31
A
1 ST
5TG1203-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚ triple
1-31
X
1 ST
1 ST
5TG1203-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ triple
1-32
A
5TG1203-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚ triple
1-32
X
1 ST
5TG1203-4
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚ triple
1-33
A
1 ST
5TG1204
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal green‚ quadruple
1-31
A
1 ST
5TG1204-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚ quadruple
1-31
A
1 ST
5TG1204-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ quadruple
1-32
X
1 ST
5TG1204-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚ quadruple
1-32
A
1 ST
5TG1204-4
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚ quadruple
1-33
X
1 ST
5TG1205
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal green‚ quintuple
1-31
A
1 ST
5TG1205-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚ quintuple
1-31
X
1 ST
1 ST
5TG1205-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ quintuple
1-32
A
5TG1205-3
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚ quintuple
1-32
X
1 ST
5TG1205-4
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚ quintuple
1-33
A
1 ST
5TG1321
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ single
1-36
A
1 ST
5TG1321-1
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ single
1-37
X
1 ST
5TG1322
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ double
1-36
A
1 ST
5TG1322-1
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ double
1-37
A
1 ST
5TG1323
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ triple
1-36
A
1 ST
5TG1323-1
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ triple
1-37
A
1 ST
5TG1324
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quadruple
1-36
A
1 ST
5TG1324-1
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ quadruple
1-37
A
1 ST
5TG1325
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quintuple
1-36
A
1 ST
1 ST
5TG1325-1
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ quintuple
1-37
A
5TG1328
Intermediate frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
1-37
A
1 ST
5TG1328-1
Intermediate frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 1-37
A
1 ST
5TG2551-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ single
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2551-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚ single
1-25
A
1 ST
5TG2551-3
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ single
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2551-4
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 1-27
9006)‚ single
A
1 ST
5TG2551-6
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ single
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2551-7
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL
7016)‚ single
1-27
A
1 ST
5TG2552-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ double
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2552-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚ double‚ horizontal
1-25
A
1 ST
5TG2552-2
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚ double‚ vertical
1-25
A
1 ST
5TG2552-3
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ double
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2552-4
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 1-27
9006)‚ double‚ horizontal
A
1 ST
2 NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
5TG2552-5
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 1-27
9006)‚ double‚ vertical
A
1 ST
5TG2552-6
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ double
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2552-7
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL
7016)‚ double‚ horizontal
1-27
A
1 ST
5TG2552-8
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL
7016)‚ double‚ vertical
1-27
A
1 ST
5TG2553-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ triple
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2553-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚ triple‚ horizontal
1-25
A
1 ST
5TG2553-2
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚ triple‚ vertical
1-25
A
1 ST
1 ST
5TG2553-3
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ triple
1-24
A
5TG2553-6
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ triple
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2554-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quadruple
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2554-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚ quadruple‚ horizontal
1-25
A
1 ST
5TG2554-2
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)‚ quadruple‚ vertical
1-25
A
1 ST
5TG2554-3
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ quadruple
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2554-6
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ quadruple
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2555-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quintuple
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2555-3
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ quintuple
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2555-6
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ quintuple
1-24
A
1 ST
5TG2581-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ single
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2581-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ electrical white (similar to RAL
1013)‚ single
1-26
A
1 ST
5TG2582-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ double
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2582-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ electrical white (similar to RAL
1013)‚ double‚ horizontal
1-26
A
1 ST
5TG2582-2
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ electrical white (similar to RAL
1013)‚ double‚ vertical
1-26
A
1 ST
5TG2583-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ triple
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2583-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ electrical white (similar to RAL
1013)‚ triple‚ horizontal
1-26
A
1 ST
5TG2583-2
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ electrical white (similar to RAL
1013)‚ triple‚ vertical
1-26
A
1 ST
5TG2584-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚quadruple
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2584-1
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ electrical white (similar to RAL
1013)‚quadruple‚ horizontal
1-26
A
1 ST
5TG2584-2
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ electrical white (similar to RAL
1013)‚ quadruple‚ vertical
1-26
A
1 ST
5TG2585-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ quintuple
1-23
A
1 ST
5TG2861
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚
electrical white‚ single
1-40
A
1 ST
5TG2862
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚
electrical white‚ double
1-40
A
1 ST
5TG2863
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚
electrical white‚ triple
1-40
A
1 ST
5TG2901
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ DEL- 1-40
TA style‚ titanium white‚ single
A
1 ST
5TG2902
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ DEL- 1-40
TA style‚ titanium white‚ double
A
1 ST
5TG2903
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ DEL- 1-40
TA style‚ titanium white‚ triple
A
1 ST
1 SZ
5TG4324
Sealing sets for rockers‚ IP44‚ for single or double rockers
13-11
A
5TG7318
LED light insert
4-7
A
1 ST
5WG1110-2AB03
Bus coupling unit‚ with BCU1‚ mounting depth 27 mm
13-9
B
1 ST
5WG1110-2AB11
Bus coupling unit‚ with BCU1‚ mounting depth 19/32 mm
13-9
A
1 ST
5WG1115-3AB01
Surface-mounting pushbuttons IP44
1-21
X
1 ST
NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
3
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
5WG1115-3AB11
Surface-mounting pushbuttons IP44
1-21
A
1 ST
5WG1115-3AB21
Pushbutton‚ single‚ pushbutton position‚ 1 LED‚ IP 44‚ gray
1-21
A
1 ST
5WG1115-3AB31
Pushbutton‚ double‚ pushbutton position‚ IP 44‚ gray
1-22
A
1 ST
5WG1116-2AB01
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ single‚ intermediate position‚ with 2 LEDs
1-19
A
1 ST
5WG1116-2AB11
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ double‚ intermediate position‚ with 2 LEDs
1-19
C
1 ST
5WG1116-2AB21
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ single‚ pushbutton position‚ with 2 LEDs
1-19
A
1 ST
5WG1116-2AB31
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ double‚ pushbutton position‚ with 2 LEDs
1-20
A
1 ST
5WG1117-2AB12
Bus transceiver modules‚ Mounting depth 18 mm
13-9
B
1 ST
5WG1118-4AB01
Control Module Box‚ 1 slot for a sensor/actuator module‚ type RS or RL
9-5
X
1 ST
5WG1120-1AB02
Choke‚ 640 mA
13-12
A
1 ST
5WG1125-1AB02
Power supply unit DC 29 V‚ 160 mA with additional unchoked output‚ N
125/02
13-12
B
1 ST
5WG1125-1AB12
Power supply unit DC 29 V‚ 320 mA with additional unchoked output‚ N
125/12
13-12
A
1 ST
5WG1125-1AB22
Power supply unit DC 29 V‚ 640 mA with additional unchoked output‚ N
125/22
13-12
A
1 ST
5WG1140-1AB03
Line/backbone coupler for data rail
13-13
A
1 ST
5WG1140-1AB13
Line/backbone coupler
13-13
A
1 ST
5WG1141-1AB03
KNX / DALI Gateway plus‚ 1 channel
5-20
X
0
5WG1141-1AB21
KNX / DALI Gateway Twin plus‚ 2 channels
5-20
A
1 ST
1 ST
5WG1141-1AB31
KNX / DALI Gateway Twin
5-21
A
5WG1141-2AB51
DALI Multisensor office
5-22
X
1 ST
5WG1141-2AB71
DALI Push button interface 4fold
5-22
B
1 ST
5WG1143-1AB01
IP Gateway KNX-BACnet
10-17
A
1 ST
5WG1146-1AB02
IP router
10-9
A
1 ST
5WG1148-1AB11
USB interface
10-18
A
1 ST
5WG1148-1AB22
IP interface
10-9
C
1 ST
5WG1151-1AB01
IP viewer
1-58
A
1 ST
5WG1152-1AB01
IP Control Center
1-58
A
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB01
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 214
mm‚ (for max. 12 MW)
13-19
A
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB02
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 214 mm‚ 13-20
(for max. 11 MW)
A
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB03
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 214 13-21
mm‚ (for max. 12 MW)
A
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB04
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 214 mm 13-22
A
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB11
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 243
mm‚ (for max. 13 MW)
13-19
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB12
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 243 mm‚ 13-20
(for max. 12 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB13
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 243 13-21
mm‚ (for max. 13 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB14
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 243 mm 13-22
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB21
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 277
mm‚ (for max. 15 MW)
13-19
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB22
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 277 mm‚ 13-20
(for max. 13 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB23
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 277 13-21
mm‚ (for max. 15 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB24
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 277 mm 13-22
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB31
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 324
mm‚ (for max. 18 MW)
13-19
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB32
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 324 mm‚ 13-20
(for max. 17 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB33
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 324 13-21
mm‚ (for max. 18 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB34
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 324 mm 13-22
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB41
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 428
mm‚ (for max. 24 MW)
B
1 ST
13-19
4 NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
5WG1190-8AB42
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 428 mm‚ 13-20
(for max. 23 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB43
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 428 13-21
mm‚ (for max. 24 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB44
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 428 mm 13-22
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB51
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 464
mm‚ (for max. 26 MW)
13-19
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB52
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5 mounting rail flat‚ length 464 mm‚ 13-20
(for max. 25 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB53
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 464 13-21
mm‚ (for max. 26 MW)
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AB54
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mounting rail deep‚ length 464 mm 13-22
B
1 ST
5WG1190-8AD01
Overvoltage protection‚ as fine protection for bus devices
B
1 ST
13-18
5WG1191-5AB11
Connector‚ 2 x 2-fold
13-22
A
1 ST
5WG1192-8AA01
Cover strip‚ for mounting rails‚ length 242 mm
13-18
X
1 ST
5WG1193-8AB01
Bus terminal‚ 2-pole‚ 4 plug-in connectors‚ red/dark gray
13-18
A
1 ST
5WG1196-2AB01
Paint shield
13-9
B
1 ST
5WG1204-2AB11
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ titanium white
1-50
X
1 ST
5WG1204-2AB21
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ carbon metallic
1-50
A
1 ST
5WG1204-2AB31
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ aluminium metallic
1-50
A
1 ST
5WG1204-2AB51
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ piano black
1-50
A
1 ST
5WG1204-8AB01
Contouch flash kit‚ with micro SDHC card and adapters for USB and SD
1-51
A
1 ST
5WG1220-2AB21
Pushbutton interface‚ 2 x potential-free contact‚ output for LED control
3-6
A
1 ST
5WG1220-2DB31
Pushbutton interface‚ 4 x potential-free contact‚ output for LED control
3-6
X
1 ST
5WG1221-2DB12
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1221-2DB13
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1221-2DB32
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ aluminum metallic
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1221-2DB33
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ aluminum metallic
1-13
X
1 ST
5WG1222-2DB12
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1222-2DB13
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1222-2DB32
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ aluminum metallic
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1222-2DB33
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ aluminum metallic
1-13
X
1 ST
5WG1223-2AB14
Wall switch‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ with scene controller‚ with
room temperature sensor‚ DELTA i-system‚ titanium white
1-13
B
1 ST
5WG1223-2AB34
Wall switch‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ with scene controller‚ with
room temperature sensor‚ DELTA i-system‚ aluminum metallic
1-13
B
1 ST
5WG1223-2DB12
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1223-2DB13
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
1-13
X
1 ST
5WG1223-2DB15
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver 1-14
decoder‚ titanium white
A
1 ST
5WG1223-2DB32
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ without status LED‚ aluminum metallic
1-13
A
1 ST
5WG1223-2DB33
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ aluminum metallic
1-13
X
1 ST
5WG1223-2DB35
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver 1-14
decoder‚ aluminum metallic
A
1 ST
1 ST
5WG1227-2AB11
Room Control Unit
1-52
A
5WG1237-2KB11
Temperature controller‚ titanium white
1-41
A
1 ST
5WG1237-2KB31
Temperature controller‚ aluminum metallic
1-41
A
1 ST
5WG1240-8CB11
Frames‚ DELTA‚ titanium white
1-39
C
1 ST
5WG1251-3AB11
Motion detector IP55‚ titanium white
11-10
A
1 ST
5WG1251-3AB21
Motion detector IP55‚ anthracite
11-10
A
1 ST
5WG1254-2KB13
Temperature controller‚ titanium white/metallic silver
1-42
A
1 ST
5WG1254-2KB43
Temperature controller‚ platinmetallic
1-42
A
1 ST
5WG1254-3EY02
Dual sensor for brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun 11-13
protection control‚ lighting control
A
1 ST
5WG1255-4AB11
UP-Brightness-controller
5-28
B
1 ST
5WG1255-4AB12
Brightness controller
5-28
B
1 ST
5WG1255-4AB13
Brightness controller
5-28
B
1 ST
NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
5
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
5WG1255-7AB01
IR remote calibration‚ accessories for UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE 255/13
11-12
A
1 ST
5WG1255-7AB11
IR remote control accessories for UP 258E21 or UP 258D11
11-8
X
1 ST
5WG1257-2AB13
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ titanium white
11-7
B
1 ST
5WG1257-2AB14
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ titanium white
11-7
B
1 ST
5WG1257-2AB41
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ platinum metallic
11-7
B
1 ST
5WG1257-2AB42
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ platinum metallic
11-7
B
1 ST
5WG1257-3AB22
Weather center (GPS)‚ 8 facade sectors‚ sun tracking
6-16
B
1 ST
5WG1257-3AB32
Weather station WS1 (GPS)
6-16
B
1 ST
5WG1257-3AB42
Wind sensor
11-14
B
1 ST
5WG1258-1AB02
Temperature sensor 4 x Pt1000
7-13
B
1 ST
5WG1258-2DB11
Motion detector with brightness sensor
5-26
X
1 ST
5WG1258-2EB21
Presence detector with brightness sensor
5-26
B
1 ST
5WG1258-2HB11
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ titanium white
11-7
A
1 ST
5WG1258-2HB12
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ titanium white
11-7
B
1 ST
5WG1258-2HB31
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ aluminium metallic
11-7
B
1 ST
5WG1258-2HB32
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ aluminium metallic
11-7
B
1 ST
5WG1258-7EB01
Surface-mounting enclosures for UP 258E21 or UP 258D11
11-9
A
1 ST
5WG1260-1AB01
Binary input device‚ 4 x AC 230 V
3-5
X
1 ST
5WG1260-4AB23
Binary Input‚ 4 inputs for 12 ... AC/DC 230 V
3-6
X
1 ST
5WG1261-1AB01
Binary input device‚ 4 x AC/DC 24 V
3-5
X
1 ST
5WG1261-1CB01
Binary input device‚ 4 x AC/DC 24 V (UL listed)
3-5
D
1 ST
5WG1262-1EB01
Binary input device‚ 8 x potential-free contacts
3-5
A
1 ST
5WG1262-1EB11
Binary input device‚ 16 x potential-free contacts
3-5
A
1 ST
5WG1263-1EB01
Binary input device‚ 8 x AC/DC 12...230 V
3-5
A
1 ST
5WG1263-1EB11
Binary input device‚ 16 x AC 12...230 V / DC 12...115 V
3-5
A
1 ST
5WG1264-1EB11
Binary input device‚ 8 x AC/DC 12...230 V + 8 x potential-free contacts
3-5
A
1 ST
5WG1272-2AB11
Water sensor‚ DELTA profil‚ titanium white
11-15
A
1 ST
5WG1285-2DB12
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1285-2DB13
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1285-2DB42
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ platinum metallic
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1285-2DB43
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ platinum metallic
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1286-2DB12
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1286-2DB13
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
1-14
A
1 ST
5WG1286-2DB42
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ platinum metallic
1-14
A
1 ST
5WG1286-2DB43
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ platinum metallic
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1287-2AB14
Wall switch‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ DELTA style‚ titanium
white
1-15
A
1 ST
5WG1287-2AB44
Wall switch‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ DELTA style‚ platinum me- 1-15
tallic
B
1 ST
1 ST
5WG1287-2DB12
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
1-14
X
5WG1287-2DB13
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1287-2DB15
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR re- 1-15
ceiver decoder‚ titanium white
X
1 ST
5WG1287-2DB42
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ without status LED‚ platinum metallic
1-14
A
1 ST
5WG1287-2DB43
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ platinum metallic
1-14
X
1 ST
5WG1287-2DB45
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR re- 1-15
ceiver decoder‚ platinum metallic
A
1 ST
1 ST
5WG1290-7AB11
Door/window contact‚ white
7-36
B
5WG1290-7AB81
Door/window contact‚ brown
7-36
B
1 ST
5WG1294-8AB01
Mounting bracket for UP 110/11
13-9
A
1 ST
5WG1301-1AB01
Logic module
12-7
B
1 ST
5WG1302-1AB01
Time module
12-6
B
1 ST
5WG1305-1AB01
Scene- / Event Controller
12-5
A
1 ST
5WG1350-1EB01
IP controller
10-10
A
1 ST
5WG1360-1AB01
Peak load limiter
8-3
A
1 ST
6 NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
5WG1420-3AB13
IR wall switch‚ single‚ titanium white
1-17
B
1 ST
5WG1421-3AB13
IR wall switch‚ double‚ titanium white
1-17
X
1 ST
5WG1422-3AB13
IR wall switch‚ quadruple‚ titanium white
1-17
X
1 ST
5WG1425-7AB72
IR remote‚ silver
1-17
X
1 ST
5WG1450-7AB03
IR Receiver decoder
1-18
A
1 ST
5WG1501-1AB01
Combination blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
3-7
B
1 ST
5WG1502-1AB02
Combi switching actuator‚ 8 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
2-14
B
1 ST
5WG1510-1AB03
Load switch‚ 4x 230 V AC‚ 16 A
2-15
A
1 ST
5WG1510-1AB04
Load switch‚ 4x 230 V AC‚ 16 A‚ C load
2-15
A
1 ST
5WG1510-2AB03
Binary Output‚ 2 x 230 V AC‚ 10A‚ 10-pole BTI socket for plugging of bus 2-17
terminal
devices and mounting frame
C
1 ST
5WG1510-2AB13
Binary Output‚ 2 x 230 V AC‚ 10A‚ without mounting frame
2-17
B
1 ST
5WG1510-2AB23
Binary output devices‚ 2 x 230 V AC‚ 10 A (resistive load)
2-16
B
1 ST
5WG1511-1AB02
Switch actuator 8 x 230 V AC‚ 16A
2-12
B
1 ST
5WG1511-2AB10
Switch actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A; 2 x binary input
2-13
A
1 ST
5WG1512-1AB01
Load switch‚ 8x 230 V AC‚ 16 A‚ C load
2-15
B
1 ST
5WG1512-1AB11
Switch actuator‚ main module‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 16 AX‚ C load‚ Loadcheck
2-9
B
1 ST
5WG1512-1AB21
Switch actuator submodule‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 16AX‚ C load‚ load-check
2-10
B
1 ST
5WG1512-1CB01
Load switch‚ 8 x AC 120 V / AC 277V / AC 347V‚ 20 A‚ C load (cUL listed)
2-15
B
1 ST
5WG1512-4AB23
Switching actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ C load
2-13
X
1 ST
5WG1513-1AB11
Switch actuator‚ main module‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 20 AX‚ C load‚ Loadcheck
2-9
B
1 ST
5WG1513-1AB21
Switch actuator submodule‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 20 AX‚ C load- Load-check 2-10
X
1 ST
5WG1520-2AB03
Shutter Actuator with mounting frame and BTI socket
X
1 ST
5WG1520-2AB13
Shutter Actuator without mounting frame
6-13
A
1 ST
5WG1520-2AB23
Shutter Actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
6-14
X
1 ST
5WG1520-2AB31
Venetian blind actuator 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 2 x binary inputs
3-9
D
1 ST
5WG1521-1AB01
Shutter / blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A (2 x parallel)
6-13
A
1 ST
5WG1521-4AB23
Shutter Actuator‚ 2 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
6-15
X
1 ST
5WG1522-1AB03
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 8 A‚ with limit position detection
and sunlight tracking
6-7
B
1 ST
5WG1523-1AB02
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
6-8
B
1 ST
5WG1523-1AB03
Roller shutter actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
6-8
A
1 ST
5WG1523-1AB04
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ with sunlight tracking of slats 6-9
B
1 ST
5WG1523-1AB11
Venetian blind actuator‚ 8x AC 230 V‚ 6A‚ with sunlight tracking of slats
B
1 ST
5WG1523-1CB04
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 120 V‚ 6 A‚ with sunlight tracking of slats‚ 6-9
UL standard
A
1 ST
6-13
6-10
DT
PG
5WG1524-1AB01
Shutter / blind actuator‚ 4 x DC 6 ... 24 V‚ 1 A
6-12
A
1 ST
5WG1525-1EB01
Switch/dimming actuator‚ 8 x DALI‚ 8 ECGs per DALI output
5-23
A
1 ST
5WG1525-2AB03
Universal Dimmer‚ 1 x 230 V AC‚ 10 ... 250 VA‚ with mounting frame and 5-17
BTI interface
A
1 ST
5WG1525-2AB13
Universal Dimmer‚ 1 x 230 V AC‚ 10 ... 250 VA‚ without mounting frame
5-17
A
1 ST
5WG1525-2AB23
Universal Dimmer‚ 1 x 230 V AC‚ 250 VA‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5-18
A
1 ST
5WG1525-2AB31
Universal dimmer UP 525/31‚ 210 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz (R‚L‚C load)
3-10
A
1 ST
5WG1526-1AB02
Switch / dimming actuator‚ triple‚ 230 V AC‚ 50 / 60Hz‚ 6A‚ with integrated 5-25
constant light level control
A
1 ST
5WG1526-1EB02
Switch/dimming actuator 8 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A‚ 1...10 V‚ UL standard
5-24
A
1 ST
5WG1527-1AB31
Universal Dimmer‚ main modul‚ 20 ... 500 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5-15
B
1 ST
5WG1527-1AB32
Universal Dimmer‚ main modul‚ 20 ... 500 VA‚ for Islanding
5-15
A
1 ST
5WG1527-1AB41
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…500 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5-16
B
1 ST
5WG1527-1AB42
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…500 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ for Islanding‚ (R‚L‚C 5-16
load)
A
1 ST
5WG1527-1AB51
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…1000 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5-16
B
1 ST
5WG1527-1AB52
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…1000 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ for Islanding‚
(R‚L‚C load)
5-16
B
1 ST
NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
7
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
5WG1528-1AB31
Universal Dimmer‚ main modul‚ 20 ... 300 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5-15
B
1 ST
5WG1528-1AB41
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…300 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5-16
B
1 ST
5WG1540-5AS01
Fan-Coil Unit Controller‚ 230 V AC
7-32
B
1 ST
5WG1540-5AS11
Fan-coil unit controller‚ 24 V AC
7-32
A
1 ST
5WG1540-8AS01
Temperature sensor
7-33
A
1 ST
5WG1561-7AH01
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 230 V‚ NC‚ deenergized closed
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-7AH02
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 230 V‚ NO‚ deenergized open
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-7AH03
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NC‚ deenergized closed
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-7AH04
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NO‚ deenergized open
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-8AH01
Adapter to AP 561H for Herz valves
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-8AH02
Adapter to AP 561H for Vaillant valves
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-8AH03
Adapter to AP 561H for Danfoss RS2000 valves
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-8AH04
Adapter to AP 561H for TA valves
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-8AH05
Adapter to AP 561H for Danfoss valves with clamp-connection
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1561-8AH06
MNG adapter-sleeve to AP 561H for Onda valves
7-42
B
1 ST
5WG1562-1AB01
Binary Output‚ 2 x 230V AC‚ 10A
2-16
A
1 ST
5WG1562-1AB11
Switch actuator‚ main module‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 10 AX‚ C load‚ Loadcheck
2-9
B
1 ST
1 ST
5WG1562-1AB21
Switch actuator submodule‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 10 AX‚ C load‚ Load-check 2-10
B
5WG1562-2AB31
Switch actuator‚ 2 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A; 2 x binary input
2-13
A
1 ST
5WG1562-7AB02
Electromotive valve actuator with LED valve position indication
7-41
A
1 ST
5WG1567-1AB01
Switch actuator‚ 4 x 230 V AC‚ 8 A
2-11
A
1 ST
5WG1567-1AB11
Switch actuator‚ 8 x 230 V AC‚ 8 A
2-11
A
1 ST
5WG1567-1AB12
Switch actuator‚ 8 x 230 V AC‚ 2 A
2-11
A
1 ST
5WG1567-1AB22
Switch actuator‚ 16x AC 230 V‚ 10 A
2-11
B
1 ST
5WG1588-2AB13
Touch Panel‚ 230 V AC‚ 50 Hz
1-56
B
1 ST
5WG1588-2AB23
Touch Panel‚ 24 V AC/DC
1-56
B
1 ST
5WG1588-8AB12
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ aluminium
1-56
B
1 ST
5WG1588-8AB13
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ stainless steel design
1-56
X
1 ST
5WG1588-8AB14
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ glass black
1-57
B
1 ST
5WG1588-8AB15
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ glass white
1-57
X
1 ST
5WG1588-8EB01
Flush-type box for all touch panel UP 588
1-57
B
1 ST
5WG1590-8AH01
Programming magnet for IR receiver decoders
1-18
C
1 ST
5WG1605-1AB01
Thermal drive actuator‚ 6 inputs‚ 6 outputs
4-5
A
1 ST
5WG1605-1AB11
Thermal drive actuator‚ 6 inputs‚ 2 x 3 outputs for control of 2 heating /
cooling ceilings
7-32
A
1 ST
5WG1641-3AB01
Room Control Box‚ 8 slots for a sensor/actuator module‚ type RS or RL
9-5
X
1 ST
5WG1670-1AB03
Universal I/O module
13-17
A
1 ST
5WG3260-3AB11
Door/window contact with battery‚ titanium white
15-24
A
1 ST
5WG4221-3AB10
Wall transmitter‚ EnOcean‚ titanium white
16-3
X
1 ST
5WG4221-3AB11
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ titanium white
16-3
X
1 ST
5WG4221-3AB12
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down-symbols‚ titanium white
16-3
X
1 ST
5WG4221-3AB30
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ aluminum metallic
16-3
X
1 ST
5WG4221-3AB31
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ aluminum metallic
16-3
A
1 ST
5WG4221-3AB32
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down-symbols‚ aluminum metallic
16-3
A
1 ST
5WG4222-3AB10
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ titanium white
16-4
X
1 ST
5WG4222-3AB11
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ titanium white
16-4
A
1 ST
5WG4222-3AB12
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down symbols‚ titanium white
16-4
B
1 ST
5WG4222-3AB30
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ aluminum metallic
16-4
X
1 ST
5WG4222-3AB31
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ aluminum metallic
16-4
X
1 ST
5WG4222-3AB32
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down symbols‚ aluminum metallic
16-4
A
1 ST
6BK1700-0BA00-0AA2
LOGO! communication module KNX/LOGO!
10-22
C
1 ST
6ED1050-1AA00-0AE8
LOGO! German manual
12-12
B
1 ST
6ED1050-1AA00-0BE8
LOGO! English manual
12-12
A
1 ST
8 NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA6
LOGO! 230RC
12-8
X
1 ST
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA7
LOGO! 230RCE
12-8
A
1 ST
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA6 LOGO! 12/24RC
12-8
A
1 ST
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA7 LOGO! 12/24RCE
12-8
A
1 ST
6ED1055-1FB00-0BA1
Expansion LOGO! DM8 230R
6ED1055-1MA00-0BA0 Expansion LOGO! AM2
12-9
A
1 ST
12-9
X
1 ST
6ED1055-1MB00-0BA1 Expansion LOGO! DM8 12/24R
12-9
X
1 ST
6ED1055-1MD00-0BA1 LOGO! AM2 RTD
12-10
X
1 ST
6ED1055-1MM00-0BA1 LOGO! AM2 AQ
12-10
X
1 ST
6ED1056-1DA00-0BA0 LOGO! Memory card
12-12
A
1 ST
6ED1056-6XA00-0BA0 LOGO! Battery card
12-12
A
1 ST
6ED1056-7DA00-0BA0 LOGO! Combo Memory & Battery card
12-12
A
1 ST
6ED1057-1AA00-0BA0 LOGO! PC cable
12-12
A
1 ST
6ED1057-1AA01-0BA0 LOGO! USB PC cable
12-12
A
1 ST
6ED1058-0BA02-0YA1
LOGO! Soft Comfort V7
12-12
A
1 ST
6EP1321-1SH03
LOGO! Power 12 V/1.9 A
12-10
A
1 ST
6EP1322-1SH03
LOGO! Power 12 V/4.5 A
12-11
A
1 ST
6EP1331-1SH03
LOGO! Power 24 V/1.3 A
12-11
A
1 ST
6EP1332-1SH43
LOGO! Power 24 V/2.5 A
12-11
A
1 ST
6EP1332-1SH52
LOGO! Power 24 V/4 A
12-12
A
1 ST
6XV1850-2GH20
LOGO! Ethernet cable
12-12
A
1 ST
7KT1531
7KT PAC1500 single-phase counters for direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double
rate
14-3
B
1 ST
7KT1533
7KT PAC1500 single-phase counters for direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double
rate‚ calibrated version
14-3
C
1 ST
7KT1540
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for transformer connection‚ 5 A‚
double rate
14-4
C
1 ST
7KT1542
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for transformer connection‚ 5 A‚
double rate‚ calibrated version
14-4
C
1 ST
7KT1543
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double
rate
14-4
B
1 ST
7KT1545
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double ra- 14-4
te‚ calibrated version
C
1 ST
7KT1546
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for direct connection‚ 125 A‚ double 14-4
rate
B
1 ST
7KT1548
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for direct connection‚ 125 A‚ double 14-4
rate‚ calibrated version
C
1 ST
7KT1900
7KT PAC KNX expansion modules for connecting PAC1500 counters to
KNX
B
1 ST
14-3
B
BPZ:AL100
Retrofit adapter for installed 2W...‚ 3W…‚ 4W... valves
7-44
A
10 ST
BPZ:AV53
Third-party valve adapter on Danfoss RA-N (RA2000)
7-44
A
1 ST
BPZ:AV59
Adapter for Vaillant
7-44
A
1 ST
BPZ:ERF910
RF repeater
15-23
A
1 ST
BPZ:OCI700.1
Service tool for KNX / LPB
7-62
A
1 ST
BPZ:OZW772.01
Web server for 1 Synco device
7-61
A
1 ST
BPZ:OZW772.04
Web server for 4 Synco devices
1-59
C
1 ST
BPZ:OZW772.16
Web server for 16 Synco devices
1-59
A
1 ST
BPZ:OZW772.250
Web server for 250 Synco devices
1-59
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAA2012
Room temperature sensor Pt1000
11-26
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAA2061
Room temperature sensor DC 0...10 V
11-26
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAA2061D
Room temperature sensor DC 0...10 V‚ with display
11-26
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAA910
Room temperature sensor
15-16
C
1 ST
BPZ:QAC2012
Outside sensor Pt1000
11-26
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAC3161
Outside / room temperature sensor DC 0..10V
11-27
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAC910
Meteo sensor
15-22
A
1 ST
NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
9
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
BPZ:QAD2012
Strap-on temperature sensor Pt1000
11-26
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAW740
Room unit with KNX bus
7-59
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAW910
Room unit
15-15
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAX30.1
Room unit with sensor and PPS2 interface
7-37
B
1 ST
BPZ:QAX31.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint adjuster and PPS2 interface
7-37
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAX32.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector and PPS2 in- 7-37
terface
B
1 ST
BPZ:QAX33.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector‚ fan speed 7-38
selection‚ and PPS2 interface
C
1 ST
BPZ:QAX34.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector‚ display and 7-38
PPS2 interface
A
1 ST
BPZ:QAX34.3
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector‚ display and 7-38
PPS2 interface
A
1 ST
1 ST
BPZ:QAX39.1
Universal setpoint adjuster with PPS2 interface
7-38
A
BPZ:QAX84.1/PPS2
Flush-mounted room unit complete with PPS2 interface and design frame 7-39
A
1 ST
BPZ:QFA1000
Room hygrostat‚ setpoint setting range 30...90 % r.h.‚ setpoint adjuster
inside device
11-29
A
1 ST
BPZ:QFA1001
Room hygrostat‚ setpoint setting range 30...90 % r.h.‚ external setpoint
adjustment
11-30
A
1 ST
1 ST
BPZ:QFA2000
Room sensor for humidity (DC 0...10 V)
11-29
A
BPZ:QFA2060
Room sensor for humidity (DC 0...10 V) and temperature (DC 0...10 V)
11-29
A
1 ST
BPZ:QFA2060D
Room sensor for humidity (DC 0...10 V) and temperature (DC 0...10 V)‚
with Display
11-29
A
1 ST
BPZ:QLS60
Solar sensor
11-34
A
1 ST
BPZ:QPA2000
Room air quality sensor CO2
11-33
A
1 ST
BPZ:QPA2002
Room air quality sensor CO2+VOC
11-33
B
1 ST
BPZ:QPA2060
Room air quality sensor CO2+temperature
11-33
A
1 ST
BPZ:QPA2062
Room air quality sensor CO2+temperature+rel. air humidity
11-33
A
1 ST
BPZ:QPA2062D
Room air quality sensor CO2+temperature+rel. air humidity with display 11-33
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMH760B-1
Heating controller with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
7-51
A
1 ST
1 ST
BPZ:RMH760B-2
Heating controller with languages de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
7-51
A
BPZ:RMH760B-3
Heating controller with languages da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
7-51
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMH760B-4
Heating controller with languages pl‚ cs‚ sk‚ hu‚ ru‚ bg
7-51
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMH760B-5
Heating controller with languages sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
7-51
C
1 ST
BPZ:RMK770-1
Boiler sequence controller with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
7-54
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMK770-2
Boiler sequence controller with languages de‚ fr‚ en‚ nl
7-54
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMK770-3
Boiler sequence controller with languages da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
7-54
C
1 ST
BPZ:RMK770-4
Boiler sequence controller with languages pl‚ cs‚ sk‚ hu‚ ru‚ bg
7-54
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMK770-5
Boiler sequence controller with languages sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
7-54
C
1 ST
BPZ:RMU710B-1
Universal controller‚ 1 control loop‚ with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU710B-2
Universal controller‚ 1 control loop‚ with languages de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU710B-3
Universal controller‚ 1 control loop‚ with languages da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU710B-4
Universal controller‚ 1 control loop‚ with languages cs‚ hu‚ pl‚ sk‚ ru‚ bg
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU710B-5
Universal controller‚ 1 control loop‚ with languages sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU720B-1
Universal controller‚ 2 control loops‚ with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU720B-2
Universal controller‚ 2 control loops‚ with languages de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU720B-3
Universal controller‚ 2 control loops‚ with languages da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU720B-4
Universal controller‚ 2 control loops‚ with languages cs‚ hu‚ pl‚ sk‚ ru‚ bg
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU720B-5
Universal controller‚ 2 control loops‚ with languages sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU730B-1
Universal controller‚ 3 control loops‚ with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
7-56
B
1 ST
BPZ:RMU730B-2
Universal controller‚ 3 control loops‚ with languages de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU730B-3
Universal controller‚ 3 control loops‚ with languages da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU730B-4
Universal controller‚ 3 control loops‚ with languages cs‚ hu‚ pl‚ sk‚ ru‚ bg
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMU730B-5
Universal controller‚ 3 control loops‚ with languages sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
7-56
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMZ780
Module connector
7-60
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMZ782B
Heating circuit module
7-52
A
1 ST
10 NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
BPZ:RMZ783B
DHW module
7-52
A
BPZ:RMZ785
Universal module (8UI)
7-60
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMZ787
Universal module (4UI‚ 4DO)
7-60
A
1 ST
1 ST
BPZ:RMZ788
Universal module (4UI‚ 2AO‚ 2DO)
7-60
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMZ789
Universal module (6UI‚ 2AO‚ 4DO)
7-60
A
1 ST
1 ST
BPZ:RMZ790
Plug-in type operator unit
7-59
A
BPZ:RMZ791
Detached operator unit with 3 m cable
7-59
A
1 ST
BPZ:RMZ792
Bus operator unit
7-59
A
1 ST
BPZ:RRV912
Heating circuit controller‚ 2 heating circuits
15-18
A
1 ST
BPZ:RRV918
Heating circuit controller‚ 8 heating circuits
15-19
A
1 ST
BPZ:RRV934
Multicontroller
15-20
A
1 ST
1 ST
BPZ:RXB21.1/FC-10
Room controller for 3-speed fan
7-34
A
BPZ:RXB21.1/FC-11
Room controller for 3-speed fan
7-34
A
1 ST
BPZ:RXB22.1/FC-12
Room controller with 3-speed fan and electric heating coil
7-35
A
1 ST
BPZ:RXB24.1/CC-02
Room controller for chilled ceilings and radiators
7-35
A
1 ST
BPZ:RXZ20.1
Terminal cover for RXB../ RXL2../ RXC2..
7-36
A
1 ST
BPZ:RXZ30.1
Terminal cover for RXB3.. / RXL3.. / RXC3..
7-36
A
1 ST
BPZ:SSA955
Radiator control actuator
15-17
A
1 ST
S
S55174-A100
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ PDM‚ 1 m
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A101
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ 1 m
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A102
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NO‚ 2P‚ 1 m
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A103
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ NO‚ 2P‚ 1 m
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A104
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 24 V‚ NC‚ DC 0...10 V‚ 1 m
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A105
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 24 V‚ NO‚ DC 0...10 V‚ 1 m
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A106
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ HD‚ 2P‚ 0.8 m
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A107
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ HD‚ 2P‚ 0.8 m
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A109
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ PDM
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A110
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ NC‚ 2P
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A111
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NO‚ 2P‚ PDM
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A112
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ NO‚ 2P
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A113
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ PDM‚ MP
7-43
A
50 ST
S55174-A114
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ MP
7-43
A
50 ST
S55174-A115
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ PDM‚ PR
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A116
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NO‚ 2P‚ PDM‚ PR
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A117
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ PDM‚ black
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A118
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ NC‚ 2P‚ black
7-43
A
1 ST
S55174-A119
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NO‚ 2P‚ PDM‚ black
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A120
Electrothermal actuator‚ AC 230 V‚ NO‚ 2P‚ black
7-45
A
1 ST
S55174-A121
Connecting cable‚ 0.8 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A122
Connecting cable‚ 1 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A123
Connecting cable‚ 2 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A124
Connecting cable‚ 3 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A125
Connecting cable‚ 4 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A126
Connecting cable‚ 5 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A127
Connecting cable‚ 6 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A128
Connecting cable‚ 7 m Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A129
Connecting cable‚ 10 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A130
Connecting cable‚ 15 m‚ Type 1
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A131
Connecting cable‚ 3 m‚ Type 4‚ black
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A132
Connecting cable‚ 5 m‚ Type 4‚ black
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A133
Connecting cable‚ 10 m‚ Type 4‚ black
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A134
Connecting cable‚ 2 m‚ Type 1‚ HF
7-44
A
1 ST
NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
11
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
S55174-A135
Connecting cable‚ 5 m‚ Type 1‚ HF
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A136
Connecting cable‚ 10 m‚ Type 1‚ HF
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A137
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 2‚ 2 m
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A138
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 2‚ 5 m
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A139
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 2‚ 7 m
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A140
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 3‚ 2 m
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A141
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 3‚ 5 m
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A142
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 3‚ 7 m
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A146
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 6‚ 2 m‚ black
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A150
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V Type 3‚ 2 m‚ HF
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A151
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 3‚ 5 m‚ HF
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A152
Connecting cable‚ 0...10 V‚ Type 3‚ 7 m‚ HF
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A153
Cable with auxiliary switch‚ Type 7‚ 1 m
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A154
Cable with auxiliary switch‚ Type 7‚ 2 m
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A155
Connecting cable with auxiliary switch‚ Type 8‚ 1 m
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A156
Connecting cable with auxiliary switch‚ Type 8‚ 2 m
7-46
A
1 ST
S55174-A157
Connecting cable‚ 2 m‚ Type 1‚ LED
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A158
Connecting cable‚ 5 m‚ Type 1‚ LED
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A159
Adapter for valves with M30 x 1.5
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A160
Adapter for valves with M28 x 1.5‚ Comap‚ Markaryd‚ Herz
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A161
Adapter for valves with M30 x 1‚ TA
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A165
Adapter for Giacomini
7-44
C
1 ST
S55174-A166
Adapter for Pettinaroli M28 x 1.5
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A167
Adapter various (5 pieces)
7-44
A
1 ST
S55174-A169
Standard adapter‚ M30x1‚5
7-44
A
1 ST
S55370-C100
Switching and monitoring device with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es‚ pt
7-58
A
1 ST
S55370-C101
Switching and monitoring device with languages de‚ fr‚ nl‚ en
7-58
A
1 ST
S55370-C102
Switching and monitoring device with languages da‚ fi‚ no‚ sv
7-58
A
1 ST
S55370-C103
Switching and monitoring device with languages pl‚ cs‚ hu‚ ru‚ sk‚ bg
7-58
A
1 ST
S55370-C104
Switching and monitoring device with languages el‚ ro‚ sl‚ sr‚ hr‚ tr
7-58
A
1 ST
S55370-C105
Switching and monitoring device with language zh
7-58
A
1 ST
S55370-C159
Universal controller‚ 1 control loop‚ with language zh
7-56
A
1 ST
S55370-C160
Universal controller‚ 2 control loops‚ with language zh
7-56
A
1 ST
S55370-C161
Universal controller‚ 3 control loops‚ with language zh
7-56
A
1 ST
S55370-C162
Central control unit RMB795B-1 with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es‚ pt
7-49
A
1 ST
S55370-C163
Central control unit RMB795B-2 with languages de‚ fr‚ nl‚ en
7-49
C
1 ST
S55370-C164
Central control unit RMB795B-3 with languages da‚ fi‚ no‚ sv
7-49
C
1 ST
S55370-C165
Central control unit RMB795B-4 with languages cs‚ sk‚ pl‚ hu‚ ru‚ bg
7-49
C
1 ST
S55370-C166
Central control unit RMB795B-5 with languages ro‚ sl‚ sr‚ hr‚ el‚ tr
7-49
C
1 ST
S55370-C167
Central control unit RMB795B-6 with language zh
7-49
C
1 ST
S55371-C100
Water monitor
15-22
A
1 ST
S55373-C121
Room controller for fan-coil applications with KNX communication
7-35
A
1 ST
S55499-D134
VAV compact controller KNX‚ 24 V‚ 5 Nm‚ 150 s‚ 300 Pa
7-40
A
1 ST
S55499-D135
VAV compact controller KNX‚ 24 V‚ 10 Nm‚ 150 s‚ 300 Pa
7-40
A
1 ST
S55621-H102
Room unit with KNX RF for 2 heating zones
15-26
A
1 ST
S55621-H103
Starter kit with room unit and 1 radiator control actuator
15-25
A
1 ST
S55621-H104
Starter kit with room unit and 4 radiator control actuators
15-25
A
1 ST
S55621-H110
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data collection 15-14
in German
A
1 ST
S55621-H111
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection in Ger- 15-12
man
A
1 ST
S55621-H112
Consumption data interface
15-21
A
1 ST
S55621-H113
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data collection 15-14
in French
A
1 ST
12 NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
S55621-H114
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection in
French
15-12
A
1 ST
S55621-H115
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data collection 15-14
in Italian
A
1 ST
S55621-H116
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection
15-12
C
1 ST
S55621-H123
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data collection 15-14
A
1 ST
S55621-H124
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection in Czech 15-12
A
1 ST
S55621-H125
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data collection‚ 15-14
without instructions; plain text output in 23 languages
A
1 ST
S55621-H126
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection‚ without 15-12
instructions; plain text output in 23 languages
A
1 ST
1 ST
S55623-H104
Room unit with EnOcean interface
16-5
A
S55623-H105
Room unit with EnOcean interface‚ setpoint adjuster
16-5
A
1 ST
S55623-H106
Room unit with EnOcean interface‚ setpoint adjuster‚ button and switch
16-6
A
1 ST
S55623-H107
Room unit with EnOcean interface‚ setpoint adjuster‚ button and switch
for fan stages
16-6
A
1 ST
S55624-H103
Room sensor KNX for temperature
7-29
A
1 ST
S55624-H104
Room sensor KNX for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2
7-29
A
1 ST
S55624-H105
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ segmented backlit dis- 1-54
play‚ touchkeys
A
1 ST
S55624-H106
Room operator unit KNX with sensors for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2‚
segmented backlit display‚ touchkeys
1-55
A
1 ST
S55624-H107
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ configurable touchkeys‚ LED display
1-54
A
1 ST
S55624-H108
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ segmented backlit dis- 1-55
play‚ configurable touchkeys‚ LED display
A
1 ST
1 ST
S55720-S134
Front module with passiv temperature measurement‚ Pt1000
11-24
A
S55720-S136
Front module for base module‚ temperature (active)
11-25
A
1 ST
S55720-S137
Front module for base module‚ without sensor
7-15
A
1 ST
S55720-S140
Front module for base module‚ humidity
7-14
A
1 ST
S55720-S141
Front module for base module‚ humidity and temperature (active)
7-14
A
1 ST
S55720-S142
Base module for temperature and humidity measurement‚ 70.8 x 70.8
mm
11-25
A
1 ST
1 ST
S55720-S143
Base module for temperature and humidity measurement‚ 83 x 83 mm
11-25
A
S55720-S144
Base module for temperature and humidity measurement‚ 110 x 64 mm 11-25
A
1 ST
S55720-S146
Base module with integrated VOC measurement ‚ 70.8 x 70.8 mm
11-31
A
1 ST
S55720-S147
Base module with integrated [CO2/] measurement ‚ 70.8 x 70.8 mm
11-32
A
1 ST
S55720-S148
Base module with integrated [CO2/] and VOC measurement ‚ 70.8 x 70.8 11-32
mm
A
1 ST
S55720-S149
Base module with integrated VOC measurement ‚ 83 x 83 mm
11-31
A
1 ST
S55720-S150
Base module with integrated [CO2/] measurement ‚ 83 x 83 mm
11-32
A
1 ST
S55720-S151
Base module with integrated [CO2/] and VOC measurement ‚ 83 x 83 mm 11-32
A
1 ST
S55720-S152
Base module with integrated VOC measurement ‚ 110 x 64 mm
11-31
A
1 ST
S55720-S153
Base module with integrated [CO2/] measurement ‚ 110 x 64 mm
11-32
A
1 ST
S55720-S154
Base module with integrated [CO2/] and VOC measurement ‚ 110 x 64
mm
11-32
A
1 ST
S55720-S160
Frame DELTA azio for front module
1-38
A
1 ST
S55720-S161
Mounting plate EU (CEE/VDE)
1-53
A
1 ST
S55720-S162
Mounting plate UK (British Standard)
1-53
A
1 ST
S55720-S163
Mounting plate IT (3 modular)
1-53
A
1 ST
S55720-S164
Mounting plate US (UL)
1-53
A
1 ST
S55720-S203
Base module for temperature and / or humidity measurement‚ with KNX / 7-14
PL-Link‚ 70.8 x 70.8
A
1 ST
S55720-S204
Base module for temperature and / or humidity measurement‚ with KNX / 7-14
PL-Link‚ 83 x 83
A
1 ST
S55720-S205
Base module for temperature and / or humidity measurement‚ with KNX / 7-14
PL-Link‚ 110 x 64
C
1 ST
S55720-S206
Base module for temperature and / or humidity measurement‚ with KNX / 7-14
PL-Link‚ 64 x 110
C
1 ST
NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
13
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Order number index
Order No.
Title
Page
DT
PG
S55720-S207
Base module for CO2 measurement‚ with KNX / PL-Link‚ 70.8 x 70.8 mm
7-15
A
1 ST
S55720-S208
Base module for CO2 measurement‚ with KNX / PL-Link‚ 83 x 83 mm
7-15
A
1 ST
S55720-S209
Base module for CO2 measurement‚ with KNX / PL-Link‚ 110 x 64 mm
7-15
C
1 ST
S55720-S210
Base module for CO2 measurement‚ with KNX / PL-Link‚ 64 x 110 mm
7-15
C
1 ST
S55720-S219
Front module for base module‚ humidity and temperature‚ with LED
7-15
A
1 ST
S55770-T104
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat with KNX communications‚ 2-/4-pipe 1-44
fan coils or DX type equipment
C
1 ST
S55770-T105
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat with KNX communications‚ 2-/4-pipe 1-44
fan coils or DX type equipment‚ four buttons for switching lights and
blinds
D
1 ST
S55770-T106
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat for rectangular conduit box with KNX 1-45
communications‚ for VAV application
A
1 ST
S55770-T137
Conduit box 75 x 75 x 51 mm
1-46
A
1 ST
S55770-T163
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 230 V‚ for fan coil units 1-47
and universal applications
A
1 ST
S55770-T165
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 24 V‚ VAV heating and
cooling systems
1-49
A
1 ST
S55770-T293
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat with KNX communications‚ 2-/4-pipe 1-44
fan coils or DX type equipment
A
1 ST
S55770-T297
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 24 V‚ for fan coil units
and universal applications‚ heat pump‚ fan (1-/ 3-speed‚ DC)‚ valves (2point‚ DC)
1-48
A
1 ST
S55770-T325
Condensation monitor‚ AC/DC 24 V
11-30
A
1 ST
S55770-T326
Condensation monitor‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ with remote sensor head (cable
length 1.5 m)
11-30
A
1 ST
S55770-T334
Hotel Semi Flush-mount room thermostat with KNX‚ 2-/4-pipe fan coils or 1-44
DX type equipment‚ four buttons hotel functions
B
1 ST
S55770-T350
Touch screen room thermostat with KNX communications‚ for 2-/4- pipe 1-43
fan coil‚ universal applications or compressors in DX-type equipment
A
1 ST
S55800-Y100
Commissioning and plant operating software
7-62
C
1 ST
S55842-Z101
Radio frequency receiver with Gateway EnOcean/KNX
10-21
A
1 ST
14 NEW PRODUCTS
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Overview and selection guides
Technical specifications
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
1-2
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
1-3
Pushbuttons with IR receiver decoder
1-4
IP Control Center, WEB Visualisation
1-5
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
1-7
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
Pushbuttons
Pushbutton accessories
Room temperature controllers
Multifunction devices
1
1-9
Surface-mounting pushbuttons, IP44
1-10
Room control unit
1-11
Multifunction devices, wall mounted
1-12
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
1-13
IR system
1-16
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
1-19
Surface-mounting pushbuttons, IP44
1-21
DELTA line frames
1-23
DELTA miro Artist frames
1-28
DELTA miro color frames
1-29
DELTA miro glass frames
1-31
DELTA miro aluminium frames
1-34
DELTA style frames
1-36
DELTA azio frames
1-38
DELTA contour frames
1-39
Surface-mounting enclosures
1-40
i-system
1-41
DELTA style
1-42
Room thermostats
1-43
flush mounted
1-50
i-system and accessories
1-52
wall mounted
1-54
Touch-Panels
1-56
Visualization, server
1-58
Display and Operation Units
Overview and selection guides
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
Modular bus transceiver module and flush-mounting actuator
A key feature of the Gamma instabus® is its uniform bus transceiver module. The bus transceiver module (BTM) can be used as a stand-alone
unit, as well as a combined version in various devices of the flush-mounting actuator range.
Implementation of the BTI interface (Bus Transceiver Interface) with the bus transceiver module (BTM) ensures maximum flexibility and an
impressive range of functions. Bus coupling units (BTM) and flush-mounting actuators with integrated bus transceiver modules (BTM) enable the
use of Gamma display/operator interfaces, such as pushbuttons, text displays, room temperature controllers and operation units in a wide range
of designs. Thus, all Gamma instabus® operator interfaces with BTI interface in the design lines i-system and DELTA style/profil can be combined
with either a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module (BTM).
This reduces planning work and facilitates installation and commissioning. The application programs of the flush-mounting actuators are identical
to those of the functionally equivalent devices from the modular room control range. This means that all devices have the same standard application program - regardless of mounting type - whether flush-mounting, with or without mounting frame - or whether designed for installation in
the room control box and automation module box.
A
D
C
D
E
D
B
C
D
E
I2 02_01488a
1
A Bus transceiver module (BTM)
B Flush-mounting actuator with bus
transceiver module (BTM)
C DELTA frames
D GAMMA Display/Operation
E BTI interface
1-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Overview and selection guides
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
Operator interfaces with DELTA bus coupling unit
I
A
B
C
E
K
B
I201_08159c
I DELTA UP 116 with claw
A
B
C
E
I
K
E
Bus coupling unit
Screw fixing
DELTA frame
DELTA pushbutton/rocker, single, double
Claw fixing
Without peripheral external interface (PEI)
and without BTI interface
1-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
Display and Operation Units
Overview and selection guides
Pushbuttons with IR receiver decoder
Overview IR products
IR products are available for the remote control of room functions. Compared to radio solutions, IR is particularly interesting because
•there are applications in which radio-based remote control is not permitted (e. g. hospitals)
•the frequencies used are not allowed in all countri
Application
•Remote control of room functions: Lighting, sun protection, room climate, scenes, etc.
•Mounting on "movable" walls
•Use in hospitals where radio solutions are often prohibited
•Additional room functions which can be operated only by remote control (e. g. by service personnel, doctors, teachers, etc.)
KNX
I202_01293
1
IR hand-held transmitter
IR receiver decoder
IR wall-mounted transmitter
Wall Switch with IR receiver decoder
Actuators
System overview of IR products
1-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Overview and selection guides
IP Control Center, WEB Visualisation
IP Control Center, N152
The IP Control Center N 152 permits comfortable remote operation of KNX plants including lighting, solar protection, or heating/ventilation/air
conditioning using web-capable operator units. Intuitive user and display interfaces can be individually designed for PCs, notebooks, tablets or
smartphones using the compact visualization controller. Up to 250 values and states are available for various building and room functions as well
as powerful application modules including yearly schedulers, scene control, logic functions, or alarm messages with email notifications.
The display of any WEB content including notifications or weather forecasts is possible. IP cameras can be integrated in the display. Graphical engineering via the integrated web editor is easy and does not require additional software. A comprehensive library is available to design operating
or display elements in six different styles. Building views and floor plans can be displayed as wallpaper. The integrated KNX interface saves money
commissioning KNX plants and remote servicing of the plant is possible using an additional router.
An easy-to-understand sample project for the IP Control Center is available for download.
Web Client
Smartphone
Web Client
Web Client
Tablet PC
ETS
WLAN-Router
IP/WEB
Web Server +
KNXnet / IP Interface
I201_19506a
KNX
Motion
detection
Room
temperature
controller
Weather
station
Central
operation
Switching
Dimming
Shutter/blind
Touch panel
Pushbutton
1-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2014
1
Display and Operation Units
Overview and selection guides
Visualization, software
Overview ComBridge Studio Evolution
IPAS is one of the leading providers of web-based visualization. With ComBridge Studio Suite, the HTML-based visualization software, IPAS was
already able to offer solutions for individual large-scale projects, such as airports, shopping centers, administration buildings and distributed
locations.
All this experience flowed into the latest development of ComBridge Studio Evolution, which now permits extremely high quantities of data, or
hundreds of KNXnet/IP interfaces in a project with several hundred users to be realized. As well as the representation of statuses and the operation of functions, ComBridge Studio Evolution offers optimum support for the configuration of complex functions, such as scenes, yearly programs,
graphical logics and much, much more. Based on Adobe Flash, it now couldn‘t be easier to insert design-oriented elements and functions in
visualizations, so that mapping the actual situation is child‘s play.
ComBridge Studio Evolution also now enables the representation of even complex database analyses in an individual and attractive design. A
particular highlight of ComBridge Studio Evolution is the Smart Metering module This module analyses consumption data that are stored in the
database. Based on current consumption data, the Smart Metering module calculates the probable weekly, monthly and yearly consumption,
so that users are always informed as to what costs are generated by their energy consumption in a given period. It is also possible to graphically
compare different periods and evaluate them. The consumption data can be evaluated directly from KNX counters, such as Siemens energy counters (see Chapter Counters).
Another huge advantage is that it is operating system-independent ComBridge Studio Evolution is configured directly on the ComBridge Studio
Evolution server. The application tool is a standard browser in connection with Adobe Flash Player. Adobe Flash Player can be downloaded free
from the Internet.
For further information:
www.ipas-products.com
Order address::
IPAS GmbH
Hölscherstrasse 27
47167 Duisburg, Germany
Telephone: +49 203 37867-0
Fax: +49 203 37867-10
i201_18329
1
Evolution
Server
ComBridge Studio
Evolution Client
KNXnet/IP
interface
ComBridge Studio
Evolution Client
ru
KNX device
KNX device
KNX device
KNX device
KNX device
1-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Technical specifications
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
Pushbutton
i-system
DELTA style
UP 287/..2
UP 287/..3
UP 287/..4
UP 287/..5
UP 286/..3
UP 286/..2
UP 285/..3
UP 285/..2
2
1
h
2
1
h
2
4
2
h
4
2
h
2
6
3
h
6
3
h
2
6
3
h
2
6
3
h
2
2
1
v
2
1
v
2
4
2
v
4
2
v
2
8
4
v
8
4
v
2
8
4
v
2
8
4
v
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Application program1)
UP 223/..5
UP 223/..4
UP 223/..3
UP 223/..2
UP 222/..3
UP 222/..2
UP 221/..3
Type
UP 221/..2
Design
909301
Enclosure data
Dimensions
•Width [mm]
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
55
55
11
68
68
14
Display/control elements
Individual pushbuttons
Pushbutton pairs
Operation (v: vertical, h: horizontal)
LED per pushbutton pair for status indication
LED for orientation light
(ON/OFF configurable/dimmable)
IR activity display configurable via LED
LED brightness configurable and controllable
via object
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Bus connection
For plugging onto a bus transceiver module
(BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus
transceiver module (BTM)
Inputs
IR receiver decoder
IR channels in blocks of 64
Integrated room temperature sensor
n
n
16
16
n
n
Input functions
Switching
n
n
n
n
Switching ON/OFF/OVER
n
n
n
n
Pushbutton function (bell function)
Dimming
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit)
n
n
n
n
Short button press, ON/OFF
Long button press, BRIGHTER/DARKER
n
n
n
n
One-pushbutton dimming
Value transmission
n
n
n
n
8 bit/percent/16 bit
n
n
n
n
Brightness value
n
n
n
n
Temperature value
n
n
n
n
Positively driven operation
Time-delayed transmission of a second
n
n
n
n
telegram, depending on main function
n
n
n
n
Button deactivation
Shutter/blind
Shutter/blind control
n
n
n
n
short button press, slat OPEN/CLOSED or STOP,
long button press, UP/DOWN
n
n
n
n
One-pushbutton sun protection
Scene
Integrated 8-bit scene control (channels)
Assignments per channel
n
n
n
n
Store and call up scene, 8-bit
n
n
n
n
Store and call up scene, 1-bit
Short or long button press
n
n
n
n
(store/call up scene), configurable
Status
LED on/off/flashing depending on the value
n
n
(1 bit/8 bit/16 bit)
Pushbutton operation display configurable via
n
n
LED
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td.
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
www.siemens.com/gamma
1-7
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Technical specifications
Pushbuttons with IR receiver decoder
Pushbuttons with IR receiver decoder
Design
i-system
Type
Application program1)
DELTA style
UP 223/..5
UP 287/..5
909301
Enclosure data
Dimensions
•Width [mm]
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
55
55
11
68
68
14
6
3
h
2
8
4
v
2
Display/control elements
Individual pushbuttons
Pushbutton pairs
Operation (v: vertical, h: horizontal)
LED per pushbutton pair for status indication
LED for orientation light
(ON/OFF configurable/dimmable)
IR activity display configurable via orientation LED
LED brightness configurable and controllable via object
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Bus connection
For plugging onto a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flushmounting actuator with bus transceiver module (BTM)
Inputs
IR receiver decoder
IR channels in blocks of 64
n
n
16
16
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
8
8
8
8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Input functions
Switching
Switching ON/OFF/OVER
Pushbutton function (bell function)
Dimming
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit)
Short button press, ON/OFF
Long button press, BRIGHTER/DARKER
One-pushbutton dimming
Value transmission
8 bit/percent/16 bit
Brightness value
Temperature value
Positively driven operation
Time-delayed transmission of a second
telegram, depending on main function
Button deactivation
Shutter/blind
Shutter/blind control
short button press, slat OPEN/CLOSED or STOP,
long button press, UP/DOWN
One-pushbutton sun protection
Scene
Integrated 8-bit scene control (channels)
Assignments per channel
Store and call up scene, 8-bit
Store and call up scene, 1-bit
Short or long button press
(store/call up scene), configurable
Status
LED on/off/flashing depending on the value
(1 bit/8 bit/16 bit)
Pushbutton operation display configurable via LED
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
1-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Technical specifications
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
Type
Application program1)
UP 116/01
UP 116/11
UP 116/21
UP 116/31
211001
221001
210F01
220F01
n
n
n
n
71
71
32
71
71
32
71
71
32
71
71
32
Enclosure data
For installation in flush-mounting switch and
socket boxes with Ø = 60 mm
Dimensions
•Width [mm]
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
Mounting type
Claw fixing
Screw fixing
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
1
1
1
n
n
n
n
1
2
1
2
Display/control elements
LED per pushbutton pair for status indication
or configurable as orientation light
Mounting of rockers from the DELTA
product ranges
Rocker button, intermediate position
(pushbutton with 2 operating points)
Rocker button, pushbutton position
(pushbutton with 1 operating point)
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
n
n
n
n
4
4
8
8
3
3
4
5
n
n
n
n
n
n
General functions
Max. number of group addresses
Max. number of assignments
Input functions
Switching
n
Switching ON/OFF
n
Switching OVER
Dimming
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit)
n
Short button press, ON/OFF
Long button press, BRIGHTER/DARKER
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit)
n
Short button press, ON/OFF
Long button press, BRIGHTER/DARKER
Shutter/blind
Shutter/blind control
n
Short button press, slat OPEN/CLOSED or STOP
Long button press, UP/DOWN
Scene
Store and call up scene, 1-bit
1
in conjunction with scene module
Short or long button press
n
(store/call up scene), configurable
Status
n
Display of any status objects (1-bit)
n
Display of pushbutton objects
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td.
n
n
n
n
n
n
2
n
n
n
1-9
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Technical specifications
Surface-mounting pushbuttons, IP44
Surface-mounting pushbuttons, IP44
Type
Application program1)
AP 115/01
211001
AP 115/11
221001
AP 115/21
210F01
AP 115/31
220F01
Enclosure data
Surface-mounting enclosures
Degree of protection
Dimensions
•Width [mm]
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
n
n
n
n
IP44
IP44
IP44
IP44
66
75
66
75
66
75
66
75
52
52
52
52
Display/control elements
LED per pushbutton pair for status indication or
configurable as orientation light
1
Rocker button, intermediate position (pushbutton with 2 operating points)
1
1
2
Rocker button, pushbutton position
(pushbutton with 1 operating point)
1
2
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
n
n
n
n
4
4
8
8
3
3
4
5
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
2
n
n
General functions
Max. number of group addresses
Max. number of assignments
Input functions
Switching
Switching ON/OFF
Switching OVER
Dimming
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit)
Short button press, ON/OFF
Long button press, BRIGHTER/DARKER
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit)
Short button press, ON/OFF
Long button press, BRIGHTER/DARKER
Shutter/blind
Shutter/blind control
Short button press, slat OPEN/CLOSED or STOP
Long button press, UP/DOWN
Scene
Store and call up scene, 1-bit in conjunction
with scene module
Short or long button press (store/call up scene),
configurable
Status
n
Display of any status objects (1-bit)
n
Display of pushbutton objects
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
n
n
1-10
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2014
Display and Operation Units
Technical specifications
Room control unit
RDU341
n
n
n
n
n
✪
✪
n
✪
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
UP 254 K
DELTA style
RDF301.50H
n
UP 237 K
i-system
RDF301.50
n
RDF301
n
RDF600KN
RDG400KN
n
RDF800KN
RDG160KN
Type
RDG100KN
Room control units
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Design
Wall mounted
Semi-Flush Mounted
Flush Mounted
for VDE/CEE box
for British Standard box
n
Housing
Digital display
Touch Screen Display
LED indicators
Setpoint knob
Operating mode button
Fan speed button
Buttons for light and blind control
Button for Hotel application
n
n
n
✪
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
✪
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
For plugging onto a bus coupling units
(BTM)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
✪
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronic
Terminal voltage AC 230 V
Terminal voltage AC 24 V
Integrated room temperature
sensor
Inputs
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
n
✪
✪
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Multifunctional inputs
digital/analog
n
Outputs
ON/OFF (PWM) Triac (H/C)
ON/OFF Relay (H/C)
Analog outputs DC 0..10V (H/C)
3-stage Relay (fan)
Analog DC 0..10 V (fan)
n
n
✪
n
n
✪
Applications
Fancoil 2-/4-pipe
Fancoil with electrical heater
Fancoil with Radiator
Heating / Cooling 2-/4-pipe
Heat Pump System
Variable Air Volume (VAV)
VAV with electrical heater
VAV with radiator / Heat-Cool coil
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Functionalities
2-position control
Modulating control
2-stage control sequence for heating or
cooling
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n2)
n2)
n2)
n2)
n2)
n
n
n
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Operating mode
Comfort
Pre-Comfort
Economy
Protection
Manual / Auto operating mode
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1)
only for 2-stage heating
2)
modulating output only for 2-pipe applications
n valid for all variants ✪ main feature
1-11
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Technical specifications
Multifunction devices, wall mounted
Multifunction devices, wall mounted
QMX3..
Type
P34
P74
P02
P37
n
n
n
n
n
n
Design
Wall mounted
Display / operating
LCD display with 8
capacitive keys
8 capacitive keys with LED,
parameterizable or 4 twobutton keys
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Sensor
Temperatur
Humidity
Air quality
n
n
n
n
Bus interface
integrated bus coupling
unit
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Function
Setpoint
Plant mode
Room temperatur
Room humidity
Room air quality
Fan speed
Occupancy
Switching, light
Dimming, light
Blinds
Scene, up to 8
State indication on LED
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Controlling
Controller enable /disable
PID controller for heating
and/or cooling
Threshold controller for
humidity
Threshold controller for air
quality
1)
Air quality indication on LED
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1-12
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Buttons
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
UP 22..
Pushbutton‚ i-system
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 11 mm
Range overview UP 22..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1221-2DB12
UP 221/12
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1221-2DB13
UP 221/13
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1221-2DB32
UP 221/32
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1221-2DB33
UP 221/33
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1222-2DB12
UP 222/12
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1222-2DB13
UP 222/13
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1222-2DB32
UP 222/32
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1222-2DB33
UP 222/33
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1223-2DB12
UP 223/12
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1223-2DB13
UP 223/13
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ without status LED‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1223-2DB32
UP 223/32
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1223-2DB33
UP 223/33
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
Pushbutton with scene controller and room temperature sensor‚ i-system
Dimensions (W x H x D)
UP 223/..4
55 x 55 x 11 mm
Range overview UP 223/4
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Wall switch‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ with scene controller‚ with room temperature 5WG1223-2AB14
sensor‚ DELTA i-system‚ titanium white
UP 223/14
Wall switch‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ with scene controller‚ with room temperature 5WG1223-2AB34
sensor‚ DELTA i-system‚ aluminum metallic
UP 223/34
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
1-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Buttons
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
UP 223/..5
Pushbutton with scene controller and IR receiver decoder‚ i-system
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 11 mm
Range overview UP 223/..5
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ titanium 5WG1223-2DB15
white
UP 223/15
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ aluminum metallic
UP 223/35
5WG1223-2DB35
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
UP 28..
Pushbutton‚ DELTA style
Dimensions (W x H x D)
68 x 68 x 14 mm
Range overview UP 28..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1285-2DB12
UP 285/12
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1285-2DB13
UP 285/13
Pushbutton‚ single‚ without status LED‚ platinum metallic
5WG1285-2DB42
UP 285/42
Pushbutton‚ single‚ with status LED‚ platinum metallic
5WG1285-2DB43
UP 285/43
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1286-2DB12
UP 286/12
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1286-2DB13
UP 286/13
Pushbutton‚ double‚ without status LED‚ platinum metallic
5WG1286-2DB42
UP 286/42
Pushbutton‚ double‚ with status LED‚ platinum metallic
5WG1286-2DB43
UP 286/43
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ without status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1287-2DB12
UP 287/12
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ titanium white
5WG1287-2DB13
UP 287/13
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ without status LED‚ platinum metallic
5WG1287-2DB42
UP 287/42
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ platinum metallic
5WG1287-2DB43
UP 287/43
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
1-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Buttons
Pushbuttons bus transceiver module (BTM)
Pushbutton with scene controller and room temperature sensor‚ DELTA style
Dimensions (W x H x D)
UP 287/..4
68 x 68 x 14 mm
Range overview UP 287/..4
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Wall switch‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white
5WG1287-2AB14
UP 287/14
Wall switch‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ neutral‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic
5WG1287-2AB44
UP 287/44
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
Pushbutton with scene controller and IR receiver decoder‚ DELTA style
Dimensions (W x H x D)
UP 287/..5
68 x 68 x 14 mm
Range overview UP 287/..5
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ tita- 5WG1287-2DB15
nium white
UP 287/15
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ plat- 5WG1287-2DB45
inum metallic
UP 287/45
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
1-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
IR-System
Pushbuttons IR receiver decoder
UP 223/..5
Pushbutton with scene controller and IR receiver decoder‚ i-system
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 11 mm
Range overview UP 223/..5
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ titanium 5WG1223-2DB15
white
UP 223/15
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ aluminum metallic
UP 223/35
5WG1223-2DB35
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
UP 287/..5
Pushbutton with scene controller and IR receiver decoder‚ DELTA style
Dimensions (W x H x D)
68 x 68 x 14 mm
Range overview UP 287/..5
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ tita- 5WG1287-2DB15
nium white
UP 287/15
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ plat- 5WG1287-2DB45
inum metallic
UP 287/45
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
1-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
IR-System
Accessories for IR receiver decoder
IR remote‚ silver
S 425/72
IR hand-held transmitters:
V For wireless control of actuators via infrared signals‚ e.g. for switching on/off/toggle‚ dimming‚ send
value‚ control solar protection or recall/save scenes
V 1 LED per group for control of transmission and battery
V Infrared wave length: 890 nm
V Infrared frequency: 455 kHz
V Transmission range: 20 m‚ non-directional
V Power supply by two commercially available 1.5 V batteries type Alkaline LR03/AAA
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 154 x 24 mm
The 2 batteries of type LR03/AAA (1.5 V) required for operation are included in delivery.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1425-7AB72
S 425/72
IR wall switch‚ titanium white
AP 42../13
V For wireless control of actuators via infrared signals‚ e.g. for switching On/Off/Over‚ dimming‚ value
transmission‚ shutter/blind control or call up/store scenes
V 1 LED for control of transmission and battery
V Red LED cover
V DIP switches for selection of the channel number (1...64)
V Infrared wave length: 890 nm
V Infrared frequency: 455 kHz
V Transmitter range: 8 m‚ non-directional
V Power supply by two commercially available 1.5 V batteries type Alkaline LR03/AAA
V Mounting frame for mounting on a flush-mounting wall box‚ on a wall surface or with adhesive tape
on an even surface
Dimensions (W x H x D)
82 x 115 x 21 mm
Range overview AP 42../13
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
IR wall switch‚ single‚ titanium white
5WG1420-3AB13
AP 420/13
IR wall switch‚ double‚ titanium white
5WG1421-3AB13
AP 421/13
IR wall switch‚ quadruple‚ titanium white
5WG1422-3AB13
AP 422/13
The 2 batteries of type LR03/AAA (1.5 V) required for operation are not included in delivery.
1-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
IR-System
Accessories for IR receiver decoder
S 450/03
IR Receiver decoder
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
For receiving IR signals transmitted from IR wall-mounted transmitters or IR hand-held transmitters
Conversion of IR signals received from up to 32 IR channels into bus telegrams
Configurable evaluation of the IR signals per IR channel as single button or as button pair
Per IR button selectable functions
Switching on/off/over
Switching on or off at either rising or falling edge
Single button dimming
Single button sun protection control
1-/8-bit scene control
8-/16-bit value
Percentage value
Temperature value
Brightness value
Positively driven operation
Depending on the selected main function
Per IR button selectable additional function executed either after a time delay (time delay configurable
from 100 ms to 6550 s) or alternatively on a long button press
Per IR button pair selectable functions
2-button dimming with stop telegram
2-button sun protection control
Transmission variable percentage value
Transmission variable 8-bit value
1-/8-bit scene control
Positively driven operation
Depending on the selected main function: per IR button selectable additional functions
Switching on/off
8-16-bit value
Percentage value
Temperature value
Brightness value
Recall/save 1-bit scene 1
Recall/save 1-bit scene 2
Recall 8-bit scene
Positively driven on/off/deactivate
Blocking can selected for each IR button and configured individually
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Bus-powered electronics
Including clamping spring and rosette for installation in ceilings‚ walls or lights
For commissioning when mounted‚ a magnet is required‚ such as a 5WG1 590-8AH01 programming
magnet
Dimensions (W x H x D)
25 x 26 x 75 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1450-7AB03
S 450/03
The programming magnet must be ordered separately.
S 590H01
Programming magnet for IR receiver decoders
Programming magnet for S 450 IR receiver decoders
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1590-8AH01
S 590H01
1-18
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Buttons
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
DELTA Bus coupling unit
UP 116..
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with diameter = 60 mm‚ for Screw fixing
and prepared for Claw fixing
V LED per pushbutton pair for status indication or configurable as orientation light
V Mounting of rockers from the DELTA product ranges
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
71 x 71 x 32 mm
UP 116/01
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ single‚ intermediate position‚ with 2 LEDs
V
V
-
One Rocker button‚ intermediate position (pushbutton with 2 operating points)
The following functions can be assigned per operating point as required:
Switching on/off/over
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or stop Long button press‚ up/down
Store and call up scene‚ 1-bit in conjunction with scene module
Short or long button press (store/call up scene)‚ configurable
Display of any status objects (1-bit)
Display of pushbutton objects
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB01
UP 116/01
UP 116/21
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ single‚ pushbutton position‚ with 2 LEDs
V One Rocker button‚ pushbutton position (pushbutton with 1 operating point)
V Optional assigned functions Switching on/off/over
V Display of pushbutton objects
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB21
UP 116/21
UP 116/11
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ double‚ intermediate position‚ with 2 LEDs
V
V
-
Two Rocker button‚ intermediate position (pushbutton with 2 operating points)
The following functions can be assigned per operating point as required:
Switching on/off/over
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or stop Long button press‚ up/down
Store and call up scene‚ 1-bit in conjunction with scene module
Short or long button press (store/call up scene)‚ configurable
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB11
UP 116/11
1-19
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Buttons
Pushbuttons for DELTA bus coupling units
UP 116/31
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ double‚ pushbutton position‚ with 2 LEDs
V
V
-
Two Rocker button‚ pushbutton position (pushbutton with 1 operating point)
The following functions can be assigned per operating point as required:
Switching on/off/over
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or stop Long button press‚ up/down
Display of pushbutton objects
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB31
UP 116/31
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Sealing sets for rockers‚ IP44‚ for single or double rockers
5TG4324
5TG4324
Accessories for UP 116..
One set contains four insert seals
1-20
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Buttons
Surface-mounting pushbuttons‚ IP44
Surface-mounting pushbuttons IP44
AP 115..
V Surface-mounting enclosures‚ Degree of protection IP44
V Switching on/off/over
V Integrated bus coupling units
Dimensions (W x H x D)
66 x 75 x 52 mm
AP 115/01
Surface-mounting pushbuttons IP44
V
V
V
V
V
V
LED for status indication or configurable as orientation light
Single‚ pushbutton position
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or stop Long button press‚ up/down
Store and call up scene‚ 1-bit in conjunction with scene module
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1115-3AB01
AP 115/01
AP 115/11
Surface-mounting pushbuttons IP44
V
V
V
V
V
Double‚ middle position
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or STOP Long button press‚ up/down
Store and call up 2 scene‚ 1-bit in conjunction with scene module
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1115-3AB11
AP 115/11
AP 115/21
Pushbutton‚ single‚ pushbutton position‚ 1 LED‚ IP 44‚ gray
V LED for status indication or configurable as orientation light
V Single‚ pushbutton position
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1115-3AB21
AP 115/21
1-21
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Buttons
Surface-mounting pushbuttons‚ IP44
AP 115/31
Pushbutton‚ double‚ pushbutton position‚ IP 44‚ gray
V
V
V
V
Double‚ middle position
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or STOP Long button press‚ up/down
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1115-3AB31
AP 115/31
1-22
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA line frames
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
5TG255..-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG255..-0
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar
to RAL 9010)‚ single
80 x 80 mm
5TG2551-0
5TG25510
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar
to RAL 9010)‚ double
151 x 80 mm
5TG2552-0
5TG25520
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar
to RAL 9010)‚ triple
222 x 80 mm
5TG2553-0
5TG25530
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar
to RAL 9010)‚ quadruple
293 x 80 mm
5TG2554-0
5TG25540
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Titanium white (similar
to RAL 9010)‚ quintuple
364 x 80 mm
5TG2555-0
5TG25550
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)
5TG258..-0
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG258..-0
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar 80 x 80 mm
to RAL 1013)‚ single
5TG2581-0
5TG25810
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar 151 x 80 mm
to RAL 1013)‚ double
5TG2582-0
5TG25820
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar 222 x 80 mm
to RAL 1013)‚ triple
5TG2583-0
5TG25830
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar 293 x 80 mm
to RAL 1013)‚quadruple
5TG2584-0
5TG25840
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ electrical white (similar 364 x 80 mm
to RAL 1013)‚ quintuple
5TG2585-0
5TG25850
1-23
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA line frames
5TG255..-3
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG255..-3
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (simi- 80 x 80 mm
lar to RAL 9006)‚ single
5TG2551-3
5TG25513
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (simi- 151 x 80 mm
lar to RAL 9006)‚ double
5TG2552-3
5TG25523
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (simi- 222 x 80 mm
lar to RAL 9006)‚ triple
5TG2553-3
5TG25533
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (simi- 293 x 80 mm
lar to RAL 9006)‚ quadruple
5TG2554-3
5TG25543
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ aluminum metallic (simi- 364 x 80 mm
lar to RAL 9006)‚ quintuple
5TG2555-3
5TG25553
5TG255..-6
Dimensions (W x H)
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG255..-6
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar 80 x 80 mm
to RAL 7016)‚ single
5TG2551-6
5TG25516
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar 151 x 80 mm
to RAL 7016)‚ double
5TG2552-6
5TG25526
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar 222 x 80 mm
to RAL 7016)‚ triple
5TG2553-6
5TG25536
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar 293 x 80 mm
to RAL 7016)‚ quadruple
5TG2554-6
5TG25546
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ carbon metallic (similar 364 x 80mm
to RAL 7016)‚ quintuple
5TG2555-6
5TG25556
1-24
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA line frames
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
5TG255..a
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG255..a
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titani- 80 x 80 mm
um white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ single
5TG2551-1
5TG25511
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titani- 151 x 80 mm
um white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ double‚ horizontal
5TG2552-1
5TG25521
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titani- 80 x 151 mm
um white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ double‚ vertical
5TG2552-2
5TG25522
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titani- 222 x 80 mm
um white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ triple‚ horizontal
5TG2553-1
5TG25531
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titani- 80 x 222 mm
um white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ triple‚ vertical
5TG2553-2
5TG25532
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titani- 293 x 80 mm
um white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quadruple‚
horizontal
5TG2554-1
5TG25541
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ titani- 80 x 293 mm
um white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quadruple‚
vertical
5TG2554-2
5TG25542
For individueak labeling we recommend our labeling tool which is for free.
Download: www.siemens.de/beschriftungstool
1-25
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA line frames
5TG258..
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ Electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ Electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG258..
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ elec- 80 x 80 mm
trical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ single
5TG2581-1
5TG25811
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ elec- 151 x 80 mm
trical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ double‚
horizontal
5TG2582-1
5TG25821
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ elec- 80 x 151 mm
trical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ double‚ vertical
5TG2582-2
5TG25822
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ elec- 222 x 80 mm
trical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ triple‚ horizontal
5TG2583-1
5TG25831
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ elec- 80 x 222 mm
trical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ triple‚ vertical
5TG2583-2
5TG25832
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ elec- 293 x 80 mm
trical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚quadruple‚
horizontal
5TG2584-1
5TG25841
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ elec- 80 x 293 mm
trical white (similar to RAL 1013)‚ quadruple‚
vertical
5TG2584-2
5TG25842
For individueak labeling we recommend our labeling tool which is for free.
Download: www.siemens.de/beschriftungstool
1-26
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA line frames
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL
9006)
5TG255..b
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ for combinations‚ for
horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG255..b
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ alumi- 80 x 80 mm
num metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ single
5TG2551-4
5TG25514
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ alumi- 151 x 80 mm
num metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ double‚
horizontal
5TG2552-4
5TG25524
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ alumi- 80 x 151 mm
num metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ double‚
vertical
5TG2552-5
5TG25525
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)
5TG255..c
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG255..c
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ single
80 x 80 mm
5TG2551-7
5TG25517
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ double‚
horizontal
151 x 80 mm
5TG2552-7
5TG25527
Frames‚ DELTA line‚ with labeling field‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ double‚
vertical
80 x 151 mm
5TG2552-8
5TG25528
1-27
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro Artist frames
5TG113..-0
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag
Range overview 5TG113..-0
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1131-0
5TG11310
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1132-0
5TG11320
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1133-0
5TG11330
Frames‚ Artist‚ Tom´s Drag‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1134-0
5TG11340
1-28
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro color frames
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
5TG111..-0
Frames‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal
and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG111..-0
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium
white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1111-0
5TG11110
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium
white (similar to RAL 9010)‚Double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1112-0
5TG11120
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium
white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1113-0
5TG11130
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium
white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1114-0
5TG11140
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ titanium
white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1115-0
5TG11150
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)
5TG111..-1
Frames‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG111..-1
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum
metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1111-1
5TG11111
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum
metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1112-1
5TG11121
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum
metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1113-1
5TG11131
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum
metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1114-1
5TG11141
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ aluminum
metallic (similar to RAL 9006)‚ quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1115-1
5TG11151
1-29
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro color frames
5TG111..-2
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon metallic (similar to RAL7016)
Frames‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal
and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG111..-2
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon
metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1111-2
5TG11112
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon
metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1112-2
5TG11122
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon
metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1113-2
5TG11132
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon
metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚ quintuple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1114-2
5TG11142
Frame‚ DELTA miro color‚ plastic‚ carbon
metallic (similar to RAL7016)‚ quintuple‚
90 x 374 mm
5TG1115-2
5TG11152
1-30
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro glass frames
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal green
5TG120..
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal green‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG120..
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal
green‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1201
5TG1201
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal
green‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1202
5TG1202
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal
green‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1203
5TG1203
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal
green‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1204
5TG1204
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ crystal
green‚ quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1205
5TG1205
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white
5TG120..-1
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG120..-1
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚
single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1201-1
5TG12011
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚
double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1202-1
5TG12021
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚ tri- 90 x 232 mm
ple
5TG1203-1
5TG12031
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚
quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1204-1
5TG12041
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ white‚
quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1205-1
5TG12051
1-31
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro glass frames
5TG120..-2
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG120..-2
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ sin- 90 x 90 mm
gle
5TG1201-2
5TG12012
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚
double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1202-2
5TG12022
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚ tri- 90 x 232 mm
ple
5TG1203-2
5TG12032
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚
quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1204-2
5TG12042
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ black‚
quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1205-2
5TG12052
5TG120..-3
Dimensions (W x H)
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG120..-3
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚
single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1201-3
5TG12013
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚
double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1202-3
5TG12023
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚ tri- 90 x 232 mm
ple
5TG1203-3
5TG12033
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚
quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1204-3
5TG12043
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ orient‚
quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1205-3
5TG12053
1-32
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro glass frames
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena
5TG120..-4
Frames‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG120..-4
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚
single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1201-4
5TG12014
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚
double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1202-4
5TG12024
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚ tri- 90 x 232 mm
ple
5TG1203-4
5TG12034
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚
quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1204-4
5TG12044
Frame‚ DELTA miro glass‚ real glass‚ arena‚
quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1205-4
5TG12054
1-33
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro aluminum frames
5TG112..-0
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural
Frames‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG112..-0
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1121-0
5TG11210
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1122-0
5TG11220
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1123-0
5TG11230
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1124-0
5TG11240
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ natural‚ quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1125-0
5TG11250
5TG112..-1
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium
Frames‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG112..-2
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1121-1
5TG11211
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1122-1
5TG11221
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1123-1
5TG11231
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1124-1
5TG11241
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ titanium‚ quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1125-1
5TG11251
1-34
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA miro aluminum frames
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite
5TG112..-2
Frames‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphit‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG112..-2
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1121-2
5TG11212
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1122-2
5TG11222
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1123-2
5TG11232
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1124-2
5TG11242
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ graphite‚ quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1125-2
5TG11252
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide
5TG112..-3
Frames‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG112..-3
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ single
90 x 90 mm
5TG1121-3
5TG11213
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ double
90 x 161 mm
5TG1122-3
5TG11223
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ triple
90 x 232 mm
5TG1123-3
5TG11233
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ quadruple
90 x 303 mm
5TG1124-3
5TG11243
Frame‚ DELTA miro aluminum‚ real aluminum‚ yellow oxide‚ quintuple
90 x 374 mm
5TG1125-3
5TG11253
1-35
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA style frames
5TG132..
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Frames‚ DELTA style‚ Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG132..
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to 82 x 82 mm
RAL 9010)‚ single
5TG1321
5TG1321
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to 82 x 153 mm
RAL 9010)‚ double
5TG1322
5TG1322
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to 82 x 224 mm
RAL 9010)‚ triple
5TG1323
5TG1323
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to 82 x 295 mm
RAL 9010)‚ quadruple
5TG1324
5TG1324
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium white (similar to 82 x 366 mm
RAL 9010)‚ quintuple
5TG1325
5TG1325
1-36
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA style frames
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic
5TG132..-1
Frames‚ DELTA style‚ Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical
mounting
Range overview 5TG132..-1
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ single 82 x 82 mm
5TG1321-1
5TG13211
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ double 82 x 153 mm
5TG1322-1
5TG13221
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ triple 82 x 224 mm
5TG1323-1
5TG13231
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ quad- 82 x 295 mm
ruple
5TG1324-1
5TG13241
Frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum metallic‚ quin- 82 x 366 mm
tuple
5TG1325-1
5TG13251
Intermediate frame‚ DELTA style
5TG13..8
Intermediate frame‚ DELTA style‚ for inserting devices with cover plate 65 mm x 65 mm
Range overview 5TG13..8
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
Intermediate frame‚ DELTA style‚ titanium
white (similar to RAL 9010)
68 x 68 mm
5TG1328
5TG1328
Intermediate frame‚ DELTA style‚ platinum
metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
68 x 68 mm
5TG1328-1
5TG13281
1-37
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA azio frames
AQR2510NGW
Frame DELTA azio for front module
Design frames for front modules.
Dimensions (W x H)
80 x 120 mm / 120 x 80 mm
For horizontal and vertical mounting.
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S160
AQR2510NGW
1-38
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
DELTA contour frames
Frames‚ DELTA‚ titanium white
Dimensions (W x H)
5WG12408CB11
80 x 122 mm / 122 x 80 mm
Frame for NEMA box. For matching DELTA profil operator interfaces‚ see Chapter System Products and
Accessories DSystem products. Matching to DELTA style operator interfaces with intermediate frame
DELTA Style see Chapter Display and Operation Units D Pushbutton accessories.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1240-8CB11
5WG12408CB11
1-39
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Pushbutton accessories
Surface-mounting enclosures
5TG290..
Surface-mounting enclosures for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ DELTA
style‚ titanium white
Flame-retardant base plate‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG290..
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flushmounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ DELTA style‚
titanium white‚ single
84 x 84 x 42.5 mm
5TG2901
5TG2901
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flushmounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ DELTA style‚
titanium white‚ double
84 x 155 x 42.5 mm
5TG2902
5TG2902
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flushmounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ DELTA style‚
titanium white‚ triple
84 x 226 x 42.5 mm
5TG2903
5TG2903
5TG286..
Surface-mounting enclosures for flush-mounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ Electrical white
Flame-retardant base plate‚ for combinations‚ for horizontal and vertical mounting
Range overview 5TG286..
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flushmounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ electrical
white‚ single
84 x 84 x 42.5 mm
5TG2861
5TG2861
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flushmounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ electrical
white‚ double
84 x 155 x 42.5 mm
5TG2862
5TG2862
Surface-mounting enclosure‚ for flushmounting devices‚ DELTA line‚ electrical
white‚ triple
84 x 226 x 42.5 mm
5TG2863
5TG2863
1-40
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
i-system
Temperature controller‚ i-system
UP 237K..
V Integrated room temperature sensors
V Control can be set as a two-point control and/or continuous-action control (P or PI algorithm)‚ for heating only‚ for cooling only‚ or for heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes that can be switched via KNX: comfort mode‚ pre-comfort mode‚ energy-saving
mode and frost or heat protection mode
V Presence pushbutton to locally switch between comfort and pre-comfort mode or comfort and energy-saving mode and to extend comfort mode after operating energy-saving or protection mode
V Pushbutton for switching over between manual and automatic mode
V The room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode can be set via an interchangeable rotary button (+/-) on the controller and via the KNX
V Basic setpoint of the room temperature for comfort mode which can be set via the KNX
V Setpoint value for comfort mode in °C which can be set via an interchangeable rotary button on the
controller
V Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint and the cooling setpoint for comfort mode
V Two-level heating or cooling
V Output of the control variable(s) either as an on/off switch command or as a positioning command in
the range of 0...100 %
V 5 LEDs to display manual mode and the current operating modes
V 4 LEDs to display heating/cooling valve open‚ dew point alarm and open window
V For plugging onto a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver
module (BTM)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 16 mm
Range overview UP 237K..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Temperature controller‚ titanium white
5WG1237-2KB11
UP 237K11
Temperature controller‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1237-2KB31
UP 237K31
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
1-41
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
DELTA style
UP 254K
Temperature controller‚ DELTA style
V Integrated room temperature sensors
V Control can be set as a two-point control and/or continuous-action control (P or PI algorithm)‚ for heating only‚ for cooling only‚ or for heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes that can be switched via KNX: comfort mode‚ pre-comfort mode‚ energy-saving
mode and frost or heat protection mode
V Presence pushbutton to locally switch between comfort and pre-comfort mode or comfort and energy-saving mode and to extend comfort mode after operating energy-saving or protection mode
V Pushbutton for switching over between manual and automatic mode
V The room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode can be set via an interchangeable rotary button (+/-) on the controller and via the KNX
V Basic setpoint of the room temperature for comfort mode which can be set via the KNX
V Setpoint value for comfort mode in °C which can be set via an interchangeable rotary button on the
controller
V Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint and the cooling setpoint for comfort mode
V Two-level heating or cooling
V Output of the control variable(s) either as an on/off switch command or as a positioning command in
the range of 0...100 %
V 5 LEDs to display manual mode and the current operating modes
V 4 LEDs to display heating/cooling valve open‚ dew point alarm and open window
V For plugging onto a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver
module (BTM)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
68 x 68 x 16 mm
Range overview UP 254K
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Temperature controller‚ titanium white/metallic silver
5WG1254-2KB13
UP 254K13
Temperature controller‚ platinmetallic
5WG1254-2KB43
UP 254K43
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
1-42
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat flush mount
Touch screen room thermostat with KNX communications‚ for 2-/4- pipe fan
coil‚ universal applications or compressors in DX-type equipment
RDF800KN
Touch screen room thermostat for 2-/4-pipe fan coil‚ universal applications or compressors in DX-type
equipment
- KNX communications
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- For heating and/or cooling applications
- 2 or 3-position control outputs
- Output for 1-speed or 3-speed fan
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚
fault contact‚ presence detector
- Automatic or manual heating/cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Color of housing: Ivory white
- Backlit display
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 4-pipe system
Data sheet
N3174
Operating voltage
Switching differential
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
AC 230 V
0.5…6 K
5...40 °C
2
5
Fan: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
Valve: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
AC 230 V
5 (2) A
With screws on recessed round conduit box diameter min. 60 mm
IP30
86 x 86 x 47 mm
Bus: KNX (S-mode and LTE mode with Synco 700)
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Communication
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T350
RDF800KN
NEW PRODUCT1-43
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat flush mount
RDF..KNX Semi Flush
Mount
Semi Flush Mount room thermostat with LCD for fan coil units and compressors in DX-type equipment
- KNX communications
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- For heating and/or cooling applications
- 2 or 3-position control outputs
- Output for 1-speed or 3-speed fan
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- Automatic or manual heating/cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Color of housing: signal white (RAL 9003)
- Backlit display
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 4-pipe system
Operating voltage
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
AC 230 V
5...40 °C
2
5
Fan: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
Valve: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
AC 230 V
5 (2) A
Recessed rectangular conduit box BS4662 with fixing centres of
60.3 mm (ARG71)
IP30
Range overview RDF..KNX Semi Flush Mount
Product Title
Type of fixing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
Semi Flush-mount room ther- With screws on recessed
86 x 86 x 46 mm
mostat with KNX communi- round conduit box diameter
cations‚ 2-/4-pipe fan coils or min. 60 mm
DX type equipment
S55770-T293
RDF600KN
Semi Flush-mount room ther- Recessed rectangular conduit 86 x 86 x 57 mm
mostat with KNX communi- box BS4662 with fixing cencations‚ 2-/4-pipe fan coils or tres of 60.3 mm (ARG71)
DX type equipment
S55770-T104
RDF301
Semi Flush-mount room ther- Recessed rectangular conduit 86 x 86 x 57 mm
mostat with KNX communi- box BS4662 with fixing cencations‚ 2-/4-pipe fan coils or tres of 60.3 mm (ARG71)
DX type equipment‚ four buttons for switching lights and
blinds
S55770-T105
RDF301.50
Recessed rectangular conduit 86 x 86 x 57 mm
Hotel Semi Flush-mount
room thermostat with KNX‚ 2- box BS4662 with fixing cen/4-pipe fan coils or DX type tres of 60.3 mm (ARG71)
equipment‚ four buttons
hotel functions
S55770-T334
RDF301.50H
The matching ARG71 flush-mounting box must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation untis - Room Temperature Controller.
1-44
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat flush mount
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat for rectangular conduit box with KNX
communications‚ for VAV application
RDU341
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat for VAV application
- KNX communications
- Output for a DC 0…10 V actuator and AC 230V electrical heater (ON-OFF)
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- Modulating PI control
- Control depending on the room or the return air temperature
- Automatic or manual heating/cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Adjustable minimum and maximum limitation for air flow signal DC 0...10V
- Output signal inversion as an option
Application selectable:
- Single-duct system
- Single-duct system with electrical heater
Operating voltage
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 24 V
5...40 °C
2
1
DC 0...10 V
Max. ±1 mA
1
N.O. contact‚ potential-free
AC 230 V
Max. 5 (2) A
Recessed rectangular conduit box BS4662 (ARG71) with fixing
centres of 60.3 mm
IP30
86 x 86 x 57 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T106
RDU341
The matching ARG71 flush-mounting box must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation untis - Room Temperature Controller.
1-45
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
Accessories for RDU341
ARG71
Conduit box 75 x 75 x 51 mm
Dimensions (W x H x D)
75 x 75 x 51 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T137
ARG71
1-46
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat wall mount
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 230 V‚ for fan coil units and
universal applications
RDG100KN
- KNX communications
- 3 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- 2-position‚ 3-position or PWM control outputs
- Automatic or manual fan speed for 1-speed‚ 3-speed fan
- Automatic or manual heating / cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Backlit display
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 2-pipe system and radiator / floor heating
- 4-pipe system
- 4-pipe system with electrical heater
- 2-stage heating or cooling system
Operating voltage
Switching differential
Analog inputs‚ number
Analog input‚ signal
Digital inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Triac outputs‚ number
Triac outputs
Triac output‚ switching voltage
Triac output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 230 V
Heating: 0.5…6 K
Cooling: 0.5…6 K
2
NTC 3k
Switch
1
3
Fan: 1- or 3-speed
AC 230 V
5 (4) A
3
Valve‚ el. heater
2-position‚ PWM‚ 3-position
AC 230 V
Max. 1 A
Wall mounting with screws
IP30
93 x 128 x 30.8 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T163
RDG100KN
1-47
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat wall mount
RDG160KN
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 24 V‚ for fan coil units and
universal applications‚ heat pump‚ fan (1-/ 3-speed‚ DC)‚ valves (2-point‚ DC)
-
-
KNX communications
For applications with DC control outputs and DC or 3-speed fan output
For applications with 2-position control output with DC fan output
3 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
Automatic or manual EC fan or 1-/3-speed
Automatic or manual heating / cooling changeover
Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
Backlit display
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 2-pipe system and radiator / floor heating
- 4-pipe system
- 2-stage heating or cooling system
Data sheet
N3191
Operating voltage
Switching differential
AC 24 V
Heating: 0.5…6 K
Cooling: 0.5…6 K
5…40 °C
2
1
3
Valve‚ compressor or el. heater: 2 outputs‚ 2-position
Fan: 1- or 3-speed
AC 24...230 V
5 (4) A
3
Valve‚ el. heater: 2
Fan: 1 (ECM)
DC 0...10 V
Wall mounting with screws
IP30
93 x 128 x 30.8 mm
Bus: KNX (S-Mode und LTE-Mode mit Synco 700)
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Digital inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog outputs
Analog output‚ signal
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Communication
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T297
RDG160KN
1-48
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat wall mount
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 24 V‚ VAV heating and cooling systems
RDG400KN
- KNX communications
- Output DC 0…10 V for VAV actuator and auxiliary output ON/OFF‚ PWM or 3-position or 3-position for
VAV actuator and auxiliary output DC 0...10 V
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (1x‚ QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- 1 input DC 0...10 V for damper position feedback
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- Modulating PI control
- Control depending on the room or the return air temperature
- Automatic or manual heating / cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Minimum and maximum limitation of air flow signal
- Output signal inversion (DC 0...10 V) as an option
- Backlit display
Application selectable:
- Single-duct system
- Single-duct system with electrical heater
- Single-duct system and radiator / floor heating
- Single-duct system with heating / cooling coil
Operating voltage
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Analog input‚ signal
Digital inputs‚ number
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog outputs
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Triac outputs‚ number
Triac outputs
Triac output‚ switching voltage
Triac output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 24 V
5…40 °C
2
NTC 3k
DC 0...10 V
1
1
VAV actuator‚ electric heater‚ valve
DC 0...10 V
Max. ±1 mA
1
VAV actuator‚ valve‚ el. heater
2-position‚ PWM‚ 3-position
AC 24 V
Max. 1 A
Wall mounting with screws
IP30
93 x 128 x 30.8 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T165
RDG400KN
1-49
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Multifunction devices
Flush mount
UP 204/..1
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Multifunctional display/operating device for KNX‚ with 320 x 240 pixel‚ 2.8" LCD color display
For the display and operation of at least 18 configurable room operator functions:
Switching On/Off/Over and Pushbutton function (bell function)
Shutter/blind/roller control
Value transmission: 1 byte in %‚ 1 byte integer without prefix‚ 1 byte integer with prefix‚ 2 byte integer
without prefix‚ 2 byte integer with prefix
Positively driven operation
Scene control: Store and call up scene 8 bit‚ store and call up scene 1 bit
Text display and warning and alarm indications
Operation using touch screen and/or by turning/pushing rotary/push button
RGB LED as orientation light or for signaling alarm indications
Buzzer for acoustic alarm indication or as feedback when operating touch screen
Integrated room temperature sensors
Analysis and weighting of an external inside temperature sensor
Room temperature control can be set as a two-point control and/or continuous-action control for
heating only‚ for cooling only‚ or for heating and cooling mode
Operating modes that can be switched via KNX: comfort mode‚ pre-comfort mode‚ energy-saving
mode and frost or heat protection mode
Local displaying of active operating modes or automatic or manual modes
Local displaying of heating/cooling valve open‚ dew point alarm and open window
Local switchover between automatic or manual mode‚ and between comfort‚ pre-comfort‚ energy-saving and protection modes
Local‚ time-adjustable extension of comfort mode
The room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode can be set via a rotary button on the room
controller
Basic room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode which can be set via the KNX
Outdoor temperature-based tracking of temperature setpoint value in cooling mode
Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint and the cooling setpoint for comfort mode
Two-level heating or cooling
Output of the control variable(s) either as an on/off switch command or as a positioning command in
the range of 0...100%
Local displaying of manually set fan speed step or automatic speed input
Fan speed step can be set via the rotary button or entered automatically by the controller
Weekly scheduling program for controller operating modes and for 18 room operator functions
At least 16 time switching points per function per weekday
Display of date and time
Selection of at least 4 different design templates as operator and display interface
Local activation of a cleaning function to lock the touch screen and the rotary/push button
Slot for a micro SD card for transferring firmware and configuration data
incl. bus coupling unit (included in delivery)
Bus connection via bus terminal
Connection of the separate 24 V DC boost voltage‚ power consumption approx. 50 mA
Flush-mounting device for mounting in a Ø 60 mm installation box‚ with screw fixing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
86 x 116 x 30 mm
Range overview UP 204/..1
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ titanium white
5WG1204-2AB11
UP 204/11
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ carbon metallic
5WG1204-2AB21
UP 204/21
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ aluminium metallic
5WG1204-2AB31
UP 204/31
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ piano black
5WG1204-2AB51
UP 204/51
1-50
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Multifunction devices
Flush mount
Accessories for UP 204/..1
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Contouch flash kit‚ with micro SDHC card and adapters for USB and SD
5WG1204-8AB01
S 204/01
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
1-51
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Multifunction devices
i-system
UP 227
Room Control Unit
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Multifunctional display-/control panel for KNX with Dot-Matrix LCD display 96 x 128 pixels
For the display and control of at least 10 adjustable room control functions:
Switching toggle/On/Off
Door bell function On/Off
Dimming
Solar protection control
Send 1 Byte/2 Byte value
Display 1 Bit/1 Byte/2 Byte value
Forced control
Display text messages
Recall and save scenes
Warning and alarm messaging
8 capacitive touch buttons for horizontal operation‚ blocking selectable for each function and configurable for each function depending on the value of the blocking object
Green/red LED als Orientierungslicht‚ as orientation light‚ as status indication‚ as a response to pressing
a button respectively to the signalling of alarm reports
A signaler for acoustical alarm reports respectively as a status of the touch operation
Integrated room temperature sensor
Evaluation and weighting of an external inside temperature sensor
Room temperature control configurable as two-step control and/or continuous control‚ for exclusive
heating operation‚ exclusive cooling operation or heating and cooling operation
Selectable operating modes over the KNX:
Comfort
Pre-comfort
Energy-savings and protection
Local indication
Of the active operating modes or automatic- respectively manual mode
Inside temperature or outside temperature
Heating or cooling mode
Dew point alarm
Open windows
Local switching between
Manual- and automatic mode
Comfort‚ pre-comfort‚ energy-saving- and protection mode
Adjustable time-limited extension of the comfort mode
Adjustable room temperature setpoint shifting for comfort mode
Via KNX set basic setpoint value of the room temperature for comfort mode
An outside temperature based temperature setpoint value tracing in the cooling operation
Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint value and the cooling setpoint value for comfort
mode
Transmission of controller output(s) either as On/Off switching commands or as control commands in
the range 0...100 %
Local display of the manually selected fan rotational speed respectively of the automatic adjustment
of the fan rotational speed
Adjustable fan rotational speed respectively automatic adjustment of the fan rotational speed on the
controller
Weekly schedule programme for controller- operating modes‚ automatic mode and at the least 8 room
control functions
At the least 40 schedule tasks and Display and set of the date and time
User control of LCD background lighting and Background color
Display system settings and room temperature controller in the languages: German‚ English‚ French‚
Italian od Spanish
User setting of at least 3 operating languages also Integrated bus coupling unit‚ bus connection via
bus terminal possible
Flush mounted device for the mounting in an flush wall box Ø 60 mm‚ for fixing on the mounting plate
AQR2500NF via lateral springs (separately specified)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 37‚2 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1227-2AB11
UP 227
The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation Untis - Pushbuttons.
1-52
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Multifunction devices
i-system Accessories
Accessories for UP 227
Mounting plate EU (CEE/VDE)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NF
70.8 x 70.8 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S161
AQR2500NF
Mounting plate IT (3 modular)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NG
110 x 64 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S163
AQR2500NG
Mounting plate UK (British Standard)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NH
83 x 83 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S162
AQR2500NH
Mounting plate US (UL)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NJ
64 x 110 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S164
AQR2500NJ
1-53
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Multifunction devices
Wall mount
QMX3..
Wall-mounted room sensors and operator units for KNX
The wall-mounted room unit QMX3.. consists of:
- Base plate
- Sensor or room operator unit
The following functions are (depending on type):
V Temperature sensor or multisensor (T‚ r.h.‚ CO2)
V Backlit display or LED display
V Touchkeys
V Switching and control of lighting‚ blinds‚ scenes
V Temperature control‚ adjustable as PWM control and/or modulating control (PID algorithm)‚ for pure
heating mode‚ pure cooling mode‚ heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes switchable via KNX and/or display: Comfort mode‚ Pre-Comfort‚ energy savings and
protection mode
V Adjustable commissioning and control parameters for radiated heating‚ slow and fast‚ floor heating
slow and fast
V Integrated bus coupling unit
V 3 independently adjustable switching values for CO2 concentration and relative air humidity for air
quality control
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-stage fans (humidity and CO2)
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-point positioning signal (humidity and CO2)
V Setpoint for room temperature and relative humidity and CO2 concentration adjustable via KNX
Measuring range‚ temperature
Sensing element‚ temperature
Degree of protection
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
QMX3.P34
0...50 °C
NTC
IP30
Wall-mounting
88.4 x 133.4 x 18 mm
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ segmented backlit display‚
touchkeys
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
V Segmented backlit display and touchkeys
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H105
QMX3.P34
1-54
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Multifunction devices
Wall mount
Room operator unit KNX with sensors for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2‚ segmented backlit display‚ touchkeys
QMX3.P74
Functions:
V multisensor for temperature‚ humidity and CO2
V Segmented backlit display and touchkeys
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H106
QMX3.P74
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ configurable touchkeys‚
LED display
QMX3.P02
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
V Configurable touchkeys with LED display
V Switching and control of lighting‚ blinds‚ scenes
V Window for labels
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H107
QMX3.P02
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ segmented backlit display‚
configurable touchkeys‚ LED display
QMX3.P37
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
V Segmented backlit display and touchkeys
V Configurable touchkeys with LED display
V Switching and control of lighting‚ blinds‚ scenes
V Window for labels
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H108
QMX3.P37
1-55
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Touch panels
UP 588/..3
Touch Panel
V Multifunctional display/operating device for the KNX‚ with 320 x 240 pixels‚ 5.7" TFT color display and
touch screen
V Dimming of LED background lighting over the operator interface
V For the display and operation of at least 210 communication objects on at least 20 display pages
V An additional page for the display and acknowledgement of at least 16 alarms
V Time program as weekly program for at least 110 communication objects and at least 10 switching
tasks per weekday
V Presence simulation for at least 50 communication objects
V A trend module for storing and displaying graphics of the status values
V 1-bit or 8-bit scene control for at least 64 scenes
V At least 32 AND/OR operations‚ each comprising up to at least 4 communication objects
V At least 16 reference conditions for tripping one switching task respectively
V Individual password protection for each display page
V Buffered real-time clock and display of time and date
V Selection of at least 4 different design templates as operator and display interface
V Display of a loadable image as a start screen page or with display of a slide show containing at least
100 loadable images instead of a start screen page
V USB interface for loading images and symbols
V USB cable‚ 1 m long and a transfer rate of 480 MBit/sec.
V Pushbutton for device reset
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
V Flush-mounting device in flush-mounting/hollow-wall box
Dimensions (W x H x D)
161‚5 x 135 x 64 mm
The matching design frame must be ordered separately.
The flush-mounting/hollow-wall box must be ordered separately.
Range overview 588/..3
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Touch Panel‚ 230 V AC‚ 50 Hz
5WG1588-2AB13
UP 588/13
Touch Panel‚ 24 V AC/DC
5WG1588-2AB23
UP 588/23
S 588/12
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ aluminium
Dimensions (W x H x D)
S 588/13
194 x 156 x 5 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1588-8AB12
S 588/12
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ stainless steel design
Dimensions (W x H x D)
194 x 156 x 5 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1588-8AB13
S 588/13
1-56
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Touch panels
S 588/14
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ glass black
Dimensions (W x H x D)
194 x 156 x 5 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1588-8AB14
S 588/14
S 588/15
Design frame for touch panel UP 588/..3‚ glass white
Dimensions (W x H x D)
194 x 156 x 5 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1588-8AB15
S 588/15
UP 588E01
Flush-type box for all touch panel UP 588
Dimensions (W x H x D)
161.5 x 135 x 64 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1588-8EB01
UP 588E01
1-57
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
1
Display and Operation Units
Visualization‚ server
N 151/01
IP viewer
Interface converter between a KNX and an IP network‚ with the following simultaneously executable
functions:
- As a WebServer for monitoring and control of up to 40 states and values transmitted via the KNX network‚ which can be displayed on up to 5 image pages of a PC connected to the IP network using Internet Explorer 6.0‚ 7.0‚ 8.0 or Firefox 3.0 (for other browsers‚ see documentation at www.siemens.com/gamma-td)
- For the parameterization of a KNX system using ETS3.0f/ETS4
- For communication between the KNX network and a ComBridge Studio visualization software
V Special WEB page for the multilanguage adaptation of the presentation of an image page and a special
WEB page for firmware upgrades
V Ethernet interface for connection to the IP network using the Internet Protocol
V RJ45 socket for connection to Ethernet 10 Mbits/s
V 2 LED displays for indication of ready-to-run state and for IP communication
V Integrated bus coupling units
V KNX bus connection via bus terminal
V Electronics powered via an external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
V Connection of external power supply unit via an extra-lowvoltage terminal
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
N 152/01
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1151-1AB01
N 151/01
IP Control Center
Visualization controller for full-graphic visualizations on web-compatible end devices such as PCs‚ laptops‚ tablets and smart phones with a standard web browser.
V Web server to operate and monitor up to 250 transmitted operation states and values
V Web editor for graphic engineering of web visualization and application modules such as:
- Scheduler program with up to 300 editable commands per week
- Scene module with up to 5‚000 scenes or events
- Full-graphic logic module providing up to 1‚000 logic functions
- Alarm function for up to 250 different alarm messages
- E-mail function with up to 20 contacts
V Special web site relating to firmware upgrade
V KNXnet/IP interface to parameterize a KNX plant
V Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbits/s with RJ45 socket for connection to the IP network through the internet protocol
V 2 LEDs for indication of IP connection/communication and error messages
V Built-in bus coupler and bus terminal for connection to a KNX network
V Power supply for electronics via external DC 24 V power source. Connection of external power source
via low-voltage terminal
V Device for top hat rail mounting on TH35 rails conforming to DIN EN 60715
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1152-1AB01
N 152/01
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
Accessories for N 151/01 and N 152/01
NEW PRODUCT
1-58
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Display and Operation Units
Visualization‚ server
OZW772..
Web server for Synco devices
Web server OZW772 allows for remote plant control and monitoring via the web.
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Operate web browser via PC/laptop and Smartphone
Operate ACS (PC/laptop with ACS plant operating software)
Connections: USB and Ethernet
Display fault messages in the web browser
Send fault messages to a maximum of 4 e-mail recipients
Periodically send system reports to e-mail recipients
Visualize the plants in the web browser based on standard plant diagrams and customized plant web
pages
Acquire and display consumption data
Send consumption data file to 2 email recipients
Function "Energy indicator" to monitor data points for energy-related limit values‚ or "Green limits"
Web services for external applications via Web API (Web Application Programming Interface)
Encrypted with https and TLS for e-mails
Record of trends‚ display and dispatch to 2 e-mail recipients
Integration up to 237 S-Mode data points of KNX devices (not OZW772.01)
Direct commissioning with web browser or ACS service tool
Data sheet
N5701
Operating voltage
Power pack: AC 230 V
Web server: DC 24 V
KNX TP1 (wire-Bus)
Ethernet‚ RJ45 plug socket (shielded)
USB V2.0 (universal serial bus)
On DIN rails
With Screws
IP30
87.5 x 90 x 40 mm
Communication
Mounting
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Range overview OZW772..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Web server for 4 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.04
OZW772.04
Web server for 16 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.16
OZW772.16
Web server for 250 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.250
OZW772.250
1-59
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
1
Output Devices
2
Overview and selection guides
Binary output devices
2-2
Technical specifications
Modular switch actuators
2-4
Binary output devices
2-5
Load data for switch actuators per channel
2-7
Modular switch actuators
2-9
Binary output devices
Switch actuators
2-11
Combination switch actuators
2-14
Load switch
2-15
Binary outputs
2-16
2
Output Devices
Overview and selection guides
Binary output devices
The binary output devices by Siemens offer numerous and flexible applications through manual extendable switch actuators as well as integrated
load current detection by application programs. Furthermore, this section discusses the use of standard details including AC1, AC3, AX and C load.
AC1, AC3, AX and C load
The industrial and building control sector have seen the establishment of a range of different switching capacities and outputs. These tend to be
specific to the respective applications and are specified in the corresponding national and international standards. The tests are defined such that
they reproduce typical applications, such as motor loads (industry) or fluorescent lamps (buildings).
The AC1 and AC3 details are switching capacity specifications which have become established in the industrial sector:
• AC1: refers to the switching of overwhelmingly resistive loads (p.f. = 0.8)
• AC3: refers to an (inductive) motor load (p.f. = 0.45)
These switching capacities are defined in the standard EN 60947-4-1. „Contactors and motor starters – Electromechanical contactors and motor
starters“. The standard describes starters and/or contactors, which are originally used in industrial applications.
The designation AX has become established in building controls:
• AX: refers to a (capacitive) fluorescent lamp load
Switchable capacitive loads (200 μF, 140 μF, 70 μF or 35 μF), at a load of 200μF “C load”, and are mentioned in conjunction with fluorescent
lamp loads. This switching capacity refers to the standard EN 60669 „Switches for household and similar fixed electrical installations
– Particular requirements“, which is primarily implemented for applications in building control.
A test with 70 μF is required for 6 A devices and with 140 μF for devices larger than 6 A. The switching capacity specifications AC and AX cannot
be directly compared with each other.
Accordingly, data on switching outputs in industrial applications, is more likely to be indicated with AC1 and AC3 and in building and lighting
technology with AX or a C load.
2-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Output Devices
Overview and selection guides
Binary output devices
Modular switch actuators
The modular design of the Gamma instabus® switch actuators guarantees the flexible design for each use and requirement page. Up to four
switch actuator extensions can be connected to the 6-pin interface on the main module using a jumper. In this manner, a 3-way switch actuator
can be extended to 6/9/12 or 15-way switch actuators and flexibly adapted to the number and size of loads to be switched. The variety of the
functionality of the application software covers a broad spectrum: Ranging from multistage fan control, operating hours and switching cycle
counters to scene control, thermal actuator control up to load recognition and monitoring of load current per channel.
The extensive application program controls both the outputs of the main units and the outputs of all connected expansions. This includes:
•Recording and monitoring of load current per output for load failure or overload
•Simultaneous switching of all three outputs
•Implementation of a rotational speed stated as a percentage, in 1 to 3-stage switching commands (fan speed control)
•Implementation of a valve position stated as a percentage in a pulse width modulated switching command (thermal drive control)
•Switching operation and operating hours counter with limit monitoring per output
•Integrated 8-bit scene control, for which each output can be integrated in up to eight scenes
Diagram of 15-way switch actuator 1) 2)
I202_01453
KNX
230 V AC
The depicted diagram is an example of schematic interconnection and connection of individual switch actuator modules.
All modules labeled 10 AX, 16 AX and 20 AX are compatible and therefore can be used together. For detailed information is available on our
Internet page on technical documentation: www.siemens.de/gamma-td
Application
The switch actuators for top hat rail mounting can be used in both commercial and residential construction and used for the following applications:
•Switching of loads up to 20 AX per channel
•Three-phase switching of drives/loads
•Control of 1 to 3-stage supply air / ventilation systems
•Load current detection
•Detection of a significant equipment failure
•Preventive detection of failures through continuous current monitoring
•Recording of operating hours and switching operations
•Report of maintenance or service work
•Detection of circuit interruptions
2-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
2
Output Devices
Technical specifications
Modular switch actuators
Modular swich acutators
Main modules
Type
Application program1)
N 562/11
Expansions
N 512/11
982002
N 513/11
N 562/21
N 512/21
N 513/21
N
N
N
N
N
N
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
3 MW
3 MW
3 MW
3 MW
3 MW
3 MW
n
n
n
n2)
n2)
n2)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n2)
n2)
n2)
n
n
n
n2)
n2)
n2)
n
n
n
n
n
n
3
230
3
230
3
230
3
230
3
230
3
230
10 (140 µF)
16
10
10
16
16
16
16
20
20
16
20
10 (140 µF)
16
10
10
16
16
16
16
20
20
16
20
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
511
511
4
511
511
4
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
8
8
8
8
8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1)
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Interface for connection of a switch actuator expansion
Dimensions
Width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Display/control elements
Direct operation (local operation)
LED for indicating direct operation
LED for indicating the selected device
LED for status indication per output
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Outputs
Load output
Floating relay contacts
Rated contact voltage, AC [V]
Rated contact current
•AX (200 µF) acc. to EN 60669-1 [AX]
•AC1 (p.f. = 0.8) [A]
•AC3 (p.f. = 0.45) acc. to DIN EN 60497-4-1 [A]
•24 V DC [A]
Three-phase switching (3 outputs simultaneously)
Last check
Output functions
Max. number of group addresses
511
Max. number of assignments
511
Max. number of expansion modules that can be butt-mounted
4
n
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
n
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
Behavior in the event of system voltage failure
n
•Unchanged switching state of outputs
Ventilator control
n
Speed control 1...3-step
Heating control
n
Controlling electrothermal actuators
Scene control
n
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Scenes to be integrated per channel
8
Time functions
n
OFF delay
n
ON delay
n
Timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)
n
Night mode (lighting for cleaning)
n
Warning of impending OFF
Logical functions
n
Positively driven operation
n
Logic function (2 objects)
n
Can be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
Status
n
Transmitting status per channel
n
Operating hours counter with limit monitoring per channel
n
Switching cycle counter with limit monitoring per channel
n
Load current recording per channel
n
Load current monitoring per channel
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td. Via main module.
2)
2-4
Via main module
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
RS 510/23
RL 512/23
UP 562/31
UP 511/10
UP 510/13
N 562/01
N 502/02
N 511/02
N 512
N 510/04
N 510/03
N 567/22
N 567/11
N 567/12
N 567/01
Binary output devices
Type
UP 510/03
Output Devices
Technical specifications
Binary output devices
UP
UP
UP
UP
RS
RL
n
n
n
n
n
n
47.8
36.2
86.5
n
Enclosure data
Design
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Modular installation devices for mounn
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
For installation in flush-mounting
switch and socket boxes with Ø 60 mm
Modular installation device for mounting in AP 118 automation module box
or AP 641 room control box1)
10-pole BTI socket (BTI - Bus Transceiver Interface) for plugging of bus
terminal devices with BTI connector
Dimensions
•Width/Ø [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW 4 MW 4 MW 8 MW 4 MW 4 MW 8 MW 8 MW 8 MW 2 MW
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
Mounting type
Screw fixing
n
71
42
71
50
41.3
50.9
Ø 53
Ø 53
28
28
50.2
35.5
48.8
n
n
n
n
n
Display/control elements
Direct operation (local operation)
Mechanical local operation
Mechanical switching position indication
LED for status indication per output
LED for indicating direct operation
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Electronics powered via an integrated
power supply unit for supply voltage
230 V AC
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
42)
230
8
82)
230
2
82)
230
8
162)
230
10
4
230
16
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
4
230
16
8
2303)
16
8
230
16
82)
230
16
2
230
10
n
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Bus connection via contact system to
data rail
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2
230
10
2
230
10
2
230
6
1
230
16
2
230
10
1
230
16
Outputs
Load output
Floating relay contacts
Rated contact voltage, AC [V]
Rated contact current [A]
Inputs
Max. cable length, unshielded, twisted
100
5
5
[m]
Pushbutton inputs
For signal input (floating contacts)
8
2
2
Determination of switching state by
n
n
means of the voltage generated in the
device
For voltage input 12...230 V AC/DC
8
1)
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately, see Chapter Quick-assembly system - Room control box Module boxes.
2)
Except channel A.
3)
Also available as C-UL version: AC 120 V / AC 277V / AC 347V, 20 A, 20 A, Order No.: 5WG1512-1CB01.
2-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
17
17
10 120 120 26
10 120 120 27
RL 512/23
11
12
982D01
19
20
RS 510/23
49 106 120 11
49 74 120 11
982E01
52
52
UP 511/10
55
56
207101
UP 562/31
520802
207101
520B01
UP 510/13
520901
982E01
520501
UP 510/03
520401
N 562/01
908301
N 502/02
900701
981601
906401
N 511/02
N 510/03
906401
981D01
N 567/22
981C01
100 100 100 106 55
100 100 100 106 56
N 512
N 567/11
980302
N 510/04
N 567/12
980304
Application program1)
N 567/01
Type
982E01
...Continuation of the table
980303
2
Output Devices
Technical specifications
Binary output devices
Output functions
Max. number of group addresses
Max. number of assignments
Blocking function
Configurable behavior in the event of a
bus voltage failure
Configurable behavior in the event of a
bus voltage recovery
Configurable behavior in the event of a
system voltage recovery
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
26 120 120
27 120 120
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Behavior in the event of system voltage
failure
n
n
•Positive OFF switching of the outputs
n
n
n
n
•Unchanged switching state of outputs
Heating control
Controlling electrothermal actuators
Scene control
n
n
n
n
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Scenes to be integrated per channel
8
8
8
8
Time functions
n
n
n
n
n
n
OFF delay
n
n
n
n
n
n
ON delay
n
n
n
n
n
n
Timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)
n
n
n
n
Night mode (lighting for cleaning)
n
n
n
n
Warning of impending OFF
Logical functions
n
n
Positively driven operation
n
n
n
n
Logic function (1 object)
n
n
Logic function (2 objects)
Can be inverted per output
n
n
(NO contact/NC contact)
Status
n
n
n
n
n
n
Transmitting status per channel
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
8
8
8
8
8
8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Output Devices
Technical specification
Load data for switch actuators per channel
2)
2)
2)
230
230
230
1
1
0.1
N 567/11 switch actuators
2)
N 567/01 switch actuators
10
500
N 511/02 switch actuators
N 562/01 binary outputs
20 AX
3680
N 512 load switches1)
N 513/11 switch actuators, main module
N 513/21 switch actuators, expansion
16 AX
3680
N 510/04 load switches
N 512/11 switch actuators, main module
N 512/21 switch actuators, expansion
10 AX3)
2300
N 510/03 load switches
N 562/11 switch actuators, main module
N 562/21 switch actuators, expansion
Load data for switch actuators per channel
16
2500
400/
0.15
16
3680
600/
0.15
16
3680
600/
0.15
16
8
500
2)
2)
8
500
110/50
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
1
50
1
1
1
30
2
10
0.1
0.1
0.1
2)
2)
2)
0.1
0.1
0.1
3
3
3
1
5
5
9
10
5
4
3680
12/100
24/10
200
3680
12/100
24/16
200
4600
12/100
24/20
200
2300
24/10
30/10
35
3680
12/100
24/10
140
3680
12/100
24/10
200
3680
12/100
24/10
200
3680
24/16
35
1840
5/100
24/8
35
1840
24/10
30/10
35
2300
2300
3680
3680
3680
3680
1000
1000
2500
2500
3680
3680
3680
3680
1000
1000
1200
2000
2000
500
500
2000
2000
500
1000
1000
200...
500
1000
1000
200...
500
2300
1500
1500
37
16
11
5
3680
2500
3680
59
31
21
9
3680
2500
3680
59
31
21
9
500
2 x 58
1000
37
14
10
5
2500
1300
2500
59
31
21
9
3680
2500
3680
59
31
21
9
3680
2500
3680
59
31
21
9
500
2 x 58
1000
59
14
10
5
500
2 x 58
1000
37
14
10
5
500
2 x 58
1000
37
14
10
5
1600
1100
15
3680
2500
25
3680
2500
25
500
300
15
1600
1100
25
3680
3000
25
3680
3000
25
500
300
25
500
300
15
500
300
15
14
8
14
8
7
4
7
4
7
4
Contact current
Rated current, AC [A]
AC3 operation (p.f. = 0.45) [VA]
Maximum switch-on peak current (if more than
one, specification of the highest current value)
[A/ms]
2)
Contact voltage
Rated voltage, AC [V]
Service life
Mechanical service life
Switching operations in millions
Electrical service life
Switching operations in millions
Power loss
Maximum power loss per device at rated power [W]
Switching capacities/load types, loads
Resistive load [W]
Minimum switching capacity [V/mA]
DC switching capacity [VA]
Maximum capacitive load [µF]
2)
Incandescent lamps
Incandescent lamps [W]
Halogen lamp 230 V [W]
LV halogen lamp with conventional transformer
(inductive) [VA]
T5/T8 fluorescent lamps
Uncorrected [VA]
Parallel corrected (at max. possible C) [W]
DUO circuit [VA]
ECG Osram QTI 1 x 28/54 W [Unit(s)] 4)
ECG Osram QTP8 1 x 36 W [Unit(s)]
ECG Osram QTI 1 x 35/49/80 W; QTM 1 x 26-424)
ECG Osram QTP8 2 x 58 W; QTI 2 x 35/49/804)
Compact lamps
Uncorrected [VA]
Parallel corrected (at max. possible C) [W]
ECG Osram Duluxtronics DT [Unit(s)]4)
Mercury-vapor lamps
ECG Osram PTI 35/220-240S [Unit(s)]4)
7
14
14
7
14
4
8
8
4
8
ECG Osram PTI 70/220-240S [Unit(s)]4)
1)
Also available as UL version: 120 V AC, 20 A, Order No.: 5WG1512-1CB01.
2)
On request.
3)
Further information see chapter Output devices.
4)
The number of ECG types takes into account the use of miniature circuit breakers with characteristic B.
For complete technical specifications, see: www.siemens.com/gamma-td.
2-7
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
N 567/22 switch actuators
N 502/02 combination switch actuators
UP 510/03 binary outputs
UP 510/13 binary outputs
RS 510/23 binary outputs
UP 511/10 switch actuators
UP 562/31 switch actuators
RL 512/23 switch actuators
... Continuation of the table
N 567/12 switch actuators
2
Output Devices
Technical specification
Load data for switch actuators per channel
2
10
500
16
500
10
500
16
500
6
500
16 AX
3680
1)
80/20
80/20
110/50
400/20
400/20
1)
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
20
30
30
10
5
5
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
5
9
13
3
2
1
3
460
5/10
24/8
12
2300
24/100
24/10
35
3680
24/100
24/16
35
2300
24/10
30/10
35
3680
1380
1)
1)
1)
1)
105
105
3680
12/100
24/16
200
500
500
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
2500
2200
1380
1000
3680
3680
200
500
500
200...500
1000
1000
2000
200
200
200
22
7
5
2
500
2 x 58
1000
37
14
10
5
500
2 x 58
1000
59
14
10
5
500
2 x 58
1000
37
14
10
5
28 x 58
15 x 58
28 x 58
59
28
21
9
1380
15 x 58
1380
26
28
21
9
3680
2500
3680
59
31
21
9
200
200
7
500
300
15
500
300
15
500
300
15
1)
1)
1)
1)
25
25
3680
2500
25
14
8
14
8
14
8
Contact current
Rated current, AC [A]
AC3 operation (p.f. = 0.45) [VA]
Maximum switch-on peak current (if more than one, specification of the highest current value) [A/ms]
1)
Contact voltage
Rated voltage, AC [V]
Service life
Mechanical service life
Switching operations in millions
Electrical service life
Switching operations in millions
Power loss
Maximum power loss per device at rated power [W]
Switching capacities/load types, loads
Resistive load [W]
Minimum switching capacity [V/mA]
DC switching capacity [VA]
Maximum capacitive load [µF]
Incandescent lamps
Incandescent lamps [W]
Halogen lamp 230 V [W]
LV halogen lamp with conventional transformer (inductive)
[VA]
T5/T8 fluorescent lamps
Uncorrected [VA]
Parallel corrected (at max. possible C) [W]
DUO circuit [VA]
ECG Osram QTI 1 x 28/54 W [Unit(s)]2)
ECG Osram QTP8 1 x 36 W [Unit(s)]
ECG Osram QTI 1 x 35/49/80 W; QTM 1 x 26-42 [Unit(s)]2)
ECG Osram QTP8 2 x 58 W; QTI 2 x 35/49/80 [Unit(s)]2)
Compact lamps
Uncorrected [VA]
Parallel corrected (at max. possible C) [W]
ECG Osram Duluxtronics DT [Unit(s)]2)
Mercury-vapor lamps
ECG Osram PTI 35/220-240S [Unit(s)]2)
3
7
7
7
2
4
4
4
ECG Osram PTI 70/220-240S [Unit(s)]2)
1)
On request.
2)
The number of ECG types takes into account the use of miniature circuit breakers with characteristic B.
For complete technical specifications, see: www.siemens.com/gamma-td.
2-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Modular switch actuators
Switch actuator‚ main module
N 562/11..512/11..513/11
V 3 Floating relay contacts
V Rated contact voltage‚ 230 V AC
V Interface for connecting a switching actuator submodule and software for controlling up to 4 switching actuator submodules
V Selectable 3-phase switching function (simultaneous switching of 3 outputs)
V Direct operation (local operation)
V LED for indicating direct operation
V LED for indicating the selected device
V LED for status indication per output
V Selectable 1- to 3-stage fan speed control function
V Function for controlling thermo-electrical drives
V Integrated 8-bit scene control
V Time functions: off delay‚ on delay‚ timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)‚ night mode (lighting for
cleaning)‚ Warning of impending off
V Logical functions: Positively driven operation‚ Logic function (2 objects)‚ Can be inverted per output
(NO contact/NC contact)
V Per channel: transmitting status‚ Operating hours counter with limit monitoring‚ Switching cycle counter with limit monitoring‚ Load current recording‚ Load current monitoring
V Power supply for its own electronics and for the electronics of the connected switching actuator submodules via the bus voltage
V Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
3 MW
Range overview switch actuators‚ main modules
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Switch actuator‚ main module‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 10 AX‚ C load‚ Load-check
5WG1562-1AB11
N 562/11
Switch actuator‚ main module‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 16 AX‚ C load‚ Load-check
5WG1512-1AB11
N 512/11
Switch actuator‚ main module‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 20 AX‚ C load‚ Load-check
5WG1513-1AB11
N 513/11
2-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
2
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Modular switch actuators
N 562/21..512/21..513/21
Switch actuator‚ submodule
V 3 Floating relay contacts
V Rated contact voltage‚ 230 V AC
V Interface for connecting a switching actuator submodule and software for controlling up to 4 switching actuator submodules
V Selectable 3-phase switching function (simultaneous switching of 3 outputs)
V Direct operation (local operation via main module)
V LED for indicating direct operation for each output via main module
V Selectable 1- to 3-stage fan speed control function
V Function for controlling thermo-electrical drives
V Integrated 8-bit scene control
V Time functions: off delay‚ on delay‚ Timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)‚ Night mode (lighting for
cleaning)‚ Warning of impending off
V Logical functions: Positively driven operation‚ Logic function (2 objects)‚ Can be inverted per output
(NO contact/NC contact)
V Per channel: transmitting status‚ Operating hours counter with limit monitoring‚ Switching cycle counter with limit monitoring‚ Load current recording‚ Load current monitoring
V Power supply for its own electronics and for the electronics of the connected switching actuator submodules via the bus voltage
V Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
3 MW
Range overview expansion
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Switch actuator submodule‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 10 AX‚ C load‚ Load-check
5WG1562-1AB21
N 562/21
Switch actuator submodule‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 16AX‚ C load‚ load-check
5WG1512-1AB21
N 512/21
Switch actuator submodule‚ 3 x AC 230/400 V‚ 20 AX‚ C load- Load-check
5WG1513-1AB21
N 513/21
2-10
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Switch actuators
N 567/..
Switch actuator
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
One potential-free relay contact per output channel
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for 230 V AC
Pushbutton for switching between bus operation and local operation
A yellow LED indicating local operation
1 red LED per output channel to indicate switch status
One pushbutton per output channel to activate the output through a UM-function in local operating
mode
Operational with an 230 V AC supply‚ (even with no bus voltage and faulty or not activated bus communication)
Choice between identical or individually parameterized outputs
Operating mode selectable for each channel (normal operation‚ time switch operation)
Adjustable switching on/off delay
Selectable logic link (AND/OR) between two communication objects and presettable logic operator for
bus voltage return
Possibility to add an additional night operation object per output channel for time limited activation
of output (lighting) at night
Selectable warning signal prior to imminent switching off in form of three times short off/on switching (flashing)
Possibility to add one additional status indicator object per output channel‚ sending of status objects
on request and/or automatically after change
Possibility to add additional object to drive the integrated 8-bit scene controller‚ integrated 8 bit scene
control and linking each output channel to up to 8 scenes
Unchanged switch state for all output channels in case of power failure
Selectable switch state after return of power for each output channel
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail‚ only 50%
of standard busload
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Range overview switch actuators N567/..
Product Title
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
Switch actuator‚ 4 x 230 V AC‚ 8 A
4 MW
5WG1567-1AB01
N 567/01
Switch actuator‚ 8 x 230 V AC‚ 8 A
4 MW
5WG1567-1AB11
N 567/11
Switch actuator‚ 8 x 230 V AC‚ 2 A
4 MW
5WG1567-1AB12
N 567/12
Switch actuator‚ 16x AC 230 V‚ 10 A
8 MW
5WG1567-1AB22
N 567/22
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - Data rails.
2-11
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
2
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Switch actuators
N 511/02
Switch actuator 8 x 230 V AC‚ 16A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
One relay contact per output as switching element
Rated operating voltage of relay contact: 230 V AC
Rated current of relay contact: 16 A‚ p.f. = 1
Integrated power supply for the electronics‚ connected to 230 V AC
Push button to switch between bus operation and direct operation
Yellow LED to indicate direct operation activated
1 red LED per output to indicate the switching state
One push button per output to switch the output via a toggling function in direct operation mode‚
functional if 230 V AC present‚ (even if bus voltage absent or interrupted or bus communication not
yet activated)
Selection whether outputs are to be configured identically or individually
Operation mode selectable for each output (normal mode‚ time switch mode)
Selectable switching behaviour for each output (NO contact/NC contact)
Adjustable On and Off delay times
Selectable logic operation (AND/OR) for two communication objects and variable start value of the
logic operation at bus voltage recovery
Selectable additional night mode object for each output for time-limited switching on of the illumination at night
Adjustable On period for night or time switch operation mode
Selectable warning signal prior to imminent switching-off by means of three-times short off and on
switching (flashing) at night or time switch operation mode
Possibility to add one additional status indication object per output for status reporting
Sending of status objects on request and/or automatically after a change
Integrated 8-bit scene control and linking of each output into up to 8 scenes
Unchanged switching state of all outputs if there is a power failure
Adjustable switching state per output after mains voltage recovery
Integrated bus coupling unit
Bus connection both via bus terminal and contact system to a data rail
Only half a standard bus load
Rail-mounted device for mounting on rail TH 35 according to DIN EN 60715
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data
rails.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1511-1AB02
N 511/02
2-12
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Switch actuators
RL 512/23
Switching actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ C load
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
1 floating relay contact
Rated contact voltage‚ 230 V AC
Rated contact current 16 AX / 20 AX
Modular installation device for mounting in AP 118 automation module box or AP 641 room control
box
Switching operation and operating hours counter
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
Unchanged switching state of outputs in the event of system voltage failure
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Time functions: off delay‚ on delay‚ timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)‚ night mode (lighting for
cleaning)‚ Warning of impending off
Logical functions: Positively driven operation‚ logic function (1 object)‚ logic function (2 objects)‚ can
be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
Transmitting status per channel
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
86.5 x 47.8 x 36.2 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1512-4AB23
RL 512/23
Switch actuator
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 5..
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
2 binary inputs for potential-free contacts
20 cm long wires for connecting phase conductor‚ output‚ inputs and bus
Output to be configured as NO or NC contact
Selectable preferred output state at bus voltage failure and recovery
Switching status object
Selectable additional functions:
On/off delay
Time-switch
Logic operation‚ function forced positioning
Selectable function of the binary inputs:
Acting as secondary inputs directly on the switching outputs or acting as independant binary inputs
with bus communication
Free allocation of the functions switching‚ dimming‚ solar protection control‚ send value and scene
control to the inputs
Two independent switching objects per input
Blocking object for each input
Separately selectable behaviour per input at bus voltage recovery
Telegram rate limitation for both inputs
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus-powered electronics
Enclosed bus terminal for bus connection
Installation in a flush-mounting wall or ceiling box with 60 mm diameter
Dimension (Ø x H)
53 x 28 mm
Range overview UP 5..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Switch actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A; 2 x binary input
5WG1511-2AB10
UP 511/10
Switch actuator‚ 2 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A; 2 x binary input
5WG1562-2AB31
UP 562/31
2-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
2
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Combination switch actuators
N 502/02
Combi switching actuator‚ 8 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
8 inputs AC/DC 12...230 V
8 relay contact outputs
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
Rated contact operating current 16 A‚ p.f. = 1
Electronics power supply via an integrated power supply unit for AC 230 V
Device functional even without bus connection or if bus voltage absent or bus communication interrupted or not yet activated
Green LED to indicate operational readiness
Push button to switch between bus and direct mode
Yellow LED to indicate direct mode activated
Push button for each output to switch the output in direct mode via a toggling function by a short
actuation and for changing the output mode between remote control relay and time switch relay by
holding down the push button for some seconds
1 red LED per output to indicate the switching state
1 red LED per input to indicate the current signal state
Device preset at the factory for direct switching of an output through a toggling function via the input
of the same name
Selectable function for each input when using the Engineering Tool Software (ETS):
Switching status / binary value transmission
Switching‚ short / long operation
Single button dimming‚ single button sun protection control‚ 1-button group control (sequence control)
1-bit scene control
8-bit scene control‚ 8-bit value‚ edge-triggered‚ 8-bit value‚ short / long operation
16-bit floating point value‚ edge-triggered‚ 16-bit value‚ short / long operation‚ 16-bit value‚ edge-triggered‚ 16-bit floating point value‚ short / long operation
Selectable function for each pair of inputs: 2-button dimming with stop telegram‚ 2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
Selectable blocking / releasing of each input via a corresponding blocking object
Sending of the input objects after a change of status
Selectable logic operation (AND/OR) for one input with a further communication object and with variable start value of the logic operation at bus voltage recovery
Setting by means of the ETS‚ whether all outputs are to be configured identically or individually
Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ time switch mode)
Optional addition of a night mode object for each output for time-limited switching On of the output
(and hence the illumination) at night
Variable On and Off delay times for each output
Variable On period in night mode or in time switch mode
Selectable warning signal prior to imminent switching-off by means of three-times short off and on
switching (flashing) in night mode or in time switch mode
Status object for reporting direct mode
Optional status object per output for status reporting
Sending of status objects on request and/or automatically after a change
Integrated 8-bit scene control and linking of each output with up to 8 scenes
Selectable switching state for each output at mains or bus power failure as well as after bus or mains
voltage recovery
Integrated bus coupling units with only half a standard bus load
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data
rails.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1502-1AB02
N 502/02
2-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Load switch
Load switch
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 510/..
4 Floating relay contacts
Switching contacts can also be operated manually via slide switches
Can be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
Configurable timer mode with configurable on/off delay
Logic operation (AND/OR) of two communication objects and adjustable start value of operation
Status object
Positively driven operation
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Range overview load switches N 510/..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Load switch‚ 4x 230 V AC‚ 16 A
5WG1510-1AB03
N 510/03
Load switch‚ 4x 230 V AC‚ 16 A‚ C load
5WG1510-1AB04
N 510/04
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - Data rails.
Load switch
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 512..01
8 Floating relay contacts
Switching contacts can also be operated manually via slide switches
Can be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
Configurable timer mode with configurable on/off delay
Logic operation (AND/OR) of two communication objects and adjustable start value of operation in the
event of bus voltage recovery
Status object
Positively driven operation
Switching option on bus voltage failure and bus voltage recovery
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
Range overview load switches N 512..01
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Load switch‚ 8x 230 V AC‚ 16 A‚ C load
5WG1512-1AB01
N 512/01
Load switch‚ 8 x AC 120 V / AC 277V / AC 347V‚ 20 A‚ C load (cUL listed)
5WG1512-1CB01
N 512C01
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - Data rails.
2-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
2
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Binary outputs
N 562/01
Binary Output‚ 2 x 230V AC‚ 10A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
with one potential-free relay contact per output
rated voltage 230 V AC
rated current 10 A at p.f. = 1
with selectable programs for the independent switching on/off of electrical loads‚ either with direct
operation or with forced control‚ with status objects
with operation as time switch or with on/off delay
with logic operation (AND/OR) of two communication objects for channel A
with selectable relay operating mode (NC contact / NO contact)
with control of an electro thermal valve actuator or electrical heating
with monitoring of the room temperature controller
with adjustable characteristics of thermal drive (valve opened or closed for isolated drive)
with communication object for reception of up to three window contact data per channel and closing
of the valve if the window is open
with communication objects for the reception of a frost alarm signal per channel
with activation of the heating to 50 % of the On period (corresponds to a half-opened valve) if a frost
alarm is received and on failure of communication with the room temperature controller
with configurable output state in case of bus voltage failure and bus voltage recovery
with bus-powered electronics
with integrated bus coupling unit‚ bus connection via contact system to data rail
for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715-TH35-7.5.
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
RS 510/23
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1562-1AB01
N 562/01
Binary output devices‚ 2 x 230 V AC‚ 10 A (resistive load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
2 Floating relay contacts
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
Rated contact current 10 A
Integrated bus coupling unit
Modular installation device for mounting in AP 118 automation module box or AP 641 room control
box
Bus-powered electronics
Bus connection via bus terminal‚ Integrated bus coupling units
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
Unchanged switching state of outputs in the event of system voltage failure
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Time functions: off delay‚ on delay‚ timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)‚ night mode (lighting for
cleaning)‚ Warning of impending off
Logical functions: Positively driven operation‚ Logic function (1 object)‚ Logic function (2 objects)‚ Can
be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
Transmitting status per channel
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
50.2 x 48.8 x 35.5 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1510-2AB23
RS 510/23
2-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Output Devices
Binary output devices
Binary outputs
UP 510/..3
Binary Output
Rated contact voltage‚ 230 V AC
Bus-powered electronics
Bus connection via bus terminal‚ Integrated bus coupling units
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
Unchanged switching state of outputs
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Time functions: off delay‚ on delay‚ Timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)‚ Night mode (lighting for
cleaning)‚ Warning of impending off
V Logical functions: Positively driven operation‚ Logic function (1 object)‚ Logic function (2 objects)‚ Can
be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
V Transmitting status per channel
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Range overview binary output devices UP 510/..3
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
Binary Output‚ 2 x 230 V AC‚ 10A‚ 10-pole BTI 71 x 71 x 42 mm
socket for plugging of bus terminal
devices and mounting frame
5WG1510-2AB03
UP 510/03
Binary Output‚ 2 x 230 V AC‚ 10A‚ without
mounting frame
5WG1510-2AB13
UP 510/13
50 x 50.9 x 41.3 mm
2-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
2
Input devices
3
Technical specification
Binaray input devices
Binaray input devices
3-2
3-5
Input devices
Technical specification
Binaray input devices
RL 260/23
UP 220/21
N
N
RL
UP
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
UP
N
n
n
UP 562/31
N 261
N
UP 525/31
N 2601)
N
UP 520/31
N 264E11
N
UP 511/10
N 263E11
N
N 502/02
N 262E11
N
N 501
N 263E01
Type
UP 220D31
Binary input devices
N 262E01
3
N
UP
UP
UP
UP
n
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation devices for mounting
on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
For inserting into flush-mounting switch
and socket boxes with Ø = 60 mm
Modular installation device for mounting
in AP 118 automation module box or AP
641 room control box2)
Dimensions
•Width [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
n
n
47.8
42
42
36.2
86.5
42
8.5
42
8.5
n
6
MW
6
MW
6
MW
6
MW
6
MW
2
MW
2
MW
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
8
MW
8
MW
Ø 53 Ø 53 Ø 53 Ø 53
28
28
28
28
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Display/control elements
LED for status indication per input
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Electronics powered via an integrated
power supply unit for supply voltage
230 V AC
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
100
100
100
100
100
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via contact system to data
rail
Bus connection via bus terminal
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
100
10
10
100
100
5
5
5
5
23)
43)
2
2
2
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
Inputs
Max. cable length, unshielded,
twisted [m]
Pushbutton inputs
For signal input (floating contacts)
Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device
For voltage input
•230 V AC
•24 V AC/DC
•12...230 V AC/DC
•12...230 V AC/12...115 V DC
8
16
n
100
8
n
n
100
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
4
8
8
44)
45)
86)
86)
166)
Also available as c-UL version, Order No.: 5WG1261-1CB01.
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately, see Chapter Quick-assembly system - Room control boxModule boxes
3)
Inputs, alternatively can be used as outputs for controlling LEDs up to a maximum of 2 mA.
4)
Pushbutton inputs with shared ground (N).
5)
Pushbutton inputs with shared ground (COM-).
6)
The pushbutton inputs are mutually insulated from the base.
1)
2)
3-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Input devices
Technical specifications
Binaray input devices
207301 UP 520/31
301901 UP 525/31
207101 UP 562/31
14
16
8
9
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
981601 N 502/02
27
27
981701 N 501
207201 UP 511/10
982201 UP 220D31
8
9
982301 UP 220/21
14
16
983101 RL 260/23
220703
n
240A01 N 261
n
n
240505
n
n
220703
n
n
240A01 N 260
n
240505
26
27
980D02 N 264E11
26
27
980D02 N 263E11
980D02 N 262E11
26
27
97
97
Application program1)
980902 N 263E01
27 120 120 120 220 120 26
27 120 120 120 220 120 27
Max. number of group addresses
97 97 97 97
Max. number of assignments
97 97 97 97
n
n
n
n
Telegram rate limitations
n
n
n
n
Configurable debounce time
n
n
n
n
Locking of inputs using blocking objects
n
n
n
n
Adjustable duration of long button press
Configurable contact type
n
n
n
n
(NO contact/NC contact)
Transmission parameters
n
n
n
n
Adjustable cyclic transmission
Configurable transmission in the event of chann
n
n
n
ges to the input
Configurable transmission in the event of bus
n
n
n
n
voltage recovery
Transmission delay with adjustable delay time
Configurable event-controlled transmission
Switching
Switching ON/OFF
n
n
n
n
•Rising edge
n
n
n
n
•Falling edge
n
n
n
n
•Rising and falling edge
n
n
n
n
•Short/long button press can be evaluated
Switching OVER
n
n
n
n
•Rising edge
n
n
n
n
•Falling edge
n
n
n
n
•Rising and falling edge
Value transmission
8 bit
n
n
n
n
•Rising edge
n
n
n
n
•Falling edge
n
n
n
n
•Rising and falling edge
n
n
n
n
•Short/long button press can be evaluated
16 bit
n
n
n
n
•Rising edge
n
n
n
n
•Falling edge
n
n
n
n
•Rising and falling edge
n
n
n
n
•Configurable short/long button press
Dimming
n
n
n
n
1-pushbutton dimming
n
n
n
2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram (4 bit) n
2-pushbutton dimming with cyclic transmission
(4 bit)
2-pushbutton dimming with value setting (8 bit)
n
n
n
n
Short/long button press can be evaluated
Shutter/blind
n
n
n
n
1-pushbutton shutter/blind control
n
n
n
n
2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
n
n
n
n
Short/long button press can be evaluated
Scene
n
n
n
n
Store and call up scene, 8-bit
Store and call up scene, 1-bit in conjunction with n
n
n
n
scene module
Pulse counting
Pulse counting with/without limit value moniton
n
n
n
ring (8 bit, 16 bit, 32 bit)
Group control
n
n
n
n
1-pushbutton group control
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
Type
980902 N 262E01
... Continuation of the table
Input functions
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
www.siemens.com/gamma
n
3-3
2015
3
Notes
3
3-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Input Devices
Binary input devices
N 26..E/..1
Binary input device
3
V Length of unshielded connecting cable per input of max. 100 m
V LED per binary input for status display
V Input functions: Telegram rate limitations‚ configurable debounce time‚ locking of inputs using blocking objects‚ adjustable duration of long button press‚ Configurable contact type (NO contact/NC contact)
V Transmission parameters: Adjustable cyclic transmission‚ Configurable transmission in the event of
changes to the input‚ Configurable transmission in the event of bus voltage recovery
V Short/long button press can be evaluated
V Switching on/off/over
V Value transmission 8 bit‚ 16 bit
V Dimming: single button dimming‚ 2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram (4 bit)
V 1-/2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
V Store and call up scene‚ 1-bit in conjunction with scene module
V Pulse counting with/without limit value monitoring (8 bit‚ 16 bit‚ 32 bit)
V 1-pushbutton group control
V Integrated power supply for 230 V AC to supply the electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via contact system to data rail‚ bus connection via bus
terminal
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
6 MW
Range overview binary input devices N26..E/..1
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Binary input device‚ 8 x potential-free contacts
5WG1262-1EB01
N 262E01
Binary input device‚ 8 x AC/DC 12...230 V
5WG1263-1EB01
N 263E01
Binary input device‚ 16 x potential-free contacts
5WG1262-1EB11
N 262E11
Binary input device‚ 16 x AC 12...230 V / DC 12...115 V
5WG1263-1EB11
N 263E11
Binary input device‚ 8 x AC/DC 12...230 V + 8 x potential-free contacts
5WG1264-1EB11
N 264E11
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - Data rails.
Binary input device
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 26../01
Max. cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted 100 m
Configurable function per single input:
Switching state/send binary value
Switch edge‚ switching on short / long pulse
8-bit value edge
Configurable function per pair of inputs:
2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram‚ 2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
Transmission of the input objects after a change of status
Configurable cyclic transmission of the input objects
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via contact system to data rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
Range overview N 26../01
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Binary input device‚ 4 x AC 230 V
5WG1260-1AB01
N 260/01
Binary input device‚ 4 x AC/DC 24 V
5WG1261-1AB01
N 261/01
Binary input device‚ 4 x AC/DC 24 V (UL listed)
5WG1261-1CB01
N 261C01
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - Data rails.
3-5
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Input Devices
Binary input devices
RL 260/23
3
Binary Input‚ 4 inputs for 12 ... AC/DC 230 V
V 4 Inputs for AC/DC 12...230 V
V Max. cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted 100 m
V Maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5 ... 2.5 mm [/2]
V The following functions can be selected per input:
- Switching state/send binary value
- Switch edge/short/long switch
- Dimming‚ shading control‚ single button group control
- 1/8-bit scene control
- 8-bit value edge
- 8-bit value short/long
- 16-bit floating-point value edge
- 16-bit floating-point short/long
- pulse counting with/without limit value monitoring (8/16/32 Bit)
V The following functions can be selected per input pair:
- 2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram (4 bit) and 2-pushbutton shading control
V Optional blocking of each input by means of the respective blocking object
V Transmission of the input objects after change
V Optional cyclic transmission of input objects
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
86.5 x 47.8 x 36.2 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1260-4AB23
RL 260/23
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
UP 220/..
Pushbutton interface
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Inputs / outputs each configurable for potential-free contacts or for control of an LED
Generation of the sensing voltage for potential-free contacts
For inserting into flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with Ø = 60 mm
Inputs max. 10 m cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted
Input functions: Locking of inputs using blocking objects‚ Adjustable duration of long button press‚
Configurable contact type (NO contact/NC contact)
Transmission parameters: Adjustable cyclic transmission‚ Configurable transmission in the event of
bus voltage recovery
Short/long button press can be evaluated
Switching on/off/toggle
Value transmission 8 Bit‚ 16 Bit
Single button dimming
2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram (4 bit)
1-/2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
Szene store and call up scene: 8 Bit‚ in conjunction with scene module 1 Bit
Pulse counting with/without limit value monitoring (8 bit‚ 16 bit‚ 32 bit)
1-pushbutton group control
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling unit‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
42 x 42 x 8.5 mm
Range overview I/O pushbutton interface
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton interface‚ 2 x potential-free contact‚ output for LED control
5WG1220-2AB21
UP 220/21
Pushbutton interface‚ 4 x potential-free contact‚ output for LED control
5WG1220-2DB31
UP 220D31
Recommendation: LED light insert‚ for switches and pushbutton inserts‚ red‚ 1.5 V DC‚ 1 mA (Stock No.: 5TG7318).
3-6
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Input Devices
Binary input devices
Combination blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 501/01
3
8 inputs for DC or AC in the range from 12 to 230 V
8 relay contact outputs locked in pairs against each other for controlling 4 × AC 230V sunblind drives
Contact rated voltage AC 230 V
Contact rated current 6 A‚ p.f. = 1
Electronics powered by a 230 V AC integrated power supply
Device functional even without bus connection or if the bus communication fails
Preset on delivery for direct output control for each blind button function via momentary contact
switches connected to the inputs
Green LED to indicate standby
Key for switching between bus and direct mode
Yellow LED for indicating direct mode activated
Button for each relay contact output‚ for switching the output in direct mode while the button is held
down
LED per input to indicate the relevant signal status
Selectable function for each input when using the ETS:
Switching status‚ send binary value
Switching on leading edge‚ switching Short/Long
1-pushbutton dimming‚ sunblind control‚ group control
1-bit/8-bit scene control
8-bit/16-bit value leading edge‚ Short/Long
16-bit floating point value leading edge‚ Short/Long
Or for each pair of inputs:
Acting directly on the corresponding outputs as blind button
2-button dimming with stop telegram or with cyclical sending
2-pushbutton sunblind control
Selectable blocking of each input via a corresponding blocking object
Sending of input objects after change
Selectable cyclical input object sending
Individual or shared configuration of actuator channels
Communication objects for each blind channel for driving the sun protection into the end positions or
for stopping the procedure and adjusting the blind slats in steps
Communication objects for setting position of slats and blinds in percentage information
Automatic opening of the blind slats to a preconfigured nominal setting after uninterrupted driving
down of the blind from the top to the bottom end position‚ with integrated 1-bit scene control for storing and calling up (reproduction) of 2 interim blind and slat settings
Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control‚ 8 scenes can be integrated per channel
Optional "Sun" object for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
Differentiation between automatic and manual mode and with automatic switchover from automatic
to manual mode for the channel in question by pressing a bus button for manual control of the corresponding sun protection
Manual mode taking precedence over automatic position commands
Optional central command for each device or each channel for switching the relevant channels to
automatic mode and driving the sun protection into the up or down end position
Alarm: move to safety position‚ Locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
Status objects for each channel for querying or for automatic sending of sun protection and slat settings as a percentage value
Optional status objects for reporting that the up or down position has been reached
Integrated bus coupling unit
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1501-1AB01
N 501/01
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
3-7
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Input Devices
Binary input devices
N 502/02
3
Combi switching actuator‚ 8 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
8 inputs AC/DC 12...230 V
8 relay contact outputs
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
Rated contact operating current 16 A‚ p.f. = 1
Electronics power supply via an integrated power supply unit for AC 230 V
Device functional even without bus connection or if bus voltage absent or bus communication interrupted or not yet activated
Green LED to indicate operational readiness
Push button to switch between bus and direct mode
Yellow LED to indicate direct mode activated
Push button for each output to switch the output in direct mode via a toggling function by a short
actuation and for changing the output mode between remote control relay and time switch relay by
holding down the push button for some seconds
1 red LED per output to indicate the switching state
1 red LED per input to indicate the current signal state
Device preset at the factory for direct switching of an output through a toggling function via the input
of the same name
Selectable function for each input when using the Engineering Tool Software (ETS):
Switching status / binary value transmission
Switching‚ short / long operation
Single button dimming‚ single button sun protection control‚ 1-button group control (sequence control)
1-bit scene control
8-bit scene control‚ 8-bit value‚ edge-triggered‚ 8-bit value‚ short / long operation
16-bit floating point value‚ edge-triggered‚ 16-bit value‚ short / long operation‚ 16-bit value‚ edge-triggered‚ 16-bit floating point value‚ short / long operation
Selectable function for each pair of inputs: 2-button dimming with stop telegram‚ 2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
Selectable blocking / releasing of each input via a corresponding blocking object
Sending of the input objects after a change of status
Selectable logic operation (AND/OR) for one input with a further communication object and with variable start value of the logic operation at bus voltage recovery
Setting by means of the ETS‚ whether all outputs are to be configured identically or individually
Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ time switch mode)
Optional addition of a night mode object for each output for time-limited switching On of the output
(and hence the illumination) at night
Variable On and Off delay times for each output
Variable On period in night mode or in time switch mode
Selectable warning signal prior to imminent switching-off by means of three-times short off and on
switching (flashing) in night mode or in time switch mode
Status object for reporting direct mode
Optional status object per output for status reporting
Sending of status objects on request and/or automatically after a change
Integrated 8-bit scene control and linking of each output with up to 8 scenes
Selectable switching state for each output at mains or bus power failure as well as after bus or mains
voltage recovery
Integrated bus coupling units with only half a standard bus load
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data
rails.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1502-1AB02
N 502/02
3-8
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Input Devices
Binary input devices
UP 5..
Switch actuator
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
3
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
2 binary inputs for potential-free contacts
20 cm long wires for connecting phase conductor‚ output‚ inputs and bus
Output to be configured as NO or NC contact
Selectable preferred output state at bus voltage failure and recovery
Switching status object
Selectable additional functions:
On/off delay
Time-switch
Logic operation‚ function forced positioning
Selectable function of the binary inputs:
Acting as secondary inputs directly on the switching outputs or acting as independant binary inputs
with bus communication
Free allocation of the functions switching‚ dimming‚ solar protection control‚ send value and scene
control to the inputs
Two independent switching objects per input
Blocking object for each input
Separately selectable behaviour per input at bus voltage recovery
Telegram rate limitation for both inputs
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus-powered electronics
Enclosed bus terminal for bus connection
Installation in a flush-mounting wall or ceiling box with 60 mm diameter
Dimensions (Ø x H)
53 x 28 mm
Range overview UP 5..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Switch actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A; 2 x binary input
5WG1511-2AB10
UP 511/10
Switch actuator‚ 2 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A; 2 x binary input
5WG1562-2AB31
UP 562/31
Venetian blind actuator 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 2 x binary inputs
UP 520/31
V 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 2 x binary inputs
V 1 channel
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V Max. cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted 5 m
V For 2 signal inputs (floating contact)
V Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
V Transmitting status per channel
V Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Individual configuration of actuator channels
V Travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units
V Bus connection via bus terminal
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with Ø 60 mm
Dimension (Ø x H)
53 x 28 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1520-2AB31
UP 520/31
3-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Input Devices
Binary input devices
UP 525/31
3
Universal dimmer UP 525/31‚ 210 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz (R‚L‚C load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
With semiconductor output for switching and dimming of lamps
Rated operational voltage AC 230 V‚ 50/60 Hz
Connected load 50...210 VA
Settable switching and dimming behaviour
Selectable mode of operation (normal mode‚ timer mode)
Soft on‚ Soft off
Dimming or jumping to a new dimming value
Time-delayed switch-off when dimming below a settable dimming value
Status objects for switching and dimming value
Short-circuit message
Message of a load failure
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Object for blocking the output
Configurable brightness value at start and end of a blocking phase
Adjustable behaviour of the output after bus voltage recovery
2 binary inputs for potential-free contacts
Selectable function of the binary inputs: acting as secondary inputs directly on the switching outputs
or acting as independant binary inputs with bus communication
Free allocation of the functions switching‚ dimming‚ solar protection control‚ send value and scene
control to the inputs
Two independent switching objects per input
Blocking object for each input
Separately selectable behaviour per input at bus voltage recovery
Telegram rate limitation for both inputs
About 20 cm long wires for connecting phase conductor‚ output‚ inputs and bus
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling unit
Enclosed bus terminal for bus connection
For installation in a flush-mounting wall or ceiling box with 60 mm diameter
Dimension (Ø x H)
53 x 28 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1525-2AB31
UP 525/31
3-10
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Combination Devices
4
Technical specification
Input/output devices
Input/output devices
4-2
4-3
Combination Devices
Technical specifications
Input/output devices
UP 220D31
982201
UP 220/21
982301
UP 525/31
301901
UP 520/31
207301
n
UP 562/31
n
207101
N
n
207201
N 605/01
N
906101
N 502/02
981601
Application program1)
N 501/01
4
981701
Type
UP 511/10
Input/output devices
N
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
n
n
n
n
n
n
Ø 53
28
Ø 53
28
Ø 53
28
Ø 53
28
Ø 42
8.5
Ø 42
8.5
n
n
n
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation device for mounting on
TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail.
For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with
Ø = 60 mm
Dimensions
•Width/Ø [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
•Depth [mm]
8 MW
8 MW
6 MW
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n2)
n
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Bus connection via contact system to data rail
n
n
1
2
1
1
230
16
230
6
230
6
230
n
n
Display/control elements
LED for status indication per input
LED for status indication per output
LED for operation/status display
Pushbuttons for local operation on the device
Power supply
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for
supply voltage 230 V AC
Bus-powered electronics
Bus-dependent operation possible
Bus connection
Outputs
Load output
Floating relay contact
Silent semiconductor switch
Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
Load types
Rated contact voltage, AC [V]
Rated contact current [A]
Max. short-time current
83)
6
4
230
6
230
16
Switching capacity for permanent loading
Protection
Electronic protection of outputs against overload and short circuit
230
1.5
n
Universal inputs/outputs
Adjustable universal inputs/outputs
Inputs
Max. cable length, unshielded, twisted [m]
100
100
50
For signal input (floating contact)
2x3
Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in
n
the device
For voltage input AC/DC 12...230 V
8
8
5)
5)
PT1000 temperature sensor input
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
2)
Each input affects the output of the same name, adjustable as timer or impulse relay.
3)
Except channel A.
4)
The inputs are mutually insulated from the base.
5)
Inputs, alternatively can be used as outputs for controlling LEDs up to a maximum of 2 mA.
5
2
5
2
5
2
5
2
10
24)
10
44)
n
n
n
n
n
n
4-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Combination Devices
Input/output devices
Combination blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 501/01
8 inputs for DC or AC in the range from 12 to 230 V
8 relay contact outputs locked in pairs against each other for controlling 4 × AC 230V sunblind drives
Contact rated voltage AC 230 V
Contact rated current 6 A‚ p.f. = 1
Electronics powered by a 230 V AC integrated power supply
Device functional even without bus connection or if the bus communication fails
Preset on delivery for direct output control for each blind button function via momentary contact
switches connected to the inputs
Green LED to indicate standby
Key for switching between bus and direct mode
Yellow LED for indicating direct mode activated
Button for each relay contact output‚ for switching the output in direct mode while the button is held
down
LED per input to indicate the relevant signal status
Selectable function for each input when using the ETS:
Switching status‚ send binary value
Switching on leading edge‚ switching Short/Long
1-pushbutton dimming‚ sunblind control‚ group control
1-bit/8-bit scene control
8-bit/16-bit value leading edge‚ Short/Long
16-bit floating point value leading edge‚ Short/Long
Or for each pair of inputs:
Acting directly on the corresponding outputs as blind button
2-button dimming with stop telegram or with cyclical sending
2-pushbutton sunblind control
Selectable blocking of each input via a corresponding blocking object
Sending of input objects after change
Selectable cyclical input object sending
Individual or shared configuration of actuator channels
Communication objects for each blind channel for driving the sun protection into the end positions or
for stopping the procedure and adjusting the blind slats in steps
Communication objects for setting position of slats and blinds in percentage information
Automatic opening of the blind slats to a preconfigured nominal setting after uninterrupted driving
down of the blind from the top to the bottom end position‚ with integrated 1-bit scene control for storing and calling up (reproduction) of 2 interim blind and slat settings
Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control‚ 8 scenes can be integrated per channel
Optional "Sun" object for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
Differentiation between automatic and manual mode and with automatic switchover from automatic
to manual mode for the channel in question by pressing a bus button for manual control of the corresponding sun protection
Manual mode taking precedence over automatic position commands
Optional central command for each device or each channel for switching the relevant channels to
automatic mode and driving the sun protection into the up or down end position
Alarm: move to safety position‚ Locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
Status objects for each channel for querying or for automatic sending of sun protection and slat settings as a percentage value
Optional status objects for reporting that the up or down position has been reached
Integrated bus coupling unit
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4
8 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1501-1AB01
N 501/01
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
4-3
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Combination Devices
Input/output devices
N 502/02
Combi switching actuator‚ 8 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
V
V
V
V
V
V
4
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
8 inputs AC/DC 12...230 V
8 relay contact outputs
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
Rated contact operating current 16 A‚ p.f. = 1
Electronics power supply via an integrated power supply unit for AC 230 V
Device functional even without bus connection or if bus voltage absent or bus communication interrupted or not yet activated
Green LED to indicate operational readiness
Push button to switch between bus and direct mode
Yellow LED to indicate direct mode activated
Push button for each output to switch the output in direct mode via a toggling function by a short
actuation and for changing the output mode between remote control relay and time switch relay by
holding down the push button for some seconds
1 red LED per output to indicate the switching state
1 red LED per input to indicate the current signal state
Device preset at the factory for direct switching of an output through a toggling function via the input
of the same name
Selectable function for each input when using the Engineering Tool Software (ETS):
Switching status / binary value transmission
Switching‚ short / long operation
Single button dimming‚ single button sun protection control‚ 1-button group control (sequence control)
1-bit scene control
8-bit scene control‚ 8-bit value‚ edge-triggered‚ 8-bit value‚ short / long operation
16-bit floating point value‚ edge-triggered‚ 16-bit value‚ short / long operation‚ 16-bit value‚ edge-triggered‚ 16-bit floating point value‚ short / long operation
Selectable function for each pair of inputs: 2-button dimming with stop telegram‚ 2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
Selectable blocking / releasing of each input via a corresponding blocking object
Sending of the input objects after a change of status
Selectable logic operation (AND/OR) for one input with a further communication object and with variable start value of the logic operation at bus voltage recovery
Setting by means of the ETS‚ whether all outputs are to be configured identically or individually
Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ time switch mode)
Optional addition of a night mode object for each output for time-limited switching On of the output
(and hence the illumination) at night
Variable On and Off delay times for each output
Variable On period in night mode or in time switch mode
Selectable warning signal prior to imminent switching-off by means of three-times short off and on
switching (flashing) in night mode or in time switch mode
Status object for reporting direct mode
Optional status object per output for status reporting
Sending of status objects on request and/or automatically after a change
Integrated 8-bit scene control and linking of each output with up to 8 scenes
Selectable switching state for each output at mains or bus power failure as well as after bus or mains
voltage recovery
Integrated bus coupling units with only half a standard bus load
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1502-1AB02
N 502/02
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
4-4
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Combination Devices
Input/output devices
Thermal drive actuator
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 605..
Can be operated with instabus Room temperature controllers
Direct operation (local operation)‚ LED for operation/status display
Rated voltage 230 V AC‚ 6 silent semiconductor switch
Electronic protection of outputs against overload and short circuit
6 signal inputs (floating contacts)‚ Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device‚ max. 50 m cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted
Funktionen Ausgänge: Switching (on/off per channel)‚ Configurable transmission of input status
objects
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for supply voltage 230 V AC
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Modular installation device for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4
6 MW
Range overview N 605..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Thermal drive actuator‚ 6 inputs‚ 6 outputs
5WG1605-1AB01
N 605/01
Switch actuator
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 5..
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
2 binary inputs for potential-free contacts
20 cm long wires for connecting phase conductor‚ output‚ inputs and bus
Output to be configured as NO or NC contact
Selectable preferred output state at bus voltage failure and recovery
Switching status object
Selectable additional functions:
On/off delay
Time-switch
Logic operation‚ function forced positioning
Selectable function of the binary inputs:
Acting as secondary inputs directly on the switching outputs or acting as independant binary inputs
with bus communication
Free allocation of the functions switching‚ dimming‚ solar protection control‚ send value and scene
control to the inputs
Two independent switching objects per input
Blocking object for each input
Separately selectable behaviour per input at bus voltage recovery
Telegram rate limitation for both inputs
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus-powered electronics
Enclosed bus terminal for bus connection
Installation in a flush-mounting wall or ceiling box with 60 mm diameter
Dimensions (Ø x H)
53 x 28 mm
Range overview UP 5..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Switch actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A; 2 x binary input
5WG1511-2AB10
UP 511/10
Switch actuator‚ 2 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A; 2 x binary input
5WG1562-2AB31
UP 562/31
4-5
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Combination Devices
Input/output devices
UP 520/31
Venetian blind actuator 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 2 x binary inputs
V 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 2 x binary inputs
V 1 channel
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V Max. cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted 5 m
V For 2 signal inputs (floating contact)
V Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
V Transmitting status per channel
V Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Individual configuration of actuator channels
V Travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units
V Bus connection via bus terminal
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with Ø 60 mm
4
Dimension (Ø x H)
UP 525/31
53 x 28 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1520-2AB31
UP 520/31
Universal dimmer UP 525/31‚ 210 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz (R‚L‚C load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
With semiconductor output for switching and dimming of lamps
Rated operational voltage AC 230 V‚ 50/60 Hz
Connected load 50...210 VA
Settable switching and dimming behaviour
Selectable mode of operation (normal mode‚ timer mode)
Soft on‚ Soft off
Dimming or jumping to a new dimming value
Time-delayed switch-off when dimming below a settable dimming value
Status objects for switching and dimming value
Short-circuit message
Message of a load failure
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Object for blocking the output
Configurable brightness value at start and end of a blocking phase
Adjustable behaviour of the output after bus voltage recovery
2 binary inputs for potential-free contacts
Selectable function of the binary inputs: acting as secondary inputs directly on the switching outputs
or acting as independant binary inputs with bus communication
Free allocation of the functions switching‚ dimming‚ solar protection control‚ send value and scene
control to the inputs
Two independent switching objects per input
Blocking object for each input
Separately selectable behaviour per input at bus voltage recovery
Telegram rate limitation for both inputs
About 20 cm long wires for connecting phase conductor‚ output‚ inputs and bus
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling unit
Enclosed bus terminal for bus connection
For installation in a flush-mounting wall or ceiling box with 60 mm diameter
Dimension (Ø x H)
53 x 28 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1525-2AB31
UP 525/31
4-6
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Combination Devices
Input/output devices
Pushbutton interface
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 220/..
Inputs / outputs each configurable for potential-free contacts or for control of an LED
Generation of the sensing voltage for potential-free contacts
For inserting into flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with Ø = 60 mm
Inputs max. 10 m cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted
Input functions: Locking of inputs using blocking objects‚ Adjustable duration of long button press‚
Configurable contact type (NO contact/NC contact)
Transmission parameters: Adjustable cyclic transmission‚ Configurable transmission in the event of
bus voltage recovery
Short/long button press can be evaluated
Switching on/off/toggle
Value transmission 8 Bit‚ 16 Bit
Single button dimming
2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram (4 bit)
2-pushbutton dimming with cyclic transmission (4 bit)
2-pushbutton dimming with value setting (8 bit)
1-/2-pushbutton shutter/blind control
Szene store and call up scene: 8 Bit‚ in conjunction with scene module 1 Bit
Pulse counting with/without limit value monitoring (8 bit‚ 16 bit‚ 32 bit)
1-pushbutton group control
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling unit‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
4
42 x 42 x 8.5 mm
Range overview I/O pushbutton interface
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton interface‚ 2 x potential-free contact‚ output for LED control
5WG1220-2AB21
UP 220/21
Pushbutton interface‚ 4 x potential-free contact‚ output for LED control
5WG1220-2DB31
UP 220D31
Recommendation: LED light insert‚ for switches and pushbutton inserts‚ red‚ 1.5 V DC‚ 1 mA (Stock No.: 5TG7318).
Accessories for UP 220/..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
LED light insert
5TG7318
5TG7318
4-7
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
5
Overview and selection guides
Technical specification
Dimmers
5-2
Switch/dimming actuators
5-3
Dimmers
5-8
Switch/dimming actuators
5-10
Load data for switch/dimming actuators per channel
5-12
Light level controls
5-13
Dimmers
Modular Dimmers
5-15
Switch/dimming actuators
DALI control outputs
5-20
Control outputs 1...10 V
5-24
5-17
Light level controls
5-26
Lighting
Overview and selection guides
Dimmers
Universal dimmers
Universal dimmers are dimmers which automatically determine the load type
connected to their outputs (resistive, inductive or capacitive) and switch over
accordingly to leading-edge phase mode (for a resistive or inductive load such
as incandescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with an upstream conventional
transformer) or trailing-edge phase mode (for a capacitive load such as LV halogen lamps with an upstream electronic transformer).
1-channel operation without KNX, control via conventional pushbuttons at the
two inputs (E1, E2)1)
E1
E2
I202_02034
Block diagram 1:
230 V AC
300 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
Block diagram 2:
Combination options for universal dimmers, main modules and expansions.1)
max. 6 units, max. cable length 2 m
Main Module
300 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
Submodules
300 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
300 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
300 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
I202_02288
300 VA
500 VA
300 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
Mixed operation
all combinations possible
Block diagram 3:
Combination options for universal dimmers, main modules and expansions, as well as for increased performance.1)
max. 6 units, max. cable length 2 m
Main Module
300 VA
500 VA
Submodules
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
300 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
I202_02289
5
Universal dimmer
expansion
2000 VA
2000 VA
Only the submodules 1000 VA may be used in parallel mode.
300 VA and 500 VA modules must not be used in parallel mode.
1)
The block diagrams shown here are just an example of how modules can be interconnected and interfaced. For more detailed information, see
www.siemens.com/gamma-td
5-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Overview and selection guides
Switch/dimming actuators
DALI – simple and easy to manage
The Digital Addressable Lighting Interface (DALI) was introduced in 2004 to replace the
classic 1...10 V interface on the market. The manufacturer neutral DALI bus is a system
control electronic control gear (ballast or ECG) in lighting technology. International standard
IEC 62386 specifies the DALI communication interface. In addition to ECGs, the DALI inteface
also supports selected sensors.
DALI communication allows all DALI devices to be simultaneously controlled with same command (broadcast). When controlled via broadcast, all
DALI devices respond as if they were jointly controlled via one 1...10 V interface. A second control method under DALI is to assign a DALI device to
one of up to 16 groups (group addressing) or to control each individual DALI device (individual addressing).
DALI is not limited to receiving just switching and dimming commands, but can also report status information on lighting status or fault states,
e.g. in the event a luminaire or ECG fails.
DALI can assign DALI devices to up to 16 scenes. The specific settings for each scene are then stored in the individual DALI devices and can be
started with a single command allowing complex scenes or very fast command processing. And yet the expense of dimming with KNX and DALI
does not exceed 1...10 V. In fact, if you compare wiring expenses for DALI and 1...10 V as well as the difference in costs for materials and work,
you can implement a project with DALI at approximately one third less than with 1...10 V.
In the simplest level, a control device for lighting control with DALI can include a brightness sensor, presence detector, or a combination of
brightness sensor/presence detector that controls a group of luminaires by occupancy and daylight. For these simple, local applications, where
DALI from one sensor is used as the interface to one or more DALI devices, the broadcast is used as a replace for classic control via 1...10 V. In this
regard, these applications are not considered networked systems.
In just one DALI line, up to 64 individual DALI ECGs (slaves) can be connected by the connected control device/gateway (master). The ECG receives an address generated automatically during DALI commissioning and in another commissioning step, receives a short address of 0...63 based
on the initial address. The device assignment is random since the address assignment is automatic and the individual ECG/luminaires must be
initially identified as the commissioning process proceeds. Individual ECG are addressed either based on the short address (individual control) or
based on a DALI group address (group addressing). To this end, any number of ECG from one line may be assigned in up to 16 DALI groups. The
group addressing in the DALI system ensures that switching and dimming actions are executed by the various luminaires within a system at the
same time (i.e. without delay). Individual luminaire values can be compiled in individual DALI ECG, in addition to addressing by short addresses
and group addresses and initiated via scene addressing.
Additional information on DALI is available in the DALI technical manual at: www.dali-ag.org
Compare 1...10 V control system to DALI with KNX
1 ... 10 V control
KNX
Switch/dimming actuators
230 V AC
ECG
Switch/dimming actuators
Switch/dimming actuators
ECG
1 ... 10 V
ECG
DALI
KNX/DALI
Gateway
24 V DC
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
I201_14024b
DALI ECG
DALI
5-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
5
Lighting
Overview and selection guides
Switch/dimming actuators
Wiring of lighting groups 1...10 V control with KNX
KNX
1 ... 10 V
L1 L2 L3
1 ... 10V
KNX
5
1 ... 10V
KNX
1 ... 10V
KNX
1 ... 10V
KNX
1 ... 10V
KNX
1 ... 10V
KNX
1 ... 10V
KNX
1 ... 10V
KNX
I201_14025a
230 V AC
Wiring of lighting groups with DALI with KNX
KNX
DALI
L1 L2 L3
DALI
KNX
I201_14026a
230 V AC
Advantages:
•Light groups are not hard-wired
•Separate planning of control cables and power supply
•Even load distribution in the power supply
•Lower fire load due to fewer cables
•Planning is easier and faster
•Integration of emergency lighting in general lighting
•New: Supports sensors with the DALI interface
•New: Stand-by shut down when lighting is switched off
5-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Overview and selection guides
Switch/dimming actuators
Application Example
Intelligent solution via safety supply and KNX/DALI gateway with status indication in emergency mode
In emergency mode, communication is maintained via the safety supply from KNX and DALI.
The failure detection of the general supply is executed via a KNX binary input, which the KNX/DALI gateway switches to emergency mode. It is not
possible to manually operate the emergency lights in emergency mode.
Topology
KNX
5
additional > 10 sensors
6 mA each per channel
KNX/DALI Gateway
Wall Switches
Sensor Head
DALI Multi Sensors
(max. 8 per channel)
DALI Pushbutton Interface
4-fold (max. 8 per channel)
Channel A
Channel B
max. 190 mA per DALI channel
DALI
230 V AC
I201_19146b
max. 64 ECG per
channel
Stand-by shut down
KNX
Switching
actuator
additional > 10 sensors
6 mA each per channel
KNX/DALI Gateway
Wall Switches
DALI Multi Sensors
(max. 8 per channel)
Sensor Head
DALI Pushbutton Interface
4-fold (max. 8 per channel)
Channel A
230 V AC
Channel B
DALI
max. 190 mA per DALI channel
I201_19147b
max. 64 ECG per
channel
5-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Overview and selection guides
Switch/dimming actuators
Simple solution with KNX/DALI gateway
Normal mode
Emergency operation
•Lighting control with DALI
•Feedback of fault indications and failure of lighting and ECGs to building control
•Automatic emergency lighting in the event of DALI voltage failure
•Parameterization of dimming value of DALI-ECG for emergency lighting via KNX/DALI gateway
Standard power supply
2
230 V AC / 220 V DC
1
3
Emergency power supply
230 V AC / 220 V DC
1
3
KNX
5
DALI
DALI ECG
4
5
KNX
4
DALI ECG
I202_02042a
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI
1 Changeover Unit
4 KNX/DALI Gateway
1 Changeover Unit
4 KNX/DALI Gateway
2 KNX Line Coupler
5 Emergency luminaire
2 KNX Line Coupler
5 Emergency luminaire
3 KNX Power Supply
I202_02043a
2
Emergency power supply
230 V AC
5
230 V AC
Standard power supply
3 KNX Power Supply
Intelligent solution via safety supply and KNX/DALI gateway with status indication in emergency mode
Normal mode
Emergency operation
•Lighting control with DALI
•Feedback of fault indications and failure of lighting and ECGs to building control
•Parameterization of dimming value of DALI-ECG in emergency operation via KNX/DALI gateway
•The continued transmission of status indications in emergency operation is possible because there is no interruption of supply to KNX and
DALI.
Standard power supply
Emergency power supply
2
230 V AC / 220 V DC
1
230 V AC
Emergency power supply
230 V AC / 220 V DC
1
3
3
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
6
KNX
5
DALI
DALI ECG
1 Changeover Unit
4 KNX/DALI Gateway
2 KNX Line Coupler
5 Emergency luminaire
3 KNX Power Supply
6 KNX binary input
4
5
KNX
4
I202_02046a
6
DALI
DALI ECG
1 Changeover Unit
4 KNX/DALI Gateway
2 KNX Line Coupler
5 Emergency luminaire
3 KNX Power Supply
6 KNX binary input
I202_02047a
2
230 V AC
Standard power supply
Emergency lighting with single battery KNX/DALI gateway
5-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Overview and selection guides
Switch/dimming actuators
Normal mode with two DALI devices
Emergency operation with two DALI devices
•Lighting control with DALI
•Initiate/record/save tests
•Automatic emergency lighting acc. to parameterization via KNX/DALI
gateway
230 V AC
Inverter
Inverter
DALI
Emergency lighting
I202_02305a
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
Normal mode with one DALI device
230 V AC
Emergency lighting
Battery
I202_02306a
Battery
Emergency mode with one DALI device
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
LED
DALI
LED
I201_19144a
I201_19145a
Battery
Battery
5-7
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
5
Lighting
Technical specifications
Dimmers
UP 525/31
RS 525/23
N 527/412)
N527/421)
UP 525/13
N 528/412)
UP 525/03
N 528/31
5
N 527/31
N527/321)
Type
N 527/512)
N527/521)
Dimmers
N
N
N
N
n
n
n
n
N
n
UP
UP
UP
RS
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation devices for mounting on
TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket
boxes with Ø = 60 mm
10-pole BTI socket (BTI - Bus Transceiver Interface)
for plugging of bus terminal devices with BTI connector
Modular installation device for mounting in AP 118
automation module box or AP 641 room control
box5)
Interface for connection of a universal dimmer
expansion
Dimensions
•Width/Ø [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
Mounting type
Screw fixing
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
3 MW
3 MW
3 MW
3 MW
3 MW
71
71
41,5
50
41.3
50.9
Ø 53
28
50.2
35.5
48.8
n
n
n
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply
unit, for supply voltage 230 V AC
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R, L, C
R, L, C
R, L, C
R, L, C
R, L, C
R, L, C
R, L, C
R, L, C
R, L, C
230
20...
4)
500
~
230
20...
4)
300
~
230
20...
4)
300
~
230
20...
4)
500
~
230
20...
3)4)
1000
~
230
230
230
230
n
n
n
n
n
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Outputs
Load output
Number of channels
Load type
Load
Contact rated voltage, AC [V]
Dimmer output [VA]
Protection
Electronic protection of outputs against overload
and short circuit
~
~
~
~
~
10... 250 10... 250 50... 210 10... 250
~
~
n
~
~
n
~
~
n
~
~
n
Inputs
Max. cable length, unshielded, twisted [m]
100
100
100
100
100
5
For signal inputs (floating contact)
2
Determination of switching state by means of the
n
n
n
n
n
n
voltage generated in the device
For conventional pushbuttons 230 V AC
2
2
2
2
2
1)
For islanding.
2)
Bus operation only when used together with N 527/31, N527/32 or N 528/31.
3)
Increased performance through parallel switching of the outputs of two N 527/51 to 40...2000 VA, (for electronic transformers 80...2000 VA) only in
conjunction with main module N 527/31, N527/32 or N 528/31 and ETS parameterization.
4)
Low-voltage halogen lamps with electronic transformers require a minimum load of 40 VA.
5)
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately, see Chapter Quick-assembly system - Room control box Module boxes.
5-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Technical specification
Dimmers
Continuation of the table ...
Type
Application program1)
N 527/31
N527/32
982101
N 528/31
UP 525/03
UP 525/13
UP 525/31
RS 525/23
982101
982C01
982C01
301901
982C01
255
383
120
120
120
120
26
27
120
120
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Output functions
Max. number of group addresses
255
Max. number of assignments
383
n
Blocking function
n
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
n
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
Switching
n
Switching ON/OFF
n
Configurable starting value
n
Blocking object per channel
Dimming
n
BRIGHTER/DARKER dimming
Adjustable dimming range
n
Minimum dimming value (basic brightness)
Maximum dimming value
Operation of 2 dimming modules (using two different dimn
ming time curves)
n
Dim or startup 8-bit value
Scenes
n
1-bit scene
n
8-bit scene
Scenes to be integrated per channel
81)
Status
n
Transmitting switch and dimming status
Fault indications overload/short circuit/ overtemperature on
n
bus
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
2)
Only assignment of scene number 1...8 possible.
n
5
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
81)
8
8
81)
8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
5-9
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Technical specifications
Switch/dimming actuators
Switching/dimming actuators
DALI control outputs
Type
Application program1)
5
Control outputs 1...10 V
N 141/21
9834xx1)
N 141/03
9837xx1)
N 141/31
9833xx1)
N 525E01
980801
N 526E02
981301
N 526/02
905303
n
N
N
N
N
N
n
n
n
n
n
n
4 MW
4 MW
4 MW
4 MW
8 MW
6 MW
n
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation devices for mounting on
TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimensions
Width [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
Display/control elements
Mechanical switching position indication for
status indication per output
LED for status indication per output
LEDs for fault indication (lighting failure) per output
n
n
n
Pushbuttons for local operation on the device
Direct operation (local operation)
Mechanical local operation with switching position indication
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit
DALI outputs powered via an integrated power supply unit
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
8
3
60 units
20 units
8
230
16
32)
120
6
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via contact system to data rail
Bus connection via bus terminal
n
n
n
n
2
64 units
1
64 units
2
64 units
8
8 units
n
Outputs
Control output
1...10 V DC
DALI outputs (lines)
Max. ECG per output (Osram Dynamik 58 W)
Load output2)
Floating relay contacts
Contact rated voltage, AC [V]
Contact rated current [A]
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
2)
Except channel C
5-10
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Technical specifications
Switch/dimming actuators
Continuation of the table ...
Type
Application program1)
N 141/21
9834xx1)
DALI control outputs
N 141/03
N 141/31
9837xx1)
9833xx1)
N 525E01
980801
Control outputs 1...10 V
N 526E02
N 526/02
981301
905303
Functions
Max. number of group addresses
Max. number of assignments
Integrated constant light level control
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
Configurable behavior in the event of a system voltage failure
Configurable behavior in the event of a system voltage recovery
Control functions
Broadcast
Groups
Individual ECG
Switching
Switching ON/OFF
Configurable starting value
Switching ON/OFF possible via BRIGHTER/DARKER dimming
Dimming
BRIGHTER/DARKER dimming
Adjustable dimming time
Brightness limitation, adjustable min. dimming value/max. dimming
value
Value transmission
Set 8-bit value
Scene control
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Scenes to be integrated per DALI output
Scenes to be integrated per channel
Effect control
Integrated effect control (one-off or cyclic chaselight operation,
color control)
Emergency lighting
Support for prescribed test sequences for emergency lights
Controlling single battery lights
Saves test results of emergency lighting
Status
DALI short circuit
DALI power supply
Status output (ON/OFF, value, lamp fault, ECG fault)
Status group (ON/OFF, value, lamp fault, ECG fault)
Status ECG (ON/OFF, value, lamp fault, ECG fault)
Time functions
ON/OFF delay
Timer mode, 1-step (stairwell circuits)
Timer mode, 2-step
Night mode (lighting for cleaning)
Warning of impending OFF
4500
4500
16
4500
4500
16
3000
3000
108
107
250
250
35
47
3
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
32
128
16
64
32
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
16
16
16
16
5
8
4
4
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n2)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n3)
n3)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Further functions
n
DALI sensors4)
Stand-by shut down (areas)
12
n
Renew defective ECG without software
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
2)
Per channel.
3)
Status ON/OFF, value.
4)
Only selected DALI sensors are supported, see APB www.siemens.com/gamma-td
6
n
n
n
5-11
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Technical specifications
Load data for switch/dimming actuators per channel
Switching/dimming actuators
N 526E02
N 526/02
16
6
400/0.15
120/20
230
230
1
10
0.4
Contact current
Rated current, AC [A]
Maximum switch-on peak current (if more than one, specification of
the highest current value)[A/ms]
Contact voltage
5
Rated voltage, AC [V]
Service life
Mechanical service life Switching operations in millions
Electrical service life Switching operations in millions
1)
Power loss
Maximum power loss per device at rated power [W]
9
6
3680
12/100
24/10
140
1380
Incandescent lamps [W]
2500
1380
Halogen lamp 230 V [W]
LV halogen lamp with conventional transformer (inductive) [VA]
2500
500
1380
500
2500
1300
2500
59
31
21
9
1380
1380
1380
22
9
6
2
1600
1100
25
1380
1380
9
14
8
4
2
Switching capacities/load types, loads
Resistive load [W]
Minimum switching capacity [V/mA]
DC switching capacity [V/A]
Maximum capacitive load [µF]
1)
30/8
163
Incandescent lamps
T5/T8 fluorescent lamps
Uncorrected [VA]
Parallel corrected (at max. possible C)[W]
DUO circuit [VA]
ECG Osram QTI 1 x 28/54W [Unit(s)]
ECG Osram QTP 1 x 18/24/36 W [Unit(s)]
ECG Osram QTP 1 x 58 W [Unit(s)]
ECG Osram QTP 2 x 18/24/58 W; 3 x 18 W; 4 x 18 W [Unit(s)]
Compact lamps
Uncorrected [VA]
Parallel corrected (at max. possible C)[W]
ECG Osram Duluxtronics DT [Unit(s)]
Mercury-vapor lamps
ECG Osram PTI 35/220-240S [Unit(s)]
ECG Osram PTI 70/220-240S [Unit(s)]
1)
On request.
For complete technical specifications, see: www.siemens.com/gamma-td
5-12
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Technical specifications
Light level controls
Sensors
Type
UP 258E21
UP 285D11
UP 255/11
AP 255/12
GE 255/13
AP 254/02
UP/AP
UP/AP
UP
AP
GE
AP
Enclosure data
Design
For installation in lights
Dimensions
•Width/Ø [mm](1 MW = 18 mm)
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
n
88
631)
88
631)
75
20
75
27
50
20
35
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1-channel
1-channel
1-channel
1-channel
1-channel
5
72
110
54
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Control
Integrated constant light level control
Integrated two-step control
Light level controls
dependent on surrounding light
Offset groups
n
4 channels
4 channels
Light sensor
External light
Indoor brightness
n
n
n
Indoor brightness (indirect lighting)
n
n
n
Transmission of brightness values over KNX
n
n
n
1)
For flush mounting, mounting height approx. 31 mm, for surface mounting with AP 258E surface-mounting enclosure, approx. 73 mm.
n
n
5-13
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Notes
5
5-14
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Dimmers
Modular Dimmers
Universal Dimmer‚ main modul (R‚L‚C load)
N 52../3..
V One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
V Interface for connecting universal dimmer submodules and with software for controlling up to 5 universal dimmer submodules
V Automatic adjustment to leading edge or trailing edge control‚ depending on the type of load
V Integrated power supply unit for the electronics‚ connected to 230 V AC
V A pushbutton on top of the device for switching between bus mode and direct mode and for selecting
the device (output A…F) to be switched directly
V Two pushbuttons on top of the device for switching and dimming the selected output in direct operating mode
V 6 bicolor LEDs for indicating the switch status or an error (blinking) in the selected device (output)
V Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ one- or two-level timer mode‚ blinking)
V Integrated 8-bit scene control and integration of each output in up to 8 scenes
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
V Electronic protection of the output against overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise
V 2 subsidiary inputs for 230 V AC (with neutral line as reference potential) for connecting 2 conventional pushbuttons for direct switching and dimming of the output and with selectable additional
transmission of these switching and dimming commands via the bus
V Max. length of connecting lines on the subsidiary inputs up to 100 m
V Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
5
3 MW
Range overview universal dimmer main modules N 52../31
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Universal Dimmer‚ main modul‚ 20 ... 300 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5WG1528-1AB31
N 528/31
Universal Dimmer‚ main modul‚ 20 ... 500 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5WG1527-1AB31
N 527/31
Universal Dimmer‚ main modul‚ 20 ... 500 VA‚ for Islanding
5WG1527-1AB32
N 527/32
Low-voltage halogen lamps with electronic transformers require a minimum load of 40 VA.
5-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Dimmers
Modular Dimmers
N 527../528..
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ (R‚L‚C load)
V One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
V Interface for connecting the universal dimmer submodule to the universal dimmer main module and
/ or connecting further universal dimmer submodules
V Rotary switch for adjusting the device (output) address to B...F
V Selectable objects and adjustable operation mode of each device (output) as well as for the main module via the main module’s application program
V Automatic adjustment to leading edge or trailing edge control‚ depending on the type of load
V Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit‚ for supply voltage 230 V AC
V Integrated 8-bit scene control and integration of each output in up to 8 scenes
V Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ one- or two-level timer mode‚ blinking)
V Electronic protection of the output against overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise
V 2 subsidiary inputs for 230 V AC (with neutral line as reference potential) for connecting 2 conventional pushbuttons for direct switching and dimming of the output and with selectable additional
transmission of these switching and dimming commands via the bus
V Length of connecting lines on the subsidiary inputs up to 100 m
V Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device
5
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
3 MW
Range overview universal dimmer expansions
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…300 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5WG1528-1AB41
N 528/41
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…500 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5WG1527-1AB41
N 527/41
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…1000 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5WG1527-1AB51
N 527/51
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…500 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ for Islanding‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5WG1527-1AB42
N 527/42
Universal Dimmer‚ expansions‚ 20…1000 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ for Islanding‚ (R‚L‚C load)
5WG1527-1AB52
N 527/52
Low-voltage halogen lamps with electronic transformers require a minimum load of 40 VA.
5-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Dimmers
UP 525/..3
Universal Dimmer‚ (R‚L‚C load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
Automatic adjustment to leading edge or trailing edge control‚ depending on the type of load
Rated operational voltage 230 V AC
Rated frequency 50...60 Hz
Rated power at +35°C ambient temperature: 10…250 VA
Electronic protection of the output against overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise
Reporting of overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise via the bus
Screwless terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or multicore conductors‚ 0.5...2.5mm²
Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ one- or two-level timer mode‚ blinking)
Adjustable on- and off-delay
Separately adjustable dimming time from 0% to 100% for switching on / off and dimming brighter /
darker
Two dimming value objects‚ each with individually adjustable dimming time from 0...100%
The ability to switch an output on or off by dimming brighter / darker
Adjustable dimming value when switching on
Immediate activation (jumping) or dimming to a new dimming value
Selectable additional status object switching and / or status object dimming value for each output
Additional object for each output for blocking / releasing the output
Sending of status objects on request and / or automatically after a change
Adjustable blocking time for sending status objects after restart and bus voltage recovery
Adjustable dimming value for each output in the event of bus voltage failure and recovery‚ as well as
for mains voltage recovery
Additional night mode object for time-limited switching on the output (and hence illumination) at
night
Adjustable on period at night or with timer mode
Selectable warning of imminent switching off the illumination by dimming to 50% of the previous
dimming value during night mode or timer mode
Integrated 8-bit scene control and integration of each output in up to 8 scenes
Separately adjustable dimming time for scene control
Selectable counting of operating hours and with threshold monitoring of the operating hours
Selectable counting of load cycles and with threshold monitoring of the load cycles
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
5
Range overview universal dimmer
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Universal Dimmer‚ 1 x 230 V AC‚ 10 ... 250 VA‚ with mounting frame and BTI interface
5WG1525-2AB03
UP 525/03
Universal Dimmer‚ 1 x 230 V AC‚ 10 ... 250 VA‚ without mounting frame
5WG1525-2AB13
UP 525/13
5-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Dimmers
RS 525/23
Universal Dimmer‚ 1 x 230 V AC‚ 250 VA‚ (R‚L‚C load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
5
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
Automatic adjustment to leading edge or trailing edge control‚ depending on the type of load
Rated operational voltage AC 230 V
Rated frequency 50...60 Hz
Rated power at +35°C ambient temperature: 10…250 VA
Electronic protection of the output against overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise
Reporting of overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise via the bus
Maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5...2.5mm²
Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ one- or two-level timer mode‚ blinking)
Adjustable on- and off-delay
Separately adjustable dimming time from 0...100 % for switching on / off and dimming brighter / darker
Two dimming value objects‚ each with individually adjustable dimming time from 0...100 %
The ability to switch an output on or off by dimming brighter / darker
Adjustable dimming value when switching on
Immediate activation (jumping) or dimming to a new dimming value
Selectable additional status object switching and / or status object dimming value for each output
Additional object for each output for blocking / releasing the output
Sending of status objects on request and / or automatically after a change
Adjustable blocking time for sending status objects after restart and bus voltage recovery
Adjustable dimming value for each output in the event of bus voltage failure and recovery‚ as well as
for mains voltage recovery
Additional night mode object for time-limited switching on the output (and hence illumination) at
night
Adjustable on period at night or with timer mode
Selectable warning of imminent switching off the illumination by dimming to 50 % of the previous
dimming value during night mode or timer mode
Integrated 8-bit scene control and integration of each output in up to 8 scenes
Separately adjustable dimming time for scene control
Selectable counting of operating hours and with threshold monitoring of the operating hours
Selectable counting of load cycles and with threshold monitoring of the load cycles
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
50.2 x 48.8 x 35.5 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1525-2AB23
RS 525/23
5-18
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Dimmers
Universal dimmer UP 525/31‚ 210 VA‚ AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz (R‚L‚C load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 525/31
One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
With semiconductor output for switching and dimming of lamps
Rated operational voltage AC 230 V‚ 50/60 Hz
Connected load 50...210 VA
Settable switching and dimming behaviour
Selectable mode of operation (normal mode‚ timer mode)
Soft on‚ Soft off
Dimming or jumping to a new dimming value
Time-delayed switch-off when dimming below a settable dimming value
Status objects for switching and dimming value
Short-circuit message
Message of a load failure
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Object for blocking the output
Configurable brightness value at start and end of a blocking phase
Adjustable behaviour of the output after bus voltage recovery
2 binary inputs for potential-free contacts
Selectable function of the binary inputs: acting as secondary inputs directly on the switching outputs
or acting as independant binary inputs with bus communication
Free allocation of the functions switching‚ dimming‚ solar protection control‚ send value and scene
control to the inputs
Two independent switching objects per input
Blocking object for each input
Separately selectable behaviour per input at bus voltage recovery
Telegram rate limitation for both inputs
About 20 cm long wires for connecting phase conductor‚ output‚ inputs and bus
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling unit
Enclosed bus terminal for bus connection
For installation in a flush-mounting wall or ceiling box with 60 mm diameter
Dimension (Ø x H)
5
53 x 28 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1525-2AB31
UP 525/31
5-19
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Switch/dimming actuators
DALI control outputs
N 141/03‚ N 141/21
KNX / DALI Gateway plus/ Twin plus
V With emergency lighting‚ with sensors
V For communication via KNX EIB with electronic ballasts (ECG) with a DALI interface
V DALI outputs acc. to IEC 62386‚ each for communication with up to 64 DALI ECG and at least 10 sensors
V Integrated power supply with input voltage AC 110-240 V‚ 50-60 Hz or DC 120-240 V for powering
the gateway electronics and DALI output
V Maximum DALI output voltage of 19 V‚ short circuit resistant
V Incorrect voltage detection during commissioning‚ whether incorrect power line is connected to a
DALI output
V LED display for displaying operation mode and error messages
V Pushbutton for switching between bus and direct operating mode
V One pair of push buttons for switching On/Off of all connected DALI ECG
V One LED per DALI output for status signal of all connected luminaries in direct mode
V Configurable assignment of max. 64 DALI ECG per channel to max. 16 DALI groups per channel‚ exclusive controlled in groups or single (switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) and feedback for group
status and lamp failure
V Configurable behaviour for bus failure (stand-alone mode)
V Configurable pre-loaded applications without software (ETS)
V Configurable function burn-in for all ECG via pushbutton or single via object
V Scheduler for day‚ week‚ date and additional astro function
V Control (switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) of all connected luminaries together in broadcast
mode
V Status signal and display of lamp and ECG failure per group and per DALI device
V Transformation of dimming commands into a temporary set point adjustment for ECG with integrated
constant light level control and directly connected light level sensor
V One or two level timer
V Up to four integrated one time or cyclical control of repeatable sequences or color effects
V Distinction between self-contained emergency luminaries with one or two DALI devices
V Starting the self-conducted testing of each individual inverter and reporting the test result via bus or
save in a persistent memory with memory space monitoring over object
V Distinction between function test‚ short duration test‚ and long duration test
V Optional configuration of any DALI ECG to dim to a preset dimming value in case of emergency mode
V Locking of switching and dimming commands as well as configuration while emergency mode is activated
V Activation of emergency mode based on a configurable number of failed DALI ECG
V Lock object to elimination of failure messages interruption of ECG during emergency lighting testing
V Inhibit mode for disabling battery mode of self-contained emergency luminaries over pushbutton
V Per channel up to six stand-by-area analysis for activation of switch actuators
V Integrated scene control for up to 16 scenes per channel
V 16 integrated 2-level-controller for brightness control
V 16 integrated constant light level controller for main luminaries group and up to four additional luminaries groups
V Possible assignment of a CIN to a DALI ECG
V possibility to reintegrate defective DALI ECG without software (ETS)
V Assignment of DALI ECG to groups and test option for ECG‚ groups‚ scenes and effects via ETS during
commissioning
V Assignment of DALI sensors and test option of sensors via ETS during commissioning
V Integrated bus coupling unit with only half a standard bus load‚ bus connection via bus terminal
V Mounting on DIN rail EN 60715-TH35-7.5
5
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Range overview for KNX / DALI Gateway N 141/03 and N 141/21
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
KNX / DALI Gateway plus‚ 1 channel
5WG1141-1AB03
N 141/03
KNX / DALI Gateway Twin plus‚ 2 channels
5WG1141-1AB21
N 141/21
NEW PRODUCT
5-20
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Switch/dimming actuators
DALI control outputs
KNX / DALI Gateway Twin
N 141/31
V Communication via KNX EIB with electronic ballasts (ECG) with a DALI interface
V Two (2) DALI output acc. to IEC 60929‚ each for communication with up to 64 DALI ballasts and at
least 10 sensors
V Integrated power supply with input voltage 110...240 V AC‚ 50...60 Hz or 120...240 V DC for powering
the gateway electronics and DALI output
V Maximum DALI output voltage of 19 V‚ short circuit resistant
V Incorrect voltage detection during commissioning‚ whether incorrect power line is connected to a
DALI output
V LC display for displaying operation mode and error messages
V Pushbutton for switching between bus and direct operating mode
V One pair of push buttons for switching On/Off of all connected DALI ballasts
V One LED per DALI output for status signal of all connected luminaries in direct mode
V Configurable assignment of max. 128 DALI ECG to max. 32 DALI groups‚ exclusive controlled in groups
(switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) and feedback for group status and lamp failure
V Configurable behaviour for bus failure (stand-alone mode)
V Control (switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) of all connected luminaries together in broad-cast
mode
V Status signal and display of lamp and ECG failure per group and per DALI device
V Possibility to reintegrate defective DALI ECG without software
V One or two level timer
V Integrated scene control for up to 32 scenes
V 16 integrated 2-level-controller for brightness control
V Assignment of DALI ECG to groups and test option for ECG‚ groups and scenes via ETS during commissioning
V Assignment of DALI sensors and test option of sensors via ETS during commissioning
V Integrated bus coupling unit with only half a standard bus load‚ bus connection via bus terminal
V Mounting on DIN rail EN 60715-TH35-7.5
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
5
4 WM
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1141-1AB31
N 141/31
5-21
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Switch/dimming actuators
DALI control outputs
Accessories for KNX / DALI Gateway
UP 141/51
DALI Multisensor office
V Used as passive infrared detector for indoor ceiling installation
- Sensing range‚ horizontal 360 °‚ vertical approx. 80 °
- For monitoring an area with a diameter of approx. 4 m to approx. 7 m (depending on mounting and
room height)
- LED on sensor head for display
V Used as brightness sensor
- ConeDshaped detection area‚ opening angle 90 °
- Measuring range 20 to 1000 lx
V Integrated DALI bus coupling unit for communicating with a central DALI controller
V Power supply through DALI line with 5 mA DALI bus load
V Plug-in terminals for connecting the DALI line
V For installation in suspended ceilings
5
Dimensions (Ø x H)
UP 141/71
40 x 19 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1141-2AB51
UP 141/51
DALI Push button interface 4fold
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Binary input device
4 inputs to connect installation buttons
Supported actions per input
Short button press
Long button press
Integrated DALI bus coupling unit for communicating with a central DALI controller
Power supply through DALI line with 6 mA DALI bus load
For flush-mounting wall or ceiling outlet installations with a 60 mm diameter and depth of 60 mm
Plug-in terminals for connecting the DALI line
Cable set for connecting pushbuttons
Dimensions (W x H x D)
43 x 43 x 11 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1141-2AB71
UP 141/71
5-22
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Switch/dimming actuators
DALI control outputs
Switch/dimming actuator‚ 8 x DALI‚ 8 ECGs per DALI output
N 525E01
V 8 DALI outputs
V Control capacity for up to 8 DALI-ECGs per DALI output
V Power supplied to the electronics and the DALI outputs through an integrated power supply unit for
230 V AC
V Green LED for status display
V Pushbutton for selecting and switching over 4 DALI outputs respectively between bus and direct mode
V Yellow LED for indicating which 4 DALI outputs the direct mode is activated for
V 1 red LED per DALI output for indicating the circuit state or fault (e.g. lighting medium failure) of the
connected group
V Four pushbutton pairs for switching and dimming of 4 DALI outputs in direct mode‚ functional when
230 V AC is applied (also when no bus voltage is connected and also when bus communication has
not yet been started or is interrupted)
V Selection of identical or individual configuration of all DALI outputs
V Selectable operating mode per DALI output (normal mode‚ 1-level or 2-level time-switch mode)
V Per DALI output with command objects for switching on/off‚ dimming brighter/darker and setting dimming value
V Per DALI output optionally with up to 4 add-on status objects (circuit state and lighting medium failure‚ dimming value status and DALI status)
V Sending of status objects on request and/or automatically after change
V Per DALI output with add-on object for time-limited switching on of lighting in night mode (cleaning
light)
V Warning approx. 1 minute before imminent switching off‚ by dimming to 50 % of former dimming value in night or timer mode
V Adjustable switching on and/or off of a channel through dimming brighter/darker‚ dimming value
when switching on‚ actuating or dimming a new dimming value‚ dimming time from 0% to 100%
V Adjustable behavior on bus voltage or mains voltage failure and bus voltage or mains voltage recovery
V Add-on object and integrated 8bit scene control for saving and restoring up to 16 scenes per DALI output
V Integrated bus coupling unit as only half standard bus load
V Bus connection through bus terminal as well as contact system to data rail
V Device for mounting on rail TH35 DIN EN 60715
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
5
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1525-1EB01
N 525E01
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter system products and accessories - data rails.
5-23
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Switch/dimming actuators
Control outputs 1...10 V
N 526E02
Switch/dimming actuator 8 x AC 230 V‚ 16 A‚ 1...10 V‚ UL standard
V For switching and dimming of eight mutually independent groups (channels) of fluorescent lamps
with dimmable electronic control gear (ECG)
V 8 control voltage outputs 1...10 V DC
V Control power min. 60 OSRAM ECG dynamic each
V 8 switching outputs (relay contacts) for 230 V AC‚ 50/60 Hz‚ 16 A at p.f. = 1
V Each of them for connection of min. 30 OSRAM ECG dynamic for 58 W fluorescent lamps
V Slide switch per relay output for manual operation and switch position indication
V Selection between identical or individual configuration of all channels
V Command objects for each actuator channel for switching on/off‚ dimming brighter/darker and
set/value
V One 1-bit and one 8-bit-status object (switching state and dimming value) per output
V Per channel configurable time-limited activation of the lighting during night mode (base lighting)
V Warning 30 seconds prior to imminent switch off by dimming to 50 % of the previous dimming value
for each channel with time-limited operation
V Switching on or off of a channel by dimming brighter/darker
V Configurable dimming value upon switching on
V Jumping or dimming to a new dimming value
V Configurable dimming time from 0...100%
V Integrated 8 bit scene control and assignment of each output to up to 8 scenes
V Transmission of status objects on request‚ cyclically and/or automatically after changes
V Configurable behaviour on bus voltage failure and recovery
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling unit‚ bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
5
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1526-1EB02
N 526E02
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter system products and accessories - data rails.
5-24
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Switch/dimming actuators
Control outputs 1...10 V
Switch / dimming actuator‚ triple‚ 230 V AC‚ 50 / 60Hz‚ 6A‚ with integrated constant light level control
N 526/02
V Can be operated per channel as a pure switching/dimming actuator or as a constant light controller in
master or slave operation mode
V 3 switch outputs for the connection of max. 30 electronic ballasts for 2 x 36 W FL/max. 20 electronic
ballasts for 1 x 58 W FL or max. 15 electronic ballasts for 2 x 36 W FL/max. 10 electronic ballasts for 2
x 58 W FL
V 3 control voltage outputs DC 1-10 V for the connection of max. 50 dimmable electronic ballasts
V 3 inputs for the connection of one brightness sensor GE 255/x each via a 3-core‚ max. 100 m long
cable‚ which is also used as a power supply for the sensor electronics
V Communication objects for sending the measured brightness values
V Communication objects per actuator channel to control the following operating modes: comfort
mode‚ automatic mode and night operation as well as switching‚ dimming and value setting
V Time-dependent activation of the lighting during night operation (lighting for cleaners)
V Automatic toggling from automatic to manual operation of the relevant actuator channel when the
bus push button is pressed for manual switching and dimming of this channel (constant light control
inactive during manual operation)
V Status objects per channel for switching state or dimming value
V Integrated power supply unit for AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz to supply the actuator electronics and a green LED
for operational display
V Push button per actuator channel for local switching of the outputs or for starting a calibration of the
sensor‚ integrated in the actuator housing and able to function even when the bus cable is not
installed and when there is a failure of the bus communication
V Connection of the 230 V supply voltage and all the outputs/inputs via screw terminals 0.5 ... 4 mm
V Integrated bus coupling unit‚ bus connection via bus terminal
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
5
6 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1526-1AB02
N 526/02
5-25
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Light level controls
UP 258.B..1
Presence detectors
V Used as passive infrared detector for indoor ceiling installation
V Sensing range‚ horizontal 360 °‚ vertical approx. 100°‚ rotating/swiveling sensor head‚ optionally for
shading off parts of the sensing range
V For monitoring an area for presence up to approx. 6 x 3.5 m‚ for a mounting height of 2.8 m (presence
detection)‚ motion detection up to 5 x 3.5 m
V Mixed light measurement‚ measuring range 20...1000 lux
V Presence detection for three function blocks (presence detector‚ motion detector and HVAC detector)
V Functions: Switching on/off‚ 8-bit value‚ 16-bit value‚ temperature value‚ brightness value‚ 8-bit scene
control
V Blocking object per function module
V Adjustable delay time per function module‚ which can be optionally set to a fixed time‚ or two times
that can be switched between via bus‚ or set to one value via bus
V Parallel operation of several presence detectors (master-slave‚ master-master) without logic modules
V Integrated IR receiver for S 255/11 IR remote control with six pushbutton pairs (see accessories)
V In the case of individual pushbuttons‚ selectable function per pushbutton: Switching Over‚ Switching
On‚ Switching Off‚ call up 8-bit scene‚ 8-bit value‚ 16-bit value‚ temperature value‚ brightness value
V In the case of pushbutton pairs‚ selectable function Switching on/off‚ switching over/over‚ 2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram‚ 2-pushbutton sun protection control‚ transmit variable 8-bit value‚
8-bit scene control
V Blocking object for IR receiver decoder
V LED for display of detected motions in test mode
V Mounting on the ceiling in a flush-mounting device box with 60 mm diameter and at least 40 mm
mounting depth‚ or in an AP 258E surface-mounting enclosure‚ which must be ordered separately (see
accessories)
5
Dimension (Ø x H)
UP 258E21
88 x 63 mm
Presence detector with brightness sensor
V Integrated constant light level control and 2-step light control‚ optionally available in fully automatic
or semi-automatic version
V 4 channels for offset groups
UP 258D11
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1258-2EB21
UP 258E21
Motion detector with brightness sensor
V Integrated 2-step light control‚ optionally available in fully automatic or semi-automatic version
V 3 independent control channels each with 2 start objects and 2 end objects
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1258-2DB11
UP 258D11
5-26
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Light level controls
Accessories for UP 258.B..1
IR remote control accessories for UP 258E21 or UP 258D11
S 255/11
V 6 pushbutton pairs for the remote control of lighting‚ shutter/blinds and scenes via UP 258E21 or UP
258D11 presence detector
V Parameterization is via ETS in the UP 258E21 or UP 258D11 presence detector
V Range: approx. 4.5 m
V Power supply: CR2025 lithium button cell
V Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529): IP40
Dimensions (W x H x D)
5
40 x 87 x 6 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1255-7AB11
S 255/11
Surface-mounting enclosures for UP 258E21 or UP 258D11
AP 258E01
For fixing the presence detector as a surface mounting device
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1258-7EB01
AP 258E01
5-27
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Light level controls
UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE
255/13
5
Brightness controller
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
For measuring the brightness on an illuminated work area through measurement of the reflected light
Measuring range 0...2000 lux (with a reflectance of the illuminated area of approx. 30%)
Including two rigid optical fiber rods:
Parallel light-sensitive surface for mounting surface
Inclined (30°) light-sensitive surface for mounting surface
Integrated infrared receiver for calibration of the brightness measurement via the S 255 infrared
remote calibration tool
Transmission of the brightness measured value‚ either in the event of change and/or cyclically
Discretionary set-point as a parameter or a communication object
Optional two-step dimmer control for lights that can only be switched or constant light level control
for lights that can be switched and dimmed
Selectable starting value of the lighting at the start of constant light level control
Optionally with dimming of up to 4 further lighting groups to the dimming value of the constant light
level control or a dimming value that differs from the dimming value of the constant light level controller by an offset value‚ which can be set per group
The constant light level control is automatically deactivated by manually dimming‚ or by dimming to
a preset value
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
Range overview UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE 255/13
Product Title
Dimension (Ø x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
UP-Brightness-controller
75 x 20 mm
5WG1255-4AB11
UP 255/11
Brightness controller
75 x 27 mm
5WG1255-4AB12
AP 255/12
5WG1255-4AB13
GE 255/13
Brightness controller
Dimensions (W x H x D)
50 x 35 x 20 mm
Low-voltage halogen lamps with electronic transformers require a minimum load of 40 VA.
Accessories for UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE 255/13
S 255/01
IR remote calibration‚ accessories for UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE 255/13
V Range: up to approx. 4.5 m
V Power supply: CR2025 lithium button cell (included in delivery)
V Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529): IP40
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 86 x 6 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1255-7AB01
S 255/01
5-28
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Lighting
Light level controls
Dual sensor for brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
AP 254/02
Brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
For the detection and transmission of brightness and temperature
Temperature measuring range -25 °C...+55 °C
Brightness measuring range 1 Lux...100 kLux
Horizontal sensing angle -60°...+60°‚ vertical -35°...+66.5°
For the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on the ambient luminosity
and/or ambient temperature
One sun protection channel for the automatic control of sun protection equipment‚ with
Starting and stopping of automation by means of an object or a dusk threshold
Up to three brightness thresholds for determining the height and position of the shutters/blinds or
roller shutters
Optional teach-in of dusk thresholds and brightness thresholds by means of a teach-in facility
Blocking object for the temporary deactivation of the sun protection channel function
Up to four universal channels for the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on ambient luminosity and/or temperature. Optionally available with:
Threshold switches for brightness
Threshold switches for temperature
Threshold switches with logical combination of brightness and temperature
Optional teach-in of brightness threshold for each universal channel by means of an associated teachin facility
Deactivation option for each universal channel by means of an associated blocking object (1 bit)
Optional second object for transmission of a second telegram on fulfillment of threshold conditions
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Surface mounting
Degree of protection: IP54
Dimensions (W x H x D)
5
72 x 110 x 54 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1254-3EY02
AP 254/02
5-29
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection, Anti-Glare Protection,
Utilization of Daylight
6
Overview and selection guides
General
6-2
Technical specifications
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
6-3
Load data for shutter/blind actuators per channel
6-5
Anti-glare / sun protection actuators
Central weather/sun protection systems
6-7
6-16
Sun Protection, Anti-Glare Protection, Utilization of Daylight
Overview and selection guides
General
6
Sunlight tracking control
Shadow outline tracking
Sunlight tracking control and shadow
outline tracking combined
When using the sunlight tracking control, the
blind slats are not completely closed but track
the current sun position so that the sun cannot
shine directly into the room. However, the spaces
between the slats allow as much diffuse daylight
into the room as possible and ensure maximum
daylight with minimum glare, while at the same
time reducing energy costs.
The sunlight tracking function continually adjusts
the blind slats so that they are constantly placed
vertical to the sun. This optimizes the utilization
of daylight.
With activated shadow outline tracking, the
sun protection is not fully extended, rather it is
extended for a configurable distance (e. g. 50
cm) to allow a specified amount of sunshine to
penetrate the room.
Advantages: it is still possible to look out of the
lower part of the window, any plants on the
window sill still benefit from the sunshine, while
occupants of the room are protected from its
glare.
It goes without saying that the two principles
can be combined, thus offering optimum sun
protection.
2
2
1
1
I201_15423a
1
Total reflection from direct sunshine
2
Proportion of diffuse daylight
3
3
I201_15465a
I201_15463a
Maximum depth of sunlight penetration
3
1
Total reflection from direct sunshine
2
Proportion of diffuse daylight
3
Maximum depth of sunlight penetration
2
2
1
1
1
Total reflection from direct sunshine
2
Proportion of diffuse daylight
I201_15466a
I201_15464a
I201_15462a
3
3
3
Maximum depth of sunlight penetration
1
Total reflection from direct sunshine
2
Proportion of diffuse daylight
3
Maximum depth of sunlight penetration
6-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection, Anti-Glare Protection, Utilization of Daylight
Technical specification
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
RS 520/23
RL521/23
UP 520/13
UP 520/31
UP 520/03
N 521
N 524
N 501
N 523/11
N 523/041)
N 523/03
N 523/02
Type
N 522/03
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
UP
UP
UP
RS
RL
n
n
n
n
n
47.8
36.2
86.5
n
Enclosure data
Design
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Modular installation devices for mounting on
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes
with Ø = 60 mm
Modular installation device for mounting in AP 118 automation module box or AP 641 room control box2)
10-pole BTI socket (BTI - Bus Transceiver Interface) for plugging of bus terminal devices with BTI connector
Dimensions
•Width/Ø [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
6 MW 4 MW 4 MW 4 MW 8 MW 8 MW 6 MW 3 MW
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
Mounting type
Screw fixing
n
71
71
42
50
50.9
41.3
53
28
50.2
35.5
48.8
n
n
n
n
Display/control elements
LED for status indication per output
Direct operation (local operation)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit.
Supply voltage 230 V AC
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
4
43)
43)
43)
84)
43)
n
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Bus connection via contact system to data rail
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
1
1
1
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6
6
6
6
6
6
n
Outputs
Load output
Number of channels (one UP and one DOWN each)
Integrated isolating relay function for connection of
2 drives per channel
Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of
rotation)
Contact rated voltage
•230 V AC/50 Hz
•24 V DC
Contact rated current
4
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
8
6
6
6
6
6
1 DC
Inputs
Max. cable length, unshielded, twisted [m]
100
5
For signal inputs (floating contact)
2
Determination of switching state by means of the voltage
n
generated in the device
1)
Also available as c-UL version (5WG1523-1CB04).
2)
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately, see Chapter Quick-assembly system - Room control box enclosure.
3)
2 floating.
4)
6 floating.
6-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
6
Sun Protection, Anti-Glare Protection, Utilization of Daylight
Technical specifications
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
982A01 UP 520/13
982A01 RS 520/23
RL521/23
207301
11
12
120
120
120
120
26
27
120
120
120
120
982B01
982A01 UP 520/03
UP 520/31
520206
40
65
N 521
980201
220
220
N 524
981701
200
200
N 501
980601
110
125
N 523/11
981201
100
100
N 523/03
980181
100
100
N 523/02
114
156
N522/03
980103
Application program1)
981101
Type
N 523/042)
... Continuation of the table
Output functions
6
Max. number of group addresses
Max. number of assignments
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
Configurable behavior in the event of a system voltage
recovery
Operating mode
Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
Manual mode
Standard mode
Status
Transmitting status per channel
Indication of direct operation with status object
Status position of sun protection, 8-bit
Status position of slats, 8-bit
Scene control
Integrated 1-bit scene control
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Scenes to be integrated per channel
Shutter/blind control
Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
Separate raising/lowering protection
Alarm
•Move to safety position
•Locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
•Alarm check, wire break, alarm delayed
•Channels single lockable during alarm
Individual configuration of actuator channels
Shared configuration of actuator channels
Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
Delay time adjustable
Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
End position detection
Adaptation of objects and functions to electronic limit switch
Sun protection control (UP/DOWN)
Using position data (8-bit value)
Travel to end position, stopping, stepwise adjustment
Slat control (OPEN/CLOSE)
Using position data (8-bit value)
Travel to end position, stopping, stepwise adjustment
Step adjustable3)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
8
8
8
8
8
8
n
n
n
8
2
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
%
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
2)
Also available as UL version (5WG1523-1CB04).
3)
n = number, % = %-value.
1)
6-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection, Anti-Glare Protection, Utilization of Daylight
Technical specification
Load data for shutter/blind actuators per channel
N 501 combination shutter/blind
actuators
N 521 shutter/blind actuators
N 523/02 shutter/blind actuators
N 523/03 roller shutter actuators
N 523/04 shutter/blind actuators
N 523/11 shutter/blind actuators
N 522/03 shutter/blind actuators
N 524 shutter/blind actuators
RL 521/23 shutter/blind actuators
UP 520/03 shutter/blind actuators
UP520/13 shutter/blind actuators
RS 520/23 shutter/blind actuators
Load data for shutter/blind actuators per channel
6 (AC)
200
6 (AC)
500
6 (AC)
200
6 (AC)
200
8 (AC)
200
1 (DC)
200
6 (AC)
500
6 (AC)
500
AC 230
AC 230
AC 230
AC 230
AC 230
DC 24
AC 230
AC 230
20
50
20
20
20
20
10
10
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0,1
0,1
7
2
3
5
8
6
4,5
2,3
1380
5/10
24/8
1840
5/10
24/8
24
5/10
24/8
1380
24/10
30/10
1380
24/10
30/10
Contact current
Rated current [A]
AC3 operation (p.f. = 0.45)[VA]
Contact voltage
Rated voltage [V]
Service life
Mechanical service life
Switching operations in millions
Electrical service life
Switching operations in millions
Power loss
Maximum power loss per device at
rated power [W]
Switching capacities/load types, loads
Resistive load [W]
1380
1380
1380
Minimum switching capacity [V/mA]
5/10
24/10
5/10
DC switching capacity [V/A]
24/8
30/10
24/8
1)
On request.
For complete technical specifications, see: www.siemens.com/gamma-td.
6-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
6
Notes
6
6-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 8 A‚ with limit position detection and
sunlight tracking
N 522/03
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical or electronic limit switches
V Integrated electronics for detection of the actuation of an electromechanical limit switch and with
auto-calibration of the travel time from one limit switch to the other
V Electrically interlocked relays to reverse the direction of rotation
V Relay contacts rated for nominal voltage AC 230 V‚ 8 A (resistive load)
V Configuration by the user whether all actuator channels are to be identically or individually parameterized
V Communication objects per actuator channel for moving the sun protection to the limit positions or
to stop travel and for step-by-step adjustment of the blind slats
V Communication objects for moving the sun protection and adjusting the blind slats directly to a new
position (as precisely as drive mechanics permit) by positioning commands as percentage values
V Automatic opening of blind slats up to a set position after the blinds have been lowered without any
stop from the upper to the lower limit position
V Integrated 1-bit scene control for save and recall of 2 favored positions of blind and slats
V Integrated 8-bit scene control and assignment of up to 8 scenes per channel
V Optional object “Sunshine” for activation / deactivation of sunlight tracking of the slats for shading
with greatest possible daylight component
V Differentiation between automatic and manual mode and with automatic switchover from automatic
to manual mode of the respective actuator channel on activation of a bus pushbutton for manual control of the sun blind
V Priority of manual mode over automatic positioning commands
V Alarm object per device or per channel for moving the sun protection to the configured safety position
in the event of a wind alarm e.g. and with blocking of travel to another position as long as alarm pending
V Travel blocking object per device or per channel for blocking the sun protection in its current position
(needed during cleaning of an outdoor Venetian blind e.g.)
V Status objects per actuator channel for query or automatic transmission of sun blind and slat position
as percentage value
V Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for AC 230 V
V Green LED for displaying the 230 V operating voltage
V Pushbutton for switchover between bus mode and direct mode
V Yellow LED for display of activated direct mode
V Two pushbuttons each per actuator channel for drive control in direct mode
V Integrated in the actuator housing and operational if the actuator is supplied with AC 230 V (even if
bus voltage missing or communication not operational)
V Integrated bus coupling unit with only half a standard bus load
V Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
6
6 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1522-1AB03
N 522/03
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
6-7
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
N 523/..
Shutter/blind actuators
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
6
N 523/02
Rated contact current 6 A
LED for status indication per output
Direct operation (local operation)
Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
Transmitting status per channel
Status Position Sonnenschutz 8 Bit
Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
Alarm:Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
Individual or shared configuration of actuator channels
Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
Sun protection control (up/down): travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
V 4 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Rated contact voltage AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz
V Status position of slats‚ 8-bit
V Integrated 1-bit scene control‚ 2 Scenes to be integrated per channel
V Separate raising/lowering protection
V Integrated power supply unit for the electronics‚ connected to AC 230 V
V Sun protection control (up/down) using position data (8-bit value)
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1523-1AB02
N 523/02
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
N 523/03
Roller shutter actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
V
V
V
V
V
4 channels (one up and one down each)
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz
Integrated 1-bit scene control‚ 2 Scenes to be integrated per channel
Integrated power supply unit for the electronics‚ connected to AC 230 V
Separate raising/lowering protection
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1523-1AB03
N 523/03
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
6-8
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ with sunlight tracking of slats
N 523/04
V 4 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Rated contact voltage AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz
V Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
V Manual mode
V Indication of direct operation with status object
V Status position of slats‚ 8-bit
V Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
V Sun protection control (up/down) using position data (8-bit value)
V Integrated power supply unit for the electronics‚ connected to AC 230 V
V Slat control (open/close) using position data (8-bit value) or travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise
adjustment
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
6
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1523-1AB04
N 523/04
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
Venetian blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 120 V‚ 6 A‚ with sunlight tracking of slats‚ UL
standard
N 523C04
V 4 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 120 Vand electromechanical limit switches
V Rated contact voltage AC 120 V‚ 50 Hz
V Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
V Manual mode
V Indication of direct operation with status object
V Status position of slats‚ 8-bit
V Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
V Sun protection control (up/down) using position data (8-bit value)
V Integrated power supply unit for the electronics‚ connected to AC 120 V
V Slat control (open/close) using position data (8-bit value) or travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise
adjustment
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1523-1CB04
N 523C04
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
6-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
N 523/11
Venetian blind actuator‚ 8x AC 230 V‚ 6A‚ with sunlight tracking of slats
V 8 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Rated contact voltage AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
V Configurable behavior in the event of a system voltage recovery
V Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
V Manual mode
V Indication of direct operation with status object
V Status position of slats‚ 8-bit
V Integrated 1-/8-bit-scene control‚ 8 Scenes to be integrated per channel
V Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
V Sun protection control (up/down) using position data (8-bit value)
V Integrated power supply unit for the electronics‚ connected to AC 230 V
V Slat control (open/close) using position data (8-bit value) or travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise
adjustment
6
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1523-1AB11
N 523/11
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
6-10
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
Combination blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 8 x binary inputs
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 501/01
8 inputs for DC or AC in the range from 12 to 230 V
8 relay contact outputs locked in pairs against each other for controlling 4 × AC 230V sunblind drives
Contact rated voltage AC 230 V
Contact rated current 6 A‚ p.f. = 1
Electronics powered by a 230 V AC integrated power supply
Device functional even without bus connection or if the bus communication fails
Preset on delivery for direct output control for each blind button function via momentary contact
switches connected to the inputs
Green LED to indicate standby
Key for switching between bus and direct mode
Yellow LED for indicating direct mode activated
Button for each relay contact output‚ for switching the output in direct mode while the button is held
down
LED per input to indicate the relevant signal status
Selectable function for each input when using the ETS:
Switching status‚ send binary value
Switching on leading edge‚ switching Short/Long
1-pushbutton dimming‚ sunblind control‚ group control
1-bit/8-bit scene control
8-bit/16-bit value leading edge‚ Short/Long
16-bit floating point value leading edge‚ Short/Long
Or for each pair of inputs:
Acting directly on the corresponding outputs as blind button
2-button dimming with stop telegram or with cyclical sending
2-pushbutton sunblind control
Selectable blocking of each input via a corresponding blocking object
Sending of input objects after change
Selectable cyclical input object sending
Individual or shared configuration of actuator channels
Communication objects for each blind channel for driving the sun protection into the end positions or
for stopping the procedure and adjusting the blind slats in steps
Communication objects for setting position of slats and blinds in percentage information
Automatic opening of the blind slats to a preconfigured nominal setting after uninterrupted driving
down of the blind from the top to the bottom end position‚ with integrated 1-bit scene control for storing and calling up (reproduction) of 2 interim blind and slat settings
Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control‚ 8 scenes can be integrated per channel
Optional "Sun" object for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
Differentiation between automatic and manual mode and with automatic switchover from automatic
to manual mode for the channel in question by pressing a bus button for manual control of the corresponding sun protection
Manual mode taking precedence over automatic position commands
Optional central command for each device or each channel for switching the relevant channels to
automatic mode and driving the sun protection into the up or down end position
Alarm: move to safety position‚ Locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
Status objects for each channel for querying or for automatic sending of sun protection and slat settings as a percentage value
Optional status objects for reporting that the up or down position has been reached
Integrated bus coupling unit
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
6
8 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1501-1AB01
N 501/01
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
6-11
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
N 524/01
Shutter / blind actuator‚ 4 x DC 6 ... 24 V‚ 1 A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
6
LED for status indication per output
Direct operation (local operation)
4 channels
For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for DC 24 V and electromechanical limit switches
Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
Configurable behavior in the event of a system voltage recovery
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
Manual or standard mode
Transmitting status
Per channel
Position of sun protection‚ 8-bit
Status position of slats‚ 8-bit
Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control‚ 8 scenes to be integrated per channel
Alarm: Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
Sun protection control (up/down)
Using position data (8-bit value)
Travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment
Slat control (open/close)
Using position data (8-bit value)
Travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit. Supply voltage AC 230 V
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
N 521/01
6 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1524-1AB01
N 524/01
Shutter / blind actuator‚ 4 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A (2 x parallel)
V 2 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Integrated isolating relay function for connection of 2 drives per channel
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V Rated contact voltage AC 230 V‚ 50 Hz
V Rated contact current 6 A
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Shared configuration of actuator channels
V Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
V Sun protection control (up/down)
- Using position data (8-bit value)
- Travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment
V Slat control (open/closed)
- Using position data (8-bit value)
- Travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment sun protection control (up/down) and slat control (open/close)
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units
V Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
3 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1521-1AB01
N 521/01
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
6-12
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
Shutter actuators
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 520/..3
Electrically interlocked relays (drive protection)
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure and recovery
Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
Manual or standard mode
Status: transmitting status per channel‚ status position of sun protection 8-bit‚ status position of slats
8-bit
Integrated 1-/8-bit scene control
8 scenes to be integrated per channel
Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
Separate raising/lowering protection
Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
Individual or shared configuration of actuator channels
Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
End position detection
Using position data (8-bit value) travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment sun protection
control (up/down) and Slat control (open/closed)
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
6
Range overview UP 520/..3
Product Title
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
Shutter Actuator with mounting frame and
BTI socket
71 x 71 x 42 mm
5WG1520-2AB03
UP 520/03
Shutter Actuator without mounting frame
50 x 50.9 x 41.3 mm
5WG1520-2AB13
UP 520/13
UP 520/31
Venetian blind actuator 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 2 x binary inputs
V 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A‚ 2 x binary inputs
V 1 channel
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V Max. cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted 5 m
V For 2 signal inputs (floating contact)
V Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
V Transmitting status per channel
V Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Individual configuration of actuator channels
V Travel to end position‚ stopping‚ stepwise adjustment
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units
V Bus connection via bus terminal
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with Ø 60 mm
Dimension (Ø x H)
53 x 28 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1520-2AB31
UP 520/31
6-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
RS 520/23
Shutter Actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
V 1 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
V Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
V Manual and standard mode
V Status: Transmitting status per channel‚ status position of sun protection‚ 8-bit‚ status position of slats‚
8-bit
V Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control
V 8 scenes to be integrated per channel
V Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
V Separate raising/lowering protection
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Individual configuration of actuator channels
V Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
V Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
V End position detection
V Using position data (8-bit value) for sun protection control (up/down) and slat control (open/closed)
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
6
Dimensions (W x H x D)
50.2 x 48.8 x 35.5 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See Chapter Quick-assembly system - Room control box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1520-2AB23
RS 520/23
6-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Anti-glare/sun protection actuators
Shutter Actuator‚ 2 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
RL 521/23
V 2 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
V Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
V Manual and standard mode
V Status: Transmitting status per channel‚ Status position of sun protection‚ 8-bit‚ Status position of slats‚
8-bit
V Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control
V 8 scenes to be integrated per channel
V Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
V Separate raising/lowering protection
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Individual configuration of actuator channels
V Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
V Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
V End position detection
V Using position data (8-bit value) for sun protection control (up/down) and slat control (open/close)
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
V For mounting in AP 118 automation module box or AP 641 room control box
Dimensions (W x H x D)
6
86.5 x 47.8 x 36.2 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See Chapter Quick-assembly system - Room control box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1521-4AB23
RL 521/23
6-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Central weather/sun protection systems
AP 257/..2
Weather-/sun station
V Receiver for GPS time signal
V Input the assembly location by selecting country and city or by stating the GPS longitude/latitude coordinates
V Transmission and receipt of date and time over bus
V Transmission of all measured values via bus
V Functions:
- Monitoring of all measured values up to 3 limit values each
- Sensor monitoring
- Sunlight tracking control
- Shadow outline tracking
- Central command for activation/deactivation of sun protection at the start and end of sunshine
- 4 AND operations
- 4 OR operations
- 8 OR operations for alarm/fault indications
- Blocking function for window cleaning tasks
- Safety/alarm objects
V LED for the display of GPS reception
V Heated sensor for measuring wind speed without mechanically moved parts‚ measuring range at least
0...35 m/s
V Brightness sensor‚ measuring range min. 0...150 klx
V Dusk detection‚ measuring range min. 0...1000 lx
V Outdoor temperature sensor‚ measuring range min. -35...+80 °C
V Integrated bus coupling units
V Bus connection via bus terminal
6
Dimensions (W x H x D)
96 x 77 x 118 mm
The 4AC2402 electronic power pack is recommended for the power supply.
Range overview AP 257/..2
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Weather center (GPS)‚ 8 facade sectors‚ sun tracking
5WG1257-3AB22
AP 257/22
Weather station WS1 (GPS)
5WG1257-3AB32
AP 257/32
AP 257/42
Wind sensor
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Windspeed Measuring range 0...35 m/s
Recording‚ querying and resetting the maximum wind speed
Automatic indication in the event of a defective sensor
Mast mountings
Limit value monitoring (3 limit values)
Transmission of sensor values via bus
Logic operations (8 AND‚ 8 OR)
Electronics powered via an external power supply unit
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Surface mounting‚ degree of protection IP44
Dimensions (W x H x D)
96 x 77 x 118 mm
The 4AC2402 electronic power pack is recommended for the power supply.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1257-3AB42
AP 257/42
6-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Sun Protection‚ Anti-Glare Protection‚ Utilization of Daylight
Central weather/sun protection systems
Accessories for AP 257/..2
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
6
6-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
7
Technical specifications
Sensors for HVAC
7-2
Room thermostats
7-3
Room controllers for HVAC
7-4
Actuators for HVAC
7-5
VAV compact controller for HVAC
7-8
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
Overview / Technical specifications
Product details communicating controllers SyncoTM
Sensors for HVAC
Room temperature controllers
7-9
7-10
7-13
Room temperature controllers, i-system
7-16
Room temperature controllers, DELTA style
7-17
Room thermostats, flush mount
7-18
Room thermostats, wall mounting
7-22
Room controllers, flush mount
7-25
Room controllers, i-system
7-27
Room controllers, wall mounting
7-29
Actuators for HVAC
7-32
VAV compact controller for HVAC
7-40
Electromotive valve actuators for HVAC
7-41
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
7-42
Central control unit for HVAC
7-48
Communicating HVAC controllers - SyncoTM 700
7-50
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
Sensors for HVAC
Measuring Variables
Communicating sensors
7
Basic
module
+
Front module
AQR2570Nx
+
AQR2532NNW
AQR2570Nx
+
AQR2533NNW
CO2
Relative
humidity
Input
Display
Temperature
CO2-indicator
n
n
AQR2570Nx
+
AQR2535NNW
AQR2576Nx
+
AQR2530NNW
n
AQR2576Nx
+
AQR2532NNW
n
AQR2576Nx
+
AQR2533NNW
n
n
AQR2576Nx
+
AQR2535NNW
n
n
n
AQR2576Nx
+
AQR2535NNWQ
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
passive
Temperature
NTC 10k
Two
potential-free
contacts
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
7-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
Room thermostats
RDU341
n
n
n
n
n
✪
✪
n
✪
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
UP 254 K
DELTA style
RDF301.50H
n
UP 237 K
i-system
RDF301.50
n
RDF301
n
RDF600KN
RDG400KN
n
RDF800KN
RDG160KN
Type
RDG100KN
Room thermostats
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Design
Wall mounted
Semi-Flush Mounted
Flush Mounted
for VDE/CEE box
for British Standard box
n
Housing
Digital display
Touch Screen Display
LED indicators
Setpoint knob
Operating mode button
Fan speed button
Buttons for light and blind control
Button for Hotel application
n
n
n
✪
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
✪
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
For plugging onto a bus coupling units
(BTM)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
7
✪
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronic
Terminal voltage AC 230 V
Terminal voltage AC 24 V
Integrated room temperature
Inputs
Multifunctional inputs
digital/analog
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
n
✪
✪
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Outputs
ON/OFF (PWM) Triac (H/C)
ON/OFF Relay (H/C)
Analog outputs DC 0..10V (H/C)
3-stage Relay (fan)
Analog DC 0..10 V (fan)
n
n
✪
n
n
✪
Applications
Fancoil 2-/4-pipe
Fancoil with electrical heater
Fancoil with Radiator
Heating / Cooling 2-/4-pipe
Heat Pump System
Variable Air Volume (VAV)
VAV with electrical heater
VAV with radiator / Heat-Cool coil
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Functionalities
2-position control
Modulating control
2-stage control sequence for heating or
cooling
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n2)
n2)
n2)
n2)
n2)
n
n
n
n
n
n1)
n1)
n1)
n1)
n1)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Operating mode
Comfort
Pre-Comfort
Economy
Protection
Manual / Auto operating mode
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1)
only for 2-stage heating
modulating output only for 2-pipe applications
n valid for all variants
✪ main feature
2)
7-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
Room controllers for HVAC
Room controllers
QMX3..
Type
P30
P70
P34
P74
P02
P37
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Design
Wall mounted
Display / operating
7
LCD display with 8
capacitive keys
8 capacitive keys with LED,
parameterizable or 4 twobutton keys
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Sensor
Temperatur
Humidity
Air quality
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Bus interface
integrated bus coupling
unit
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Function
Setpoint
Plant mode
Room temperatur
Room humidity
Room air quality
Fan speed
Occupancy
Switching, light
Dimming, light
Blinds
Scene, up to 8
State indication on LED
n1)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Controlling
Controller enable /disable
PID controller for heating
and/or cooling
Threshold controller for
humidity
Threshold controller for air
quality
1)
Air quality indication on LED
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
7-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
Actuators for HVAC
Actuators for HVAC
Type
Application program
N 605/01
906101
N 605/11
906202
REG 540/01
49550
REG 540/11
49551
N
N
REG
REG
n
n
n
n
6 MW
90
55
6 MW
90
55
6 MW
90
55
4 MW
90
55
n
n
n
n
1)
1)
n(manual)
n(manual)
UP 227, UP 204
n(test mode)
UP 227, UP 204
n(test mode)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
3
230
6
2
24
5
3
230
6
2
24
15
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting
rail
Dimensions
• Width [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
• Length [mm]
• Height [mm]
7
Display/control elements
LED for operation/status display
Can be operated with
Direct operation (local operation)
7
Power supply
Electronics powered via an external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit. Supply voltage
230 V AC
n(AC
only)
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via contact system to data rail
Bus connection via bus terminal
Bus connection via screw terminals
Outputs
Load output
Floating relay contact
• Rated contact voltage, AC
• Rated contact current (p.f. = 1)
Silent semiconductor switch
• Rated voltage, AC
• Max. permanent loading (p.f. = 1)
Protection
Electronic protection of outputs against overload and short circuit
6
230
12
6
230
6
n
n
Inputs
Pushbutton inputs
For signal input (floating contacts)
Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in
the device
Sensor inputs
PT1000 temperature sensor input
Temperature sensor input
Potentiometer input (setpoint adjustment)
Max. cable length, unshielded, twisted
1)
instabus room temperature controllers.
2)
M 540 temperature sensors.
3)
On request.
6
6
2
1
n
n
n
n
12)
50
12)
1
30
50
7-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
30
7-5
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
Actuators for HVAC
...Continuation of the table
Type
Application program1)
N 605/01
906101
N 605/11
906202
REG 540/01
49550
REG 540/11
49551
n
n
n
n
n
n
2)
2)
Output functions
Switching (ON/OFF per channel)
Value setting per channel, 8-bit
Positively driven operation
Configurable transmission of output status
Transmitting status
n
n
n
n
n
Input functions
7
Configurable debounce time
Configurable pulse edge evaluation
Configurable transmission of input status objects
n
n
35
55
40
65
General functions
Max. number of group addresses
Max. number of assignments
Integrated controllers with PI algorithms
Comfort mode
Standby mode
Night mode
Frost protection mode
Heat protection mode
Energy-saving function
Calcification protection
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
2)
On request.
2)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
7-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
2)
7-6
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
Actuators for HVAC
Fields of application
The scope of RXB is defined by the preprogrammed application software. The following pages provide an overview of the options and the
corresponding devices, divided into different areas of application. The devices are supplied preprogrammed with the applications. The required
application can be selected by means of the ETS, Synco™ tool or the Handy tool QAX34.3.
Due to the fact that the applications are predefined, engineering simply involves the definition of a small number of parameters, e. g.:
n PWM or 3-position control of the valves and actuators
n Temperature setpoints
n Manual or automatic fan control
n Room operating units QAX3.., QAX84.1 (PPS2 interface), or UP2... / QMX3.P34 via KNX
7
RXB21.1/
FC-10
Applications
FNC02
Two-pipe system with change-over
FNC03
Two-pipe system with change-over and electric heater
FNC04:
Four-pipe system
FNC05:
Four-pipe system with electric heater
FNC08:
Four-pipe system with room supply air cascade control
FNC10:
Two-pipe system with change-over outside air damper
FNC12:
4-pipe system with outside air damper
FNC18:
Two-pipe system with change-over and radiator
FNC20:
Four-pipe system with control of a single damper
CLC01:
Chilled ceiling
CLC02:
Chilled ceiling and radiator, dew point montoring, Radiator with downdraft compensation
RAD01:
Radiator with downdraft compensation
Functionality
Temperature setpoints, 4 operating modes Comfort, Pre-Comfort, Economy, Protection
Digital inputs for window contact, presence detector, dew point sensor
Analog Input for optional LG-Ni 1000 temperature sensor
3-speed fan control
Continuous fan control 0-10V (EC fan motor)
PWM valve actuator control
3-Position valve actuator control
KNX valve actuator control
Motoric 0-10V valve actuator control
Electric reheater control
Room unit range QAX.. over PPS2 Interface with temperature sensor,
setpoint adjustment, Standby/Auto/Fan switch, display
Room units via KNX (UP2…/QMX3.P34)
parameterization of applications over handy tool QAX34.3
Power supply
RXB22.1/
FC-12
RXB24.1/
CC-02
n
7
RXB39.1/
FC-13
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
230VAC
230VAC
230VAC
230VAC
230VAC
7-7
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
RXB21.1/
FC-11
7-7
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
VAV compact controller for HVAC
Compact controller for HVAC
Type
7
Control
signal
Operating voltage
Standard model
Dimensions, round damper shaft (mm)
Dimensions, square damper shaft (mm)
1)
Available to OEMs only
Actuators for air volume controllers 300 Pa application range
GDB181.1E/KN
GLB181.1E/KN
GDB 300 Pa
VAV compact controller 1)
5 Nm for approx.
0.8 m² damper area
150 s running time
GLB 300 Pa
VAV compact controller 1)
10 Nm for approx.
1.5 m² damper area
150 s running time
KNX S-Mode
KNX LTE-Mode
KNX PL-Link
KNX S-Mode
KNX LTE-Mode
KNX PL-Link
AC 24 V
AC 24 V
GDB181.1E/KN
GLB181.1E/KN
8…16
8…16
6...12,8
6...12,8
7-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
7-8
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Technical specifications
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
Type
AP 561/011) AP 561/021) AP 561/03
AP 561/04
STA23
STA73
STA73HD
STP231)
58
44.5
74
44
74
44
74
44
74
44
Enclosure data
Dimensions
•Height [mm]
•Width/Ø [mm]
58
44.5
58
44.5
58
44.5
Output
Electrothermal actuators (silent)
n
n
n
n
•230 V AC
n
n
n
n
•24 V AC/DC
Valve position in de-energized state2)
NC
NO
NC
NO
NC
NC
NC
NO
n
n
n
n
n
n
Valve position indication
Max. lift / max. positioning force [mm/N]
3.5/105
2.6/105
3.5/105
2.6/105
4.5/100
4.5/100
4.5/90
4.5/100
Max. open/close time [Min.]
3
Approx. 3
Approx. 3
Approx. 3
3.5
4.5
4.5
3.5
Actuating signal
Two-step
Two-step
Two-step
Two-step
Two-step
Two-step
Two-step
Two-step
Length of connecting lead [m]
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.8
1
Ambient temperature for operation [°C]
0...+50
0...+50
0...+50
0...+50
+5...+50
+5...+50
+5...+50
+5...+50
Power inputs [W]
3
3
3
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Mounting
Horizontal, horizontal/standing
360°, also headfirst
Degree of protection
IP43
IP43
IP43
IP43
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
1)
Suitable for N 605/01 and N 650/11 thermal drive actuators, see Chapter Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning - Actuators for HVAC.
2)
Closed (NC), open (NO).
7-9
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
7
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Overview and selection tools
Product range overview
Synco tool
One system for all
types of applications
For commissioning and diagnostics
PC with
ACS software
7
Synco operating –
efficient operation of plant with straightforward remote control
Thanks to Synco’s Web server, plant operation and monitoring can be effected from
a PC or smartphone at any time and from
any location. An alarm system delivers
fault status or maintenance messages in
due time, also via SMS or e-mail, if required. The app allows your customers operation from underway or from the sofa.
Control and switching unit for heating,
ventilation and air conditioning plants
Synco tool – support functions for quick
commissioning
To facilitate commissioning, the Synco
tool offers you a host of help functions
and choices: Diagnostics including trending, for example, straightforward fault
tracing thanks to access to all data points
of all controllers, saving all settings on the
PC, or printing commissioning reports.
Synco 700
Universal controllers
RMU710modular universal controller,
1 control loop
RMU720modular universal controller,
2 control loops
RMU730modular universal controller,
3 control loops
RMS705
switching and monitoring device
Simple concept for opening
communication
With Synco, opening and starting com­
munication is child’s play: Simply interconnect the units, activate the bus power
supply on the controller and set the device address. All relevant settings can be
made directly via local operation.
Universal extension modules
(for all types of controllers)
RMZ785
universal module
RMZ787
universal module
RMZ788
universal module
Open data exchange via KNX
standard bus, irrespective of supplier
The KNX standard bus facilitates interconnections of HVAC, lighting and blind control, for instance, regardless of the supplier – for simultaneous control of the
ventilation system and of lighting via
presence detectors, for example.
Operator units (for all types of controllers)
RMZ790
plug-in type operator unit
RMZ791
detached operator unit (3 m)
RMZ792
bus operator unit
Field devices
GDB181.1E/KN VAV compact controller (5 Nm)
GLB181.1E/KN VAV compact controller (10 Nm)
7-10
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Overview and selection tools
Product range overview
Synco operating
Efficient operation of plant including alarm reporting
PC with
Web browser
Smartphone
Standard
gateway
Internet/Intranet
The worldʼs only open
standard for home
and building control –
ISO/IEC 14543-3
Control and switching unit for heating,
ventilation and air conditioning plants
Central control unit and room controller
for individual room climate
Synco RXB/RXL room controllers, Synco RDG/RDF/RDU room thermostats
Heating controllers
RMH760 modular heating controller
RMK770 boiler sequence controller
Central control unit
RMB795
– Central control unit for room controllers
Extension modules for heating
controllers
RMZ782 heating circuit module
RMZ783 DHW module
RMZ787 universal module
RMZ789 universal module
Room controllers
RXB21.1, RXB22.1, RXB39.1
– Fan coil units
RXB24.1
– Chilled ceiling or radiator
Room thermostats
RDG100KN, RDG160KN
– Fan coil units
–U
niversal system, chilled/heated
ceiling and radiator
–H
eat pump systems
RDG400KN
– Variable air volume system
RDF301, RDF301.50, RDF600KN
–F
an coil units
– Heat pump systems
– Semi flush mount
Room unit
QAW740 room unit
Synco operating
OZW772 Web server (Ethernet)
RDU341
– Variable air volume system
– Semi flush mount
Synco tool
OCI700.1 service tool
ACS790 commissioning software
RDF800KN, RDD810KN/NF
7-11
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
7
Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning
Overview and selection tools
Product details communicating controllers SyncoTM
783B
785
RMZ..
787
788
789
n
n1)
n1)
n1)
n1)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
5
1
2
7
2
2
2
4
6
6
3
5
2
3
4
4
1
1
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6
n
n
6
8
8
8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6
7
1
2
3
UUniversal module,
6UI, 2AO, 4DO
n1)
n
Universal module,
4UI, 2DO, 2AO
n
Bedienung
Kommunikation KNX
Wochenschaltuhr und Ferien-/
Sondertagsprogramm
Überwachung
Steuerung
Universal module,
4UI, 4DO
DHW module
4UI, 5DO, 1AO
782B
Heating circuit module
3UI, 3DO, 1AO
RMS..
705
Switching and Monitoring
Device
730
Modular universal controller,
3 control loops
RMU..
720
Modular universal controller,
2 control loops
710
Modular universal controller,
1 control loop
RMK..
770
Boiler sequence controller
RMH..
760
Modular heating controller
max. 3 heating circuit
7
RMB..
795B
Central control unit RMB795B
for room controllers and
room thermostats
Type
Universal module,
8UI
Product details communicating controllers SyncoTM
4
2
4
2
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
3
4
8
4
4
6
Ausgänge
Stufenschalter
Relais
3-Punkt
DC 0...10V
4
2
Universale Eingänge
T1
Pt1000
DC 0...10V
Digital
LG-Ni 1000
Anzahl universale Eingänge
Regelgrösse
Universal
Temperatur °C
Regelverhalten
PID
P/PI
Regelkreise
Kaskade
Anzahl
3
n 1) Optional operation:
RMZ790: Plug-in operator unit
RMZ791: Detached operator unit
RMZ792: Bus operator unit
AO Analog output
DO Digital output
UI Universal inputs
7-12
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Sensors for HVAC
Temperature sensor 4 x Pt1000
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 258/02
For four Pt1000 sensors
For the measurement and transmission of 4 temperatures in the range -40...+150 °C
For connection of four Pt1000 temperature sensors2)‚ each via a 2-wire cable up to 50 m in length
Configurable smoothing of a measured value through mean value generation
Monitoring of a lower and upper limit value for each measured value‚ with configurable hysteresis for
limit value signals
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for 230 V AC
Green LED for displaying ready-to-run status
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1258-1AB02
N 258/02
Dual sensor for brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
7
AP 254/02
Brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
For the detection and transmission of brightness and temperature
Temperature measuring range -25 °C...+55 °C
Brightness measuring range 1 Lux...100 kLux
Horizontal sensing angle -60°...+60°‚ vertical -35°...+66.5°
For the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on the ambient luminosity
and/or ambient temperature
One sun protection channel for the automatic control of sun protection equipment‚ with
Starting and stopping of automation by means of an object or a dusk threshold
Up to three brightness thresholds for determining the height and position of the shutters/blinds or
roller shutters
Optional teach-in of dusk thresholds and brightness thresholds by means of a teach-in facility
Blocking object for the temporary deactivation of the sun protection channel function
Up to four universal channels for the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on ambient luminosity and/or temperature. Optionally available with:
Threshold switches for brightness
Threshold switches for temperature
Threshold switches with logical combination of brightness and temperature
Optional teach-in of brightness threshold for each universal channel by means of an associated teachin facility
Deactivation option for each universal channel by means of an associated blocking object (1 bit)
Optional second object for transmission of a second telegram on fulfillment of threshold conditions
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Surface mounting
Degree of protection: IP54
Dimensions (W x H x D)
72 x 110 x 54 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1254-3EY02
AP 254/02
7-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Sensors for HVAC
AQR253..
Front modules for base modules
Color
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H)
Titanium white
IP30
55 x 55 mm
Range overview AQR253..
7
Measuring range‚ temperature
Signal output temperature
0…50 °C
Active
0…50 °C
Active
Measurement range humidi- Stock No.
ty
Product No.
S55720-S136
AQR2532NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S140
AQR2533NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S141
AQR2535NNW
The matching design frame must be ordered Separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
AQR2570..
Base module with KNX for temperature and humidity measurement
V The room sensor for flush mounting consists of a base - and front module
V Temperature control as continuous control (PID algorithm) for pure heating operation‚ heating and
cooling operation‚ and adjustable control value as continuous control value 0…100%‚ or as pulsewidth modulated (PWM) switching signal On/Off
V Ventilation control across 3 settable switching points for relative humidity‚ and 3 switching signal
objects On/Off‚ or one control value object 0…100% to control a ventilation actuator
V Setpoints for room temperature and relative humidity adjustable via KNX bus
V 1 analog input to connect temperature sensors with NTC 10k sensing element to measure room‚ floor‚
or ceiling temperature
V 2 multi-functional binary inputs to control window contacts or switches for blinds and/or lighting control
V Settable commissioning and control parameters
V Power supply via KNX-bus‚ bus load < 5 mA
V Integrated bus coupler with programming button and LED
Voltage supply
Analog inputs
Analog inputs‚ number
Digital inputs
Digital inputs‚ number
Connection‚ electrical
KNX bus
Passive temperature sensor NTC 10k
1
Potential-free contacts
2
Bus connection: spring terminal
sensor inputs: 4 screw terminals
Range overview AQR2570..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S203
AQR2570NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S204
AQR2570NH
IT (3 Modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S205
AQR2570NG
US (UL)
64 x 110 mm
S55720-S206
AQR2570NJ
7-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Sensors for HVAC
Front modules for base modules
Color
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR253..
Titanium white
IP30
55 x 55 mm
Range overview AQR253..
Measuring range‚ temperature
0…50 °C
Signal output temperature
Measurement range humidi- Stock No.
ty
Product No.
S55720-S137
AQR2530NNW
S55720-S136
AQR2532NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S140
AQR2533NNW
Active
0…50 °C
Active
0…100 %
S55720-S141
AQR2535NNW
0…50 °C
Active
0…100 %
S55720-S219
AQR2535NNWQ
7
The matching design frame must be ordered Separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
Base modules with KNX for CO2 measurement
AQR2576..
V The room sensor for flush mounting consists of a base - and front module
V Integrated maintenance- and recalibration-free CO2 sensor
V Ventilation control across 3 settable switching points for relative humidity and CO2-concentration‚
and 3 switching signal objects On/Off‚ or one control value object 0…100% to control a ventilation
actuator
V Setpoints for room temperature‚relative humidity and CO2-concentration adjustable via KNX bus
V Temperature control as continuous control (PID algorithm) for pure heating operation‚ heating and
cooling operation‚ and adjustable control value as continuous control value 0…100%‚ or as pulsewidth modulated (PWM) switching signal On/Off
V 1 analog input to connect temperature sensors with NTC 10k sensing element to measure room‚ floor‚
or ceiling temperature
V 2 multi-functional binary inputs to control window contacts or switches for blinds and/or lighting control
V Settable commissioning and control parameters
V Power supply via KNX-bus‚ bus load < 15 mA
V Integrated bus coupler with programming button and LED
Voltage supply
Analog inputs
Analog inputs‚ number
Digital inputs
Digital inputs‚ number
Measuring range
Connection‚ electrical
KNX bus
Passive temperature sensor NTC 10k
1
Potential-free contacts
2
CO2: 0...5000 ppm
Bus connection: spring terminal
sensor inputs: 4 screw terminals
Range overview AQR2576..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S207
AQR2576NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S208
AQR2576NH
IT (3 Modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S209
AQR2576NG
US (UL)
64 x 110 mm
S55720-S210
AQR2576NJ
7-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
i-system
UP 237K..
Temperature controller‚ i-system
V Integrated room temperature sensors
V Control can be set as a two-point control and/or continuous-action control (P or PI algorithm)‚ for heating only‚ for cooling only‚ or for heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes that can be switched via KNX: comfort mode‚ pre-comfort mode‚ energy-saving
mode and frost or heat protection mode
V Presence pushbutton to locally switch between comfort and pre-comfort mode or comfort and energy-saving mode and to extend comfort mode after operating energy-saving or protection mode
V Pushbutton for switching over between manual and automatic mode
V The room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode can be set via an interchangeable rotary button (+/-) on the controller and via the KNX
V Basic setpoint of the room temperature for comfort mode which can be set via the KNX
V Setpoint value for comfort mode in °C which can be set via an interchangeable rotary button on the
controller
V Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint and the cooling setpoint for comfort mode
V Two-level heating or cooling
V Output of the control variable(s) either as an on/off switch command or as a positioning command in
the range of 0...100 %
V 5 LEDs to display manual mode and the current operating modes
V 4 LEDs to display heating/cooling valve open‚ dew point alarm and open window
V For plugging onto a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver
module (BTM)
7
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 16 mm
Range overview UP 237K..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Temperature controller‚ titanium white
5WG1237-2KB11
UP 237K11
Temperature controller‚ aluminum metallic
5WG1237-2KB31
UP 237K31
The bus coupling module (BTM) (see chapter Systemproducts and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator wih bus coupling (BTM) must be
ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton Accessories.
7-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
DELTA style
Temperature controller‚ DELTA style
UP 254K
V Integrated room temperature sensors
V Control can be set as a two-point control and/or continuous-action control (P or PI algorithm)‚ for heating only‚ for cooling only‚ or for heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes that can be switched via KNX: comfort mode‚ pre-comfort mode‚ energy-saving
mode and frost or heat protection mode
V Presence pushbutton to locally switch between comfort and pre-comfort mode or comfort and energy-saving mode and to extend comfort mode after operating energy-saving or protection mode
V Pushbutton for switching over between manual and automatic mode
V The room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode can be set via an interchangeable rotary button (+/-) on the controller and via the KNX
V Basic setpoint of the room temperature for comfort mode which can be set via the KNX
V Setpoint value for comfort mode in °C which can be set via an interchangeable rotary button on the
controller
V Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint and the cooling setpoint for comfort mode
V Two-level heating or cooling
V Output of the control variable(s) either as an on/off switch command or as a positioning command in
the range of 0...100 %
V 5 LEDs to display manual mode and the current operating modes
V 4 LEDs to display heating/cooling valve open‚ dew point alarm and open window
V For plugging onto a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver
module (BTM)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7
68 x 68 x 16 mm
Range overview UP 254K
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Temperature controller‚ titanium white/metallic silver
5WG1254-2KB13
UP 254K13
Temperature controller‚ platinmetallic
5WG1254-2KB43
UP 254K43
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
7-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat flush mount
RDF800KN
Touch screen room thermostat with KNX communications‚ for 2-/4- pipe fan
coil‚ universal applications or compressors in DX-type equipment
Touch screen room thermostat for 2-/4-pipe fan coil‚ universal applications or compressors in DX-type
equipment
- KNX communications
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- For heating and/or cooling applications
- 2 or 3-position control outputs
- Output for 1-speed or 3-speed fan
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚
fault contact‚ presence detector
- Automatic or manual heating/cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Color of housing: Ivory white
- Backlit display
7
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 4-pipe system
Data sheet
N3174
Operating voltage
Switching differential
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
AC 230 V
0.5…6 K
5...40 °C
2
5
Fan: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
Valve: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
AC 230 V
5 (2) A
With screws on recessed round conduit box diameter min. 60 mm
IP30
86 x 86 x 47 mm
Bus: KNX (S-mode and LTE mode with Synco 700)
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Communication
Product No.
S55770-T350
RDF800KN
NEW PRODUCT
7-18
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
Stock No.
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat flush mount
Semi Flush Mount room thermostat with LCD for fan coil units and compressors in DX-type equipment
- KNX communications
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- For heating and/or cooling applications
- 2 or 3-position control outputs
- Output for 1-speed or 3-speed fan
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- Automatic or manual heating/cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Color of housing: signal white (RAL 9003)
- Backlit display
RDF..KNX Semi Flush
Mount
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 4-pipe system
Operating voltage
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
7
AC 230 V
5...40 °C
2
5
Fan: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
Valve: N.O. contacts‚ non-floating
AC 230 V
5 (2) A
Recessed rectangular conduit box BS4662 with fixing centres of
60.3 mm (ARG71)
IP30
Range overview RDF..KNX Semi Flush Mount
Product Title
Type of fixing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
Semi Flush-mount room ther- With screws on recessed
86 x 86 x 46 mm
mostat with KNX communi- round conduit box diameter
cations‚ 2-/4-pipe fan coils or min. 60 mm
DX type equipment
S55770-T293
RDF600KN
Semi Flush-mount room ther- Recessed rectangular conduit 86 x 86 x 57 mm
mostat with KNX communi- box BS4662 with fixing cencations‚ 2-/4-pipe fan coils or tres of 60.3 mm (ARG71)
DX type equipment
S55770-T104
RDF301
Semi Flush-mount room ther- Recessed rectangular conduit 86 x 86 x 57 mm
mostat with KNX communi- box BS4662 with fixing cencations‚ 2-/4-pipe fan coils or tres of 60.3 mm (ARG71)
DX type equipment‚ four buttons for switching lights and
blinds
S55770-T105
RDF301.50
Recessed rectangular conduit 86 x 86 x 57 mm
Hotel Semi Flush-mount
room thermostat with KNX‚ 2- box BS4662 with fixing cen/4-pipe fan coils or DX type tres of 60.3 mm (ARG71)
equipment‚ four buttons
hotel functions
S55770-T334
RDF301.50H
The matching ARG71 flush-mounting box must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation untis - Room Temperature Controller.
7-19
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat flush mount
RDU341
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat for rectangular conduit box with KNX
communications‚ for VAV application
Semi Flush-mount room thermostat for VAV application
- KNX communications
- Output for a DC 0…10 V actuator and AC 230V electrical heater (ON-OFF)
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- Modulating PI control
- Control depending on the room or the return air temperature
- Automatic or manual heating/cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Adjustable minimum and maximum limitation for air flow signal DC 0...10V
- Output signal inversion as an option
7
Application selectable:
- Single-duct system
- Single-duct system with electrical heater
Operating voltage
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 24 V
5...40 °C
2
1
DC 0...10 V
Max. ±1 mA
1
N.O. contact‚ potential-free
AC 230 V
Max. 5 (2) A
Recessed rectangular conduit box BS4662 (ARG71) with fixing
centres of 60.3 mm
IP30
86 x 86 x 57 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T106
RDU341
The matching ARG71 flush-mounting box must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation untis - Room Temperature Controller.
7-20
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Accessories for RDU341
Conduit box 75 x 75 x 51 mm
Dimensions (W x H x D)
ARG71
75 x 75 x 51 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T137
ARG71
7
7-21
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat wall mounting
RDG100KN
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 230 V‚ for fan coil units and
universal applications
- KNX communications
- 3 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- 2-position‚ 3-position or PWM control outputs
- Automatic or manual fan speed for 1-speed‚ 3-speed fan
- Automatic or manual heating / cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Backlit display
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 2-pipe system and radiator / floor heating
- 4-pipe system
- 4-pipe system with electrical heater
- 2-stage heating or cooling system
7
Operating voltage
Switching differential
Analog inputs‚ number
Analog input‚ signal
Digital inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Triac outputs‚ number
Triac outputs
Triac output‚ switching voltage
Triac output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 230 V
Heating: 0.5…6 K
Cooling: 0.5…6 K
2
NTC 3k
Switch
1
3
Fan: 1- or 3-speed
AC 230 V
5 (4) A
3
Valve‚ el. heater
2-position‚ PWM‚ 3-position
AC 230 V
Max. 1 A
Wall mounting with screws
IP30
93 x 128 x 30.8 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T163
RDG100KN
7-22
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat wall mounting
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 24 V‚ for fan coil units and
universal applications‚ heat pump‚ fan (1-/ 3-speed‚ DC)‚ valves (2-point‚ DC)
-
-
RDG160KN
KNX communications
For applications with DC control outputs and DC or 3-speed fan output
For applications with 2-position control output with DC fan output
3 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
Automatic or manual EC fan or 1-/3-speed
Automatic or manual heating / cooling changeover
Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
Backlit display
7
Application selectable:
- 2-pipe system
- 2-pipe system with electrical heater
- 2-pipe system and radiator / floor heating
- 4-pipe system
- 2-stage heating or cooling system
Data sheet
N3191
Operating voltage
Switching differential
AC 24 V
Heating: 0.5…6 K
Cooling: 0.5…6 K
5…40 °C
2
1
3
Valve‚ compressor or el. heater: 2 outputs‚ 2-position
Fan: 1- or 3-speed
AC 24...230 V
5 (4) A
3
Valve‚ el. heater: 2
Fan: 1 (ECM)
DC 0...10 V
Wall mounting with screws
IP30
93 x 128 x 30.8 mm
Bus: KNX (S-Mode und LTE-Mode mit Synco 700)
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Digital inputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog outputs
Analog output‚ signal
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Communication
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T297
RDG160KN
7-23
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room thermostat wall mounting
RDG400KN
Room thermostat with KNX communications‚ AC 24 V‚ VAV heating and cooling systems
- KNX communications
- Output DC 0…10 V for VAV actuator and auxiliary output ON/OFF‚ PWM or 3-position or 3-position for
VAV actuator and auxiliary output DC 0...10 V
- 2 multifunctional inputs for keycard contact‚ external room / return air temperature (1x‚ QAH11.1‚
QAA32)‚ heat / cool changeover‚ operation mode changeover‚ window contact on/off‚ dewpoint monitor‚ electrical heater enabled‚ fault contact
- 1 input DC 0...10 V for damper position feedback
- Operating modes: Comfort‚ Economy and Protection
- Modulating PI control
- Control depending on the room or the return air temperature
- Automatic or manual heating / cooling changeover
- Adjustable commissioning and control parameters
- Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
- Minimum and maximum limitation of air flow signal
- Output signal inversion (DC 0...10 V) as an option
- Backlit display
7
Application selectable:
- Single-duct system
- Single-duct system with electrical heater
- Single-duct system and radiator / floor heating
- Single-duct system with heating / cooling coil
Operating voltage
Setpoint setting range
Analog inputs‚ number
Analog input‚ signal
Digital inputs‚ number
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog outputs
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Triac outputs‚ number
Triac outputs
Triac output‚ switching voltage
Triac output‚ switching current
Type of fixing
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 24 V
5…40 °C
2
NTC 3k
DC 0...10 V
1
1
VAV actuator‚ electric heater‚ valve
DC 0...10 V
Max. ±1 mA
1
VAV actuator‚ valve‚ el. heater
2-position‚ PWM‚ 3-position
AC 24 V
Max. 1 A
Wall mounting with screws
IP30
93 x 128 x 30.8 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55770-T165
RDG400KN
7-24
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room controllers flush mount
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 204/..1
Multifunctional display/operating device for KNX‚ with 320 x 240 pixel‚ 2.8" LCD color display
For the display and operation of at least 18 configurable room operator functions:
Switching On/Off/Over
Pushbutton function (bell function)
Switching on/off and dimming
Shutter/blind/roller control
Value transmission: 1 byte in %‚ 1 byte integer without prefix‚ 1 byte integer with prefix‚ 2 byte integer
without prefix‚ 2 byte integer with prefix
Positively driven operation
Scene control: Store and call up scene 8 bit‚ store and call up scene 1 bit
Text display
Warning and alarm indications
Operation using touch screen and/or by turning/pushing rotary/push button
RGB LED as orientation light or for signaling alarm indications
Buzzer for acoustic alarm indication or as feedback when operating touch screen
Integrated room temperature sensors
Analysis and weighting of an external inside temperature sensor
Room temperature control can be set as a two-point control and/or continuous-action control for
heating only‚ for cooling only‚ or for heating and cooling mode
Operating modes that can be switched via KNX: comfort mode‚ pre-comfort mode‚ energy-saving
mode and frost or heat protection mode
Local displaying of active operating modes or automatic or manual modes
Local displaying of heating/cooling valve open‚ dew point alarm and open window
Local switchover between automatic or manual mode‚ and between comfort‚ pre-comfort‚ energy-saving and protection modes
Local‚ time-adjustable extension of comfort mode
The room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode can be set via a rotary button on the room
controller
Basic room temperature setpoint value for comfort mode which can be set via the KNX
Outdoor temperature-based tracking of temperature setpoint value in cooling mode
Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint and the cooling setpoint for comfort mode
Two-level heating or cooling
Output of the control variable(s) either as an on/off switch command or as a positioning command in
the range of 0...100%
Local displaying of manually set fan speed step or automatic speed input
Fan speed step can be set via the rotary button or entered automatically by the controller
Weekly scheduling program for controller operating modes and for 18 room operator functions
At least 16 time switching points per function per weekday
Display of date and time
Selection of at least 4 different design templates as operator and display interface
Local activation of a cleaning function to lock the touch screen and the rotary/push button
Slot for a micro SD card for transferring firmware and configuration data
incl. bus coupling unit (included in delivery)
Bus connection via bus terminal
Connection of the separate 24 V DC boost voltage‚ power consumption approx. 50 mA
Flush-mounting device for mounting in a Ø 60 mm installation box‚ with screw fixing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7
86 x 116 x 30 mm
Range overview UP 204/..1
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ titanium white
5WG1204-2AB11
UP 204/11
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ carbon metallic
5WG1204-2AB21
UP 204/21
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ aluminium metallic
5WG1204-2AB31
UP 204/31
Room Controller Contouch‚ incl. bus coupling unit‚ piano black
5WG1204-2AB51
UP 204/51
7-25
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Accessories for UP 204/..1
Accessories for UP 204/..1
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Contouch flash kit‚ with micro SDHC card and adapters for USB and SD
5WG1204-8AB01
S 204/01
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
7
7-26
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room controllers i-system
Room Control Unit
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 227
Multifunctional display-/control panel for KNX with Dot-Matrix LCD display 96 x 128 pixels
For the display and control of at least 10 adjustable room control functions:
Switching toggle/On/Off
Door bell function On/Off
Dimming
Solar protection control
Send 1 Byte/2 Byte value
Display 1 Bit/1 Byte/2 Byte value
Forced control
Display text messages
Recall and save scenes
Warning and alarm messaging
8 capacitive touch buttons for horizontal operation‚ blocking selectable for each function and configurable for each function depending on the value of the blocking object
Green/red LED als Orientierungslicht‚ as orientation light‚ as status indication‚ as a response to pressing
a button respectively to the signalling of alarm reports
A signaler for acoustical alarm reports respectively as a status of the touch operation
Integrated room temperature sensor
Evaluation and weighting of an external inside temperature sensor
Room temperature control configurable as two-step control and/or continuous control‚ for exclusive
heating operation‚ exclusive cooling operation or heating and cooling operation
Selectable operating modes over the KNX:
Comfort
Pre-comfort
Energy-savings and protection
Local indication
Of the active operating modes or automatic- respectively manual mode
Inside temperature or outside temperature
Heating or cooling mode
Dew point alarm
Open windows
Local switching between
Manual- and automatic mode
Comfort‚ pre-comfort‚ energy-saving- and protection mode
Adjustable time-limited extension of the comfort mode
Adjustable room temperature setpoint shifting for comfort mode
Via KNX set basic setpoint value of the room temperature for comfort mode
An outside temperature based temperature setpoint value tracing in the cooling operation
Adjustable dead zone between the heating setpoint value and the cooling setpoint value for comfort
mode
Transmission of controller output(s) either as On/Off switching commands or as control commands in
the range 0...100 %
Local display of the manually selected fan rotational speed respectively of the automatic adjustment
of the fan rotational speed
Adjustable fan rotational speed respectively automatic adjustment of the fan rotational speed on the
controller
Weekly schedule programme for controller- operating modes‚ automatic mode and at the least 8 room
control functions
At the least 40 schedule tasks and Display and set of the date and time
User control of LCD background lighting and Background color
Display system settings and room temperature controller in the languages: German‚ English‚ French‚
Italian od Spanish
User setting of at least 3 operating languages also Integrated bus coupling unit‚ bus connection via
bus terminal possible
Flush mounted device for the mounting in an flush wall box Ø 60 mm‚ for fixing on the mounting plate
AQR2500NF via lateral springs (separately specified)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7
55 x 55 x 37‚2 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1227-2AB11
UP 227
7-27
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Accessoeies for UP 227..
AQR2500NF
Mounting plate EU (CEE/VDE)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NG
AQR2500NH
Product No.
S55720-S161
AQR2500NF
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S163
AQR2500NG
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S162
AQR2500NH
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S164
AQR2500NJ
110 x 64 mm
Mounting plate UK (British Standard)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NJ
Stock No.
Mounting plate IT (3 modular)
Dimensions (W x H)
7
70.8 x 70.8 mm
83 x 83 mm
Mounting plate US (UL)
Dimensions (W x H)
64 x 110 mm
7-28
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room controllers wall mounting
Wall-mounted room sensors and operator units for KNX
QMX3..
The wall-mounted room unit QMX3.. consists of:
- Base plate
- Sensor or room operator unit
The following functions are (depending on type):
V Temperature sensor or multisensor (T‚ r.h.‚ CO2)
V Backlit display or LED display
V Touchkeys
V Switching and control of lighting‚ blinds‚ scenes
V Temperature control‚ adjustable as PWM control and/or modulating control (PID algorithm)‚ for pure
heating mode‚ pure cooling mode‚ heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes switchable via KNX and/or display: Comfort mode‚ Pre-Comfort‚ energy savings and
protection mode
V Adjustable commissioning and control parameters for radiated heating‚ slow and fast‚ floor heating
slow and fast
V Integrated bus coupling unit
V 3 independently adjustable switching values for CO2 concentration and relative air humidity for air
quality control
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-stage fans (humidity and CO2)
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-point positioning signal (humidity and CO2)
V Setpoint for room temperature and relative humidity and CO2 concentration adjustable via KNX
Measuring range‚ temperature
Sensing element‚ temperature
Degree of protection
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7
0...50 °C
NTC
IP30
Wall-mounting
88.4 x 133.4 x 18 mm
Room sensor KNX for temperature
QMX3.P30
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H103
QMX3.P30
Room sensor KNX for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2
QMX3.P70
Functions:
V multisensor for temperature‚ humidity and CO2
V Air quality indicator with LED
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H104
QMX3.P70
7-29
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room controllers wall mounting
QMX3.P34
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ segmented backlit display‚
touchkeys
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
V Segmented backlit display and touchkeys
7
QMX3.P74
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H105
QMX3.P34
Room operator unit KNX with sensors for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2‚ segmented backlit display‚ touchkeys
Functions:
V multisensor for temperature‚ humidity and CO2
V Segmented backlit display and touchkeys
QMX3.P02
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H106
QMX3.P74
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ configurable touchkeys‚
LED display
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
V Configurable touchkeys with LED display
V Switching and control of lighting‚ blinds‚ scenes
V Window for labels
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H107
QMX3.P02
7-30
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Room temperature controllers
Room controllers wall mounting
Room operator unit KNX with temperature sensor‚ segmented backlit display‚
configurable touchkeys‚ LED display
QMX3.P37
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
V Segmented backlit display and touchkeys
V Configurable touchkeys with LED display
V Switching and control of lighting‚ blinds‚ scenes
V Window for labels
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H108
QMX3.P37
7
7-31
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
N 605..
Thermal drive actuator
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Can be operated with instabus Room temperature controllers
Direct operation (local operation)‚ LED for operation/status display
Rated voltage 230 V AC‚ 6 silent semiconductor switch
Electronic protection of outputs against overload and short circuit
6 signal inputs (floating contacts)‚ Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated in the device‚ max. 50 m cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted
Funktionen Ausgänge: Switching (on/off per channel)‚ Configurable transmission of input status
objects
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for supply voltage 230 V AC
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Modular installation device for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
7
6 MW
Range overview N 605..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Thermal drive actuator‚ 6 inputs‚ 6 outputs
5WG1605-1AB01
N 605/01
Thermal drive actuator‚ 6 inputs‚ 2 x 3 outputs for control of 2 heating / cooling ceilings
5WG1605-1AB11
N 605/11
REG 540..
Fan-Coil Unit Controller
V Possible modes: comfort mode‚ standby mode‚ Night mode‚ frost protection mode‚ Heat protection
mode
V Direct operation (test mode)
V Input for M 540 temperature sensor
V Potentiometer input (setpoint adjustment)‚ max. 30 m cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted
V Switching (on/off per channel)
V Value setting per channel‚ 8-bit
V Integrated controllers with PI algorithms
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via screw terminals
REG 540/01
Fan-Coil Unit Controller‚ 230 V AC
V
V
V
V
3 x 230 V AC‚ 6 A (p.f. = 1)
2 x 24 V AC‚ 5 W (p.f. = 1)
Electronics powered via an integrated 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
2 signal input (floating contacts)‚ Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated
in the device
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
REG 540/11
6 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1540-5AS01
REG 540/01
Fan-coil unit controller‚ 24 V AC
V
V
V
V
3 x 230 V AC‚ 6 A (p.f. = 1)
2 x 24 V AC‚ 15 W (p.f. = 1)
Electronics powered via an external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
1 signal input (floating contacts)‚ Determination of switching state by means of the voltage generated
in the device
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1540-5AS11
REG 540/11
7-32
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
Accessories for REG 540..
Temperature sensor
M 540/01
V Including a 2 m long connecting lead with terminal plug
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1540-8AS01
M 540/01
7
7-33
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
RXB..
Room controller with KNX communication
The controllers are used for temperature control in individual rooms.
- For 2-pipe with changeover or 4-pipe fan coil systems
- For radiator and chilled ceiling (RXB24.1 only)
- Control of thermal valve actuators AC 24 V‚ PWM‚ 3-position as well as KNX bus actuators
- Potential-free relay contacts for fan speed control
- Connecting relay for electric heating (RXB22.1 und RXB39.1)
- KNX bus communication
- Commissioning with "Handy Tool" QAX34.3 or Synco ACS
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Control algorithm
Digital inputs‚ number
Triac output‚ switching voltage
Triac output‚ switching current
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Communication
7
Service plug
Mounting location
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
RXB21.1/FC-10
AC 230 V
50/60 Hz
Max. 12 VA
PI
2
AC 24 V
0.5 A
AC 250 V
5 (4) A
Bus: KNX (S-mode and LTE mode)
Room unit: PPS2
RXT20.1
Ceiling voids with cover
Fan coil
Panel
On DIN rail
With screws
113 x 167 x 62 mm
Room controller for 3-speed fan
For fan coil UNITS with 3-speed fan.
Triac outputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
RXB21.1/FC-11
4
3
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RXB21.1/FC-10
RXB21.1/FC-10
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RXB21.1/FC-11
RXB21.1/FC-11
Room controller for 3-speed fan
For fan coil units with 3-speed fan.
Triac outputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
4
3
7-34
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
Room controller with 3-speed fan and electric heating coil
RXB22.1/FC-12
For fan coil units with 3-speed fan and electric heating coil.
Triac outputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
2
4
1 for electric heating coil
3 for 3-speed fan control
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RXB22.1/FC-12
RXB22.1/FC-12
Room controller for chilled ceilings and radiators
Triac outputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
RXB24.1/CC-02
7
4
0
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RXB24.1/CC-02
RXB24.1/CC-02
RXB39.1/FC-13
Room controller for fan-coil applications with KNX communication
The RXB39.1 room controller is used for temperature control in individual rooms.
- For 2-pipe and 4-pipe fan coil systems with or without changeover
- PI control
- KNX bus communication
- DC 0...10 V control of valve and actuators‚ fan (ECM)‚ and electric heater
- 2 Potential-free relay contacts to release fan and electric heating
- Commissioning with ETS Professional‚ "Handy Tool" QAX34.3 or Synco ACS
- Operating voltage AC 230 V
- Plug-in screw terminals
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Control algorithm
Digital inputs‚ number
Digital outputs‚ number
Analog inputs‚ number
Analog outputs‚ number
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 230 V
50/60 Hz
12 VA
PI
4
0
2
3
IP20
152 x 120 x 62 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55373-C121
RXB39.1/FC-13
7-35
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
Accessories for RXB..
Accessories for RXB..
RXZ20.1
Terminal cover for RXB../ RXL2../ RXC2..
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RXZ20.1
RXZ20.1
Accessories for RXB39.1/FC-13
RXZ30.1
Terminal cover for RXB3.. / RXL3.. / RXC3..
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RXZ30.1
RXZ30.1
7
Accessories for REG540 and RXB..
S 290/..1
door/window contact
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Opening alarm for the monitoring of windows and doors‚ comprising:
1 magnet (Ø 8 x 30 mm)
1 magnetically operated contact in a fully cast plastic enclosure (Ø 8 x 30 mm)
Switching voltage: max. DC 110 V
Switching current: 10 mA...100 mA
Contact current carrying capacity: max. 5 W
Contact resistance: max. 150 mW
VdS-class B
5 m long connection cable LiYY 4 x 0‚14 mm2
Suitable for flush and surface mounting
2 surface-mounting enclosure tops (43 x 12 x 12 mm)
2 surface-mounting enclosure bottoms
4 spacer plates (thickness: 2 x 4 mm or 2 x 2 mm)
2 flush-mounting flanges
4 antimagnetic countersunk self-tapping screws DIN 7982-ST2‚ 9 x 16-A2
Dimensions (W x H x D)
43 x 12 x 12 mm
Range overview S 290/..1
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Door/window contact‚ white
5WG1290-7AB11
S 290/11
Door/window contact‚ brown
5WG1290-7AB81
S 290/81
7-36
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
Accessories for RXB..
Room unit with PPS2 interface
QAX3..
Room units for acquiring the room temperature and operation of individual room control.
Power consumption
Interface for controller
Interface for service
Sensing element‚ temperature
Measuring range‚ temperature
Time constant
Measurement accuracy
Setpoint readjustment range
Degree of protection
Mounting location
Mounting
0.10 VA
PPS2
PPS2 on RJ45
NTC
0...40 °C
L8 min
±0.25 K at 25 °C
±0.5 K at 5...30 °C
±12 K
IP30
Indoors
Directly on wall
In recessed or top-mounted conduit box
7
Room unit with sensor and PPS2 interface
QAX30.1
- Acquisition of room temperature
Data sheet
N1741
Voltage supply
Dimensions (W x H x D)
PPS2
90 x 100 x 32 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX30.1
QAX30.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint adjuster and PPS2 interface
QAX31.1
- Acquisition of room temperature
- Setpoint adjuster for room temperature
Data sheet
N1741
Dimensions (W x H x D)
90 x 100 x 36 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX31.1
QAX31.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector and PPS2 interface
QAX32.1
- Acquisition of room temperature
- Setpoint adjuster for room temperature
- Rocker switch for mode selection (Off / Auto)
Data sheet
N1641
Dimensions (W x H x D)
90 x 100 x 36 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX32.1
QAX32.1
7-37
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
Accessories for RXB..
QAX33.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector‚ fan speed selection‚ and PPS2 interface
- Acquisition of room temperature
- Setpoint adjuster for room temperature
- Rocker switch for mode selection (Off/Auto) and for manual fan control with fan coil systems (up to 3
speeds)
7
QAX34.1
Data sheet
N1642
Dimensions (W x H x D)
90 x 100 x 36 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX33.1
QAX33.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector‚ display and PPS2
interface
- Acquisition of room temperature
- Rocker switch for adjustment of room temperature setpoint
- Rocker switch for mode selection (Off/Auto) and for manual fan control with fan coil systems (up to 3
speeds)
- LCD with display of room temperature and control mode
QAX34.3
Data sheet
N1645
Dimensions (W x H x D)
90 x 100 x 36 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX34.1
QAX34.1
Room unit with sensor‚ setpoint and operating mode selector‚ display and PPS2
interface
- Acquisition of room temperature
- Rocker switch for adjustment of room temperature setpoint
- Rocker switch for mode selection (Off/Auto) and for manual fan control with fan coil systems (up to 3
speeds)
- LCD with display of room temperature and control mode
- Together with the new RXB and RXL controllers for parameter setting
QAX39.1
Data sheet
N1640
Dimensions (W x H x D)
96 x 119 x 24 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX34.3
QAX34.3
Universal setpoint adjuster with PPS2 interface
- Setpoint adjuster for room temperature
Data sheet
N1646
Dimensions (W x H x D)
48 x 48 x 15 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX39.1
QAX39.1
7-38
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Actuators for HVAC
Accessories for RXB..
Flush-mounted room unit complete with PPS2 interface and design frame
QAX84.1/PPS2
The set consists of:
- Operator unit‚
- PPS2 bus coupling unit and
- Design frame DELTA line in titanium white.
Functionality:
- Acquisition of room temperature
- Switch for adjustment of room temperature setpoint
- Switch for mode selection (Off/Auto) and for manual fan control with fan coil systems (up to 3 speeds)
- LCD with display of room temperature and control mode
Data sheet
N1649
Voltage supply
Measuring range‚ temperature
Sensing element‚ temperature
Mounting
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
PPS2
0...40 °C
NTC
Flush or wall-mounted conduit box
IP30
80 x 80 x 30.5 mm
7
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAX84.1/PPS2
QAX84.1/PPS2
7-39
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
VAV compact controller for HVAC
Accessories for RDG400KN‚ RDU341 und RMU7..
G..B181.1E/KN
VAV compact controller KNX
- Networked compact controller with KNX capability for plants with variable or constant air volume flow
- Integrated‚ highly precise differential pressure sensor‚ damper actuator and digitally configurable air
volume controller
- Nominal torque 5 or 10 Nm‚ air damper rotation angle mechanically adjustable between 0 and 90°
- Configurable as single device per room or for cascade control with pressure ratio 1:1‚ positive pressure‚ or negative pressure
- Prewired with a 0.9 m connecting cable and a 0.9 m KNX bus cable
Can be configured as damper actuator (without air volume control) with ETS.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
71 x 158 x 61 mm
Range overview G..B181.1E/KN
7
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
VAV compact controller KNX‚ 24 V‚ 5 Nm‚ 150 s‚ 300 Pa
S55499-D134
GDB181.1E/KN
VAV compact controller KNX‚ 24 V‚ 10 Nm‚ 150 s‚ 300 Pa
S55499-D135
GLB181.1E/KN
7-40
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Electromotive valve actuators for HVAC
Electromotive valve actuator with LED valve position indication
AP 562/02
Electromotive‚ proportional (constant) valve actuator with LED valve position indication and with integrated bus coupling unit for direct connection to KNX:
V For latching to valve adapter
V Delivery with valve adapter rings suitable for Siemens (VDN../VEN..‚ VPD../VPE..‚ VD...CLC‚ V..I46..‚
V..P47..) Danfoss RA‚ Heimeier‚ MNG‚ Schlösser ab 3/93‚ Honeywell‚ Braukmann‚ Dumser (distribution
board)‚ Reich (distribution board)‚ Oventrop‚ Herb‚ Onda
V Max. positioning force: 120 N
V Cable permanently connected to the enclosure for bus connection and two additional signaling contacts (e. g. window contacts)‚ which can be connected as binary inputs
V For operation solely with the bus voltage‚ i. e. without external auxiliary power
V Maintenance-free‚ silent drive
V Automatic valve stroke detection‚ through which the actuator travel is adjusted to the valve used
Dimensions (W x H x D)
50 x 82 x 65 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1562-7AB02
AP 562/02
7
7-41
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
AP 561/0..
Valve actuator
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Electrothermal valve actuator (noiseless)
Max. open/close time 3 Min.
Max. positioning force 105 N
Two-step actuating signal
Length of connecting lead 1 m
Ambient temperature for operation 0...+50 °C
Power inputs 3 W
Mounting: horizontal‚ horizontal/standing
Degree of protection IP43
Dimensions (Ø x H)
44.5 x 58 mm
Range overview AP 561/0..
7
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 230 V‚ NC‚ deenergized closed
5WG1561-7AH01
AP 561/01
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 230 V‚ NO‚ deenergized open
5WG1561-7AH02
AP 561/02
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NC‚ deenergized closed
5WG1561-7AH03
AP 561/03
Valve actuator (electrothermal)‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ NO‚ deenergized open
5WG1561-7AH04
AP 561/04
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Adapter to AP 561H for Herz valves
5WG1561-8AH01
S 561H01
Adapter to AP 561H for Vaillant valves
5WG1561-8AH02
S 561H02
Adapter to AP 561H for Danfoss RS2000 valves
5WG1561-8AH03
S 561H03
Adapter to AP 561H for TA valves
5WG1561-8AH04
S 561H04
Adapter to AP 561H for Danfoss valves with clamp-connection
5WG1561-8AH05
S 561H05
MNG adapter-sleeve to AP 561H for Onda valves
5WG1561-8AH06
S 561H06
Accessories for AP 561/0..
AP 561/01 and AP 561/02 are suitable for N 605 and N 650/11 thermal drive actuators‚ see chapter Heating‚ Cooling‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning - Actuators for HCVA.
7-42
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
Positioning force 100 N: STA..3
STA..3
Electrothermal actuators with/ without connecting cable for radiator‚ small‚
and zone valves
Electrothermal actuators with and without connecting cable for:
- Radiator valves VDN..‚ VEN..‚ VUN..
- MCV MiniCombiValves VPD..‚ VPE..
- Small valves VD1..CLC..
- Zone valves V..I46..
- Combi valves VPP46..‚ VPI46..
- Valves of other manufacturers
Actuators without connecting cable can be equipped with:
- Connecting cable up to 15 m‚ also halogen-free
- Connecting cable with LED operation indicator
- Connecting cable with auxiliary switch or DC 0…10 V module
Data sheet
N4884
Stroke
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Power consumption
4.5 mm
IP54
Any‚ 360°
2.5 W
7
Range overview actuators STA..3
Operating voltage
Positioning time
[s]
Positioning signal
Cable length
[m]
Stock No.
Product No.
AC 230 V
210
2-position
1
S55174-A101
STA23
AC 24 V
270
DC 0…10
1
S55174-A104
STA63
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM
1
S55174-A100
STA73
AC 230 V
210
2-position
0.8
S55174-A107
STA23HD
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
0.8
S55174-A106
STA73HD
AC 230 V
210
2-position
S55174-A110
STA23/00
AC 230 V
210
2-position
S55174-A118
STA23B/00
AC 230 V
210
2-position
S55174-A114
STA23MP/00
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM
S55174-A109
STA73/00
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM
S55174-A117
STA73B/00
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM
S55174-A113
STA73MP/00
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM/parallel operation
S55174-A115
STA73PR/00
The given positioning time is related to the maximum stoke of 4.5 mm.
/00 = without cable
xxB = colore black
xxMP = multi pack 50 pce
7-43
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
Positioning force 100 N: STA..3
Connection cable for STA..3
For suitable combination of actuator STA.. and connection cable ASY..‚ see chapter introduction page 7-4
7
Positioning
signal
Auxiliary
switch
2-position
Display
Color
Cable length
Material
Stock No.
Product No.
0
White
0.8 m
PVC
S55174-A121
ASY23L08
2-position
0
White
1m
PVC
S55174-A122
ASY23L10
2-position
0
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A123
ASY23L20
2-position
0
White
3m
PVC
S55174-A124
ASY23L30
2-position
0
White
4m
PVC
S55174-A125
ASY23L40
2-position
0
White
5m
PVC
S55174-A126
ASY23L50
2-position
0
White
6m
PVC
S55174-A127
ASY23L60
2-position
0
White
7m
PVC
S55174-A128
ASY23L70
2-position
0
White
10 m
PVC
S55174-A129
ASY23L100
2-position
0
White
15 m
PVC
S55174-A130
ASY23L150
2-position
0
Black
3m
PVC
S55174-A131
ASY23L30B
2-position
0
Black
5m
PVC
S55174-A132
ASY23L50B
2-position
0
Black
10 m
PVC
S55174-A133
ASY23L100B
2-position
0
White
2m
Halogen-free S55174-A134
ASY23L20HF
2-position
0
White
5m
Halogen-free S55174-A135
ASY23L50HF
2-position
0
White
10 m
Halogen-free S55174-A136
ASY23L100HF
DC 0…10 V
0
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A137
ASY6AL20
DC 0…10 V
0
White
5m
PVC
S55174-A138
ASY6AL50
DC 0…10 V
0
White
7m
PVC
S55174-A139
ASY6AL70
2-position
1
White
1m
PVC
S55174-A153
ASA23U10
2-position
1
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A154
ASA23U20
2-position
0
LED
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A157
ASY23L20LD
2-position
0
LED
White
5m
PVC
S55174-A158
ASY23L50LD
Accessories for STA..3
Product Title
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Third-party valve adapter on Danfoss RA-N (RA2000)
N2100
BPZ:AV53
AV53
Adapter for Giacomini
N4884
S55174-A165
AV63
Adapter for Vaillant
N2100
BPZ:AV59
AV59
Adapter for Pettinaroli M28 x 1.5
N4884
S55174-A166
AV64
Retrofit adapter for installed 2W...‚ 3W…‚ 4W... valves
N4878
BPZ:AL100
AL100
Adapter for valves with M30 x 1.5
N2179
S55174-A159
AV301
Adapter for valves with M28 x 1.5‚ Comap‚ Markaryd‚ Herz
N4884
S55174-A160
AV302
Adapter for valves with M30 x 1‚ TA
N4884
S55174-A161
AV303
Adapter various (5 pieces)
N4884
S55174-A167
AV304
Standard adapter‚ M30x1‚5
N4884
S55174-A169
AV305
NEW PRODUCT
7-44
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
Positioning force 100 N: STP..3
Electrothermal actuators with and without connecting cable for small valves
STP..3
Electrothermal actuators with and without connecting cable for:
- Small valves V..P47..
- Valves of other manufacturers
Actuators without connecting cable can be equipped with:
- Connecting cable up to 15 m‚ also halogen-free
- Connecting cable with LED operation indicator
- Connecting cable with auxiliary switch or DC 0…10 V module
Data sheet
N4884
Stroke
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Power consumption
4.5 mm
IP54
Any‚ 360°
2.5 W
7
Range overview actuators STP..3
Operating voltage
Positioning time
[s]
Positioning signal
Cable length
[m]
Stock No.
Product No.
AC 230 V
210
2-position
1
S55174-A103
STP23
AC 24 V
270
DC 0…10
1
S55174-A105
STP63
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM
1
S55174-A102
STP73
AC 230 V
210
2-position
S55174-A112
STP23/00
AC 230 V
210
2-position
S55174-A120
STP23B/00
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM
S55174-A111
STP73/00
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM
S55174-A119
STP73B/00
AC 24 V
DC 24 V
270
2-position
PDM/parallel operation
S55174-A116
STP73PR/00
The given positioning time is related to the maximum stoke of 4.5 mm.
/00 = without cable
xxB = colore black
7-45
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
Positioning force 100 N: STP..3
Connection cable for STP..3
For suitable combination of actuator STP.. and connection cable ASY..‚ see chapter introduction page 7-4.
7
Positioning
signal
Auxiliary
switch
2-position
Display
Color
Cable length
Material
Stock No.
Product No.
0
White
0.8 m
PVC
S55174-A121
ASY23L08
2-position
0
White
1m
PVC
S55174-A122
ASY23L10
2-position
0
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A123
ASY23L20
2-position
0
White
3m
PVC
S55174-A124
ASY23L30
2-position
0
White
4m
PVC
S55174-A125
ASY23L40
2-position
0
White
5m
PVC
S55174-A126
ASY23L50
2-position
0
White
6m
PVC
S55174-A127
ASY23L60
2-position
0
White
7m
PVC
S55174-A128
ASY23L70
2-position
0
White
10 m
PVC
S55174-A129
ASY23L100
2-position
0
White
15 m
PVC
S55174-A130
ASY23L150
2-position
0
Black
3m
PVC
S55174-A131
ASY23L30B
2-position
0
Black
5m
PVC
S55174-A132
ASY23L50B
2-position
0
Black
10 m
PVC
S55174-A133
ASY23L100B
2-position
0
White
2m
Halogen-free S55174-A134
ASY23L20HF
2-position
0
White
5m
Halogen-free S55174-A135
ASY23L50HF
2-position
0
White
10 m
Halogen-free S55174-A136
ASY23L100HF
DC 0…10 V
0
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A140
ASY6PL20
DC 0…10 V
0
White
5m
PVC
S55174-A141
ASY6PL50
DC 0…10 V
0
White
7m
PVC
S55174-A142
ASY6PL70
DC 0…10 V
0
Black
2m
PVC
S55174-A146
ASY6PL20B
DC 0…10 V
0
White
2m
Halogen-free S55174-A150
ASY6PL20HF
DC 0…10 V
0
White
5m
Halogen-free S55174-A151
ASY6PL50HF
DC 0…10 V
0
White
7m
Halogen-free S55174-A152
ASY6PL70HF
2-position
1
White
1m
PVC
S55174-A155
ASP23U10
2-position
1
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A156
ASP23U20
2-position
0
LED
White
2m
PVC
S55174-A157
ASY23L20LD
2-position
0
LED
White
5m
PVC
S55174-A158
ASY23L50LD
7-46
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Electrothermal valve actuators for HVAC
Positioning force 100 N: STP..3
Accessories for STA..3
Product Title
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Third-party valve adapter on Danfoss RA-N (RA2000)
N2100
BPZ:AV53
AV53
Adapter for Giacomini
N4884
S55174-A165
AV63
Adapter for Vaillant
N2100
BPZ:AV59
AV59
Adapter for Pettinaroli M28 x 1.5
N4884
S55174-A166
AV64
Retrofit adapter for installed 2W...‚ 3W…‚ 4W... valves
N4878
BPZ:AL100
AL100
Adapter for valves with M30 x 1.5
N2179
S55174-A159
AV301
Adapter for valves with M28 x 1.5‚ Comap‚ Markaryd‚ Herz
N4884
S55174-A160
AV302
Adapter for valves with M30 x 1‚ TA
N4884
S55174-A161
AV303
Adapter various (5 pieces)
N4884
S55174-A167
AV304
Standard adapter‚ M30x1‚5
N4884
S55174-A169
AV305
7
NEW PRODUCT7-47
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Central control unit for HVAC
RMB795B..
Central control unit RMB795B for room controllers and room thermostats
- Central control unit with integrated control and supervisory functions for individual room control with
RXB and RXL room controllers and room thermostats RDG/RDF/RDU
- Central collection of heating and cooling demands from any KNX room controllers
- Control of any HVAC primary controllers in dependence on the received and calculated heating/cooling demands
- Individual time programs for room groups
- Preselected operating modes and setpoints‚ minimum / maximum temperature supervision and supervision of RXB/RXL room controllers and room thermostats RDG/RDF/RDU
- Operation and monitoring of individual RXB/RXL room controllers
- Trend and fault reporting functions for the input variables temperature‚ relative / absolute humidity‚
pressure / differential pressure‚ volumetric air flow‚ indoor air quality‚ etc.
- Heating / cooling changeover function for operation with 2-pipe systems
- Flexible configuration
- Functionality can be extended (extension modules)
- Clear-text operation with separate operator unit (plug-in type or detached)
- Integrated KNX bus communication
- No extra commissioning tool required
7
Extension modules complement the RMB795B central control unit and offer extra functions. The extension modules are attached to the RMB795B central control unit. Full operation from commissioning to
enduser operation via operator unit.
Available extension modules:
- max. 1 universal module RMZ785
- max. 2 universal modules RMZ787
Available operator units:
- Plug-in type operator unit RMZ790
Data sheet
N3122
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Universal inputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
AC 24 V
50/60 Hz
12 VA
6
0...1000 Ohm
1000...1175 Ohm
2 x LG-Ni1000
DC 0...10 V
Potential-free digital status contact
LG-Ni1000
Pt1000
T1 (PTC)
2
DC 0...10 V
Max. 1 mA
Potential-free switching contact
4
AC 19...250 V
4 (3) A
KNX (KNX TP1)
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Communication
7-48
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Central control unit for HVAC
Range overview RMB795B..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Central control unit RMB795B-1 with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es‚ pt
S55370-C162
RMB795B-1
Central control unit RMB795B-2 with languages de‚ fr‚ nl‚ en
S55370-C163
RMB795B-2
Central control unit RMB795B-3 with languages da‚ fi‚ no‚ sv
S55370-C164
RMB795B-3
Central control unit RMB795B-4 with languages cs‚ sk‚ pl‚ hu‚ ru‚ bg
S55370-C165
RMB795B-4
Central control unit RMB795B-5 with languages ro‚ sl‚ sr‚ hr‚ el‚ tr
S55370-C166
RMB795B-5
Central control unit RMB795B-6 with language zh
S55370-C167
RMB795B-6
7
7-49
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Heating controllers RMH..
RMH760B..
Heating controller
- Heating controller as primary controller or main controller (district heat) or heating circuit controller
- Boiler temperature control
- Control of max. 3 heating circuits and DHW heating (7 variants available) with optional extension
modules
- Tested‚ predefined applications (refer to Application Catalog)
- Flexible configuration
- Clear-text operation with separate operator unit (plug-in type or detached)
- Integrated KNX bus communication
- No commissioning tool required
Extension modules complement the Synco 700 heating controller and offer extra functions. Controller
and extension modules are interconnected via plug-in connectors. The extension modules are attached
to the controller and do not operate autonomously. Full operation from commissioning to enduser operation via the operator unit.
7
Available extension modules:
2 heating circuit modules RMZ782B
1 DHW module RMZ783B
1 universal module RMZ787
2 universal modules RMZ789
A total of 4 extension modules can simultaneously be used with the Synco 700 heating controller.
Available operator units:
- Plug-in type operator unit RMZ790
- Detached operator unit RMZ791
- Bus operator unit RMZ792
Data sheet
N3133
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Universal inputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
AC 24 V
50/60 Hz
12 VA
6
LG-Ni1000
2 x LG-Ni1000
T1 (PTC)
Pt1000
NTC 575
0...1000 Ohm
1000...1175 Ohm
DC 0...10 V
Digital pulse contact
Potential-free digital status contact
2
DC 0...10 V
Max. 1 mA
5
Potential-free switching contact
AC 19...250 V
4 (3) A
KNX (KNX TP1)
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Communication
7-50
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Heating controllers RMH..
Range overview RMH760B..
Product Title
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Heating controller with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
N3133
BPZ:RMH760B-1
RMH760B-1
Heating controller with languages de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
N3133
BPZ:RMH760B-2
RMH760B-2
Heating controller with languages da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
N3133
BPZ:RMH760B-3
RMH760B-3
Heating controller with languages pl‚ cs‚ sk‚ hu‚ ru‚ bg
N3133
BPZ:RMH760B-4
RMH760B-4
Heating controller with languages sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
N3133
BPZ:RMH760B-5
RMH760B-5
7
7-51
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Extension modules for RMH..
RMZ782B
Heating circuit module
- Weather-compensated flow temperature control via heating circuit's mixing valve
- Control of heating circuit pump
The available heating circuit control and supervisory functions are the same as those of the RMH760B
Data sheet
N3136
Voltage supply
Power consumption
Universal inputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
Supply from controller module
2 VA
3
LG-Ni1000
0...1000 Ohm
1000...1175 Ohm
DC 0...10 V
Pt1000
NTC 575
T1 (PTC)
1
DC 0...10 V
Max. 1 mA
3
Switching contact‚ potential-free
AC 19…250 V
4 (3) A
7
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
RMZ783B
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RMZ782B
RMZ782B
DHW module
-
Control of the storage tank temperature
Storage tank charging with integrated coil‚ with pump or mixing valve
Storage tank charging with detached heat exchanger‚ with pump and mixing valve
Storage tank charging according to a time program
Control of the circulating pump according to a time program
The technical data correspond to the heating circuit module RMZ782B‚ except:
Data sheet
N3136
Universal inputs‚ number
Analog outputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
4
1
5
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RMZ783B
RMZ783B
7-52
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Boiler sequence controllers RMK..
Boiler sequence controller
RMK770..
Modular heating controller with integrated control and supervisory functions for:
- Up to 6 boilers
- Multistage or modulating burners
- Precontrol
- Heating circuit
- Tested‚ predefined applications (refer to Application Catalog)
- Flexible configuration
- Clear-text operation with separate operator unit (plug-in type or detached)
- Integrated KNX bus communication
- No commissioning tool required
Extension modules complement the Synco 700 boiler sequence controller and offer extra functions. The
extension modules are attached to the controller. They do not operate autonomously. Full operation
from commissioning to enduser operation via the operator unit.
7
Available extension modules:
3 universal modules RMZ785
3 universal modules RMZ787
3 universal modules RMZ788
3 universal modules RMZ789
A total of 3 extension modules can simultaneously be used with the Synco 700 boiler sequence controller.
Available operator units:
- Plug-in type operator unit RMZ790
- Detached operator unit RMZ791
- Bus operator unit RMZ792
Data sheet
N3132
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Universal inputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
AC 24 V
50/60 Hz
12 VA
8
0...1000 Ohm
1000...1175 Ohm
2 x LG-Ni1000
DC 0...10 V
Potential-free digital status contact
LG-Ni1000
Pt1000
T1 (PTC)
2
Potential-free input signal
5 mA
DC 15 V
2
DC 0...10 V
Max. 1 mA
7
AC 19...265 V‚ max. 4(3) A
Potential-free switching contact
KNX (KNX TP1)
Digital inputs‚ number
Digital inputs
Digital input‚ contact query
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Communication
7-53
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Boiler sequence controllers RMK..
Range overview RMK770..
Product Title
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Boiler sequence controller with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
N3132
BPZ:RMK770-1
RMK770-1
Boiler sequence controller with languages de‚ fr‚ en‚ nl
N3132
BPZ:RMK770-2
RMK770-2
Boiler sequence controller with languages da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
N3132
BPZ:RMK770-3
RMK770-3
Boiler sequence controller with languages pl‚ cs‚ sk‚ hu‚ ru‚ bg
N3132
BPZ:RMK770-4
RMK770-4
Boiler sequence controller with languages sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
N3132
BPZ:RMK770-5
RMK770-5
7
7-54
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Universal controllers RMU..
Universal controller
-
RMU..
Universal controllers with integrated control and supervisory functions
Tested‚ predefined applications (refer to Application Catalog)
Flexible configuration
Suited for the controlled variables temperature‚ relative / absolute humidity‚ pressure / differential‚ air
flow rate‚ indoor air quality‚ etc.
Autonomous sequence controllers with P‚ PI or PID mode
Functions can be extended (extension modules)
Clear-text operation with separate operator unit (plug-in type or detached)
Integrated KNX bus communication
No commissioning tool required
Extension modules complement the Synco 700 universal controllers and offer extra functions. The
extension modules are attached to the controller. Full operation from commissioning to enduser operation via the operator unit.
7
Available extension modules:
- 1 universal module RMZ785
- 2 universal modules RMZ787
- 2 universal modules RMZ788
Total maximal 4 extension modules per RMU7..B can be connected.
Available operator units:
- Plug-in type operator unit RMZ790
- Detached operator unit RMZ791
- Bus operating unit RMZ792
Data sheet
N3150
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Universal input‚ signal
AC 24 V
50/60 Hz
12 VA
LG-Ni1000
2 x LG-Ni1000
T1 (PTC)
Pt1000
0...1000 Ohm
1000...1175 Ohm
DC 0...10 V
Digital pulse contact
Potential-free digital status contact
DC 0...10 V
Max. 1 mA
Potential-free switching contact
AC 19...250 V
4 (3) A
KNX (KNX TP1)
173 x 90 x 80 mm
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Communication
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7-55
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Universal controllers RMU..
Range overview RMU..
7
Universal inputs‚ Analog outputs‚
number
number
Relay outputs‚
number
Control loops‚
number
Loaded
languages
Stock No.
Product No.
6
2
2
1
de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
BPZ:RMU710B-1
RMU710B-1
6
2
2
1
de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
BPZ:RMU710B-2
RMU710B-2
6
2
2
1
da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
BPZ:RMU710B-3
RMU710B-3
6
2
2
1
cs‚ hu‚ pl‚ sk‚ ru‚ bg BPZ:RMU710B-4
RMU710B-4
6
2
2
1
sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
BPZ:RMU710B-5
RMU710B-5
6
2
2
1
zh
S55370-C159
RMU710B-6
8
3
4
2
de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
BPZ:RMU720B-1
RMU720B-1
8
3
4
2
de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
BPZ:RMU720B-2
RMU720B-2
8
3
4
2
da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
BPZ:RMU720B-3
RMU720B-3
8
3
4
2
cs‚ hu‚ pl‚ sk‚ ru‚ bg BPZ:RMU720B-4
RMU720B-4
8
3
4
2
sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
BPZ:RMU720B-5
RMU720B-5
8
3
4
2
zh
S55370-C160
RMU720B-6
8
4
6
3
de‚ fr‚ it‚ es
BPZ:RMU730B-1
RMU730B-1
8
4
6
3
de‚ en‚ fr‚ nl
BPZ:RMU730B-2
RMU730B-2
8
4
6
3
da‚ fi‚ sv‚ no
BPZ:RMU730B-3
RMU730B-3
8
4
6
3
cs‚ hu‚ pl‚ sk‚ ru‚ bg BPZ:RMU730B-4
RMU730B-4
8
4
6
3
sr‚ hr‚ sl‚ ro‚ el‚ tr
BPZ:RMU730B-5
RMU730B-5
8
4
6
3
zh
S55370-C161
RMU730B-6
7-56
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Switching and monitoring device RMS..
Switching and monitoring device
RMS705B..
In connection with the function blocks‚ the RMS705B complements the range of Synco700 products as
a freely configurable unit for
- control and supervisory functions in heating‚ ventilation and refrigeration plant
- non-standard applications
and‚ for this reason‚ offers no predefined standard applications.
The RMS705B is especially suited for the following functions:
- Connection of additional universal alarm inputs
- Adding free inputs for display and supervision
- Event logging (e.g. legionella function)
- Additional time programs (ON / OFF) for basic functions
- Maximum and minimum selection
- Calculation of average
- Calculation of enthalpy‚ enthalpy differential‚ absolute humidity‚ dewpoint and wet bulb temperature
- Logic function blocks for switching on / off depending on different conditions
- Lead / lag control of pumps‚ fans‚ motors‚ chillers‚ etc.‚ with automatic changeover
- Step switch with linear‚ binary or flexible functionality
- Autonomous sequence controllers with P‚ PI or PID mode
7
Available extension modules:
- 1 universal module RMZ785
- 2 universal modules RMZ787
- 2 universal modules RMZ788
Total maximal 4 extension modules per RMS705B can be connected.
Suitable types of operator units:
- Plug-in operator unit type RMZ790
- Detached operator unit type RMZ791
- Bus operating unit type RMZ792
Data sheet
N3124
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Universal inputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
AC 24 V
50/60 Hz
12 VA
8
LG-Ni1000
2 x LG-Ni1000
T1 (PTC)
Pt1000
0...1000 Ohm
DC 0...10 V
Digital pulse contact
Potential-free digital status contact
4
DC 0...10 V
Max. 1 mA
6
Potential-free switching contact
AC 19...250 V
4 (3) A
KNX (KNX TP1)
IP20
173 x 90 x 80 mm
Analog outputs‚ number
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs‚ number
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Communication
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7-57
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Switching and monitoring device RMS..
Range overview RMS705B..
Product Title
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Switching and monitoring device with languages de‚ fr‚ it‚ es‚ pt
N3124
S55370-C100
RMS705B-1
Switching and monitoring device with languages de‚ fr‚ nl‚ en
N3124
S55370-C101
RMS705B-2
Switching and monitoring device with languages da‚ fi‚ no‚ sv
N3124
S55370-C102
RMS705B-3
Switching and monitoring device with languages pl‚ cs‚ hu‚ ru‚ sk‚ N3124
bg
S55370-C103
RMS705B-4
Switching and monitoring device with languages el‚ ro‚ sl‚ sr‚ hr‚ tr N3124
S55370-C104
RMS705B-5
Switching and monitoring device with language zh
S55370-C105
RMS705B-6
N3124
7
7-58
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Extension modules and operator units for RMH..‚ RMK..‚ RMU..‚ RMS.. and RMB..
Plug-in type operator unit
-
RMZ790
Operator unit plugs into the Synco™ 700 controllers
For displaying and changing plant data for service staff and enduser
Clear-text operation
Can be plugged in and removed during operation
Power supply via the controller
Data sheet
N3111
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RMZ790
RMZ790
Detached operator unit with 3 m cable
RMZ791
7
Like plug-in type operator unit‚ but:
- Other mounting choices (typically for control panel door or wall mounting)
- Larger display
- Connection via a prefabricated 3 m cable‚ supplied as standard
Data sheet
N3112
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RMZ791
RMZ791
Bus operator unit
RMZ792
Communicating operator unit for operating up to 150 controllers‚ room units and central units from the
Synco™ 700 range via KNX bus.
Favorite pages can be freely defined. Designed for fixed installation or mobile use.
Data sheet
N3113
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RMZ792
RMZ792
Room unit with KNX bus
QAW740
Configurable unit with display of operating mode‚ timer‚ temperatures and fault.
With 3 operating elements:
- Knob for setpoint readjustments
- Operating mode button
- Timer button
Data sheet
N1633
Setpoint readjustment range
Measuring range‚ temperature
Communication
Connection cable
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
±3 K
0...50 °C
KNX TP1 EE
2-wire
IP20
96 x 96 x 47 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAW740
QAW740
7-59
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Extension modules and operator units for RMH..‚ RMK..‚ RMU..‚ RMS.. and RMB..
RMZ78..
Universal modules
Additional inputs and outputs required by the Synco™ 700 controllers can be provided by these modules. A description of the functions is given with the relevant controller module.
7
Data sheet
N3146
Power consumption
Universal input‚ signal
2 VA
0...1000 Ohm
1000...1175 Ohm
2 x LG-Ni1000
DC 0...10 V
Potential-free digital status contact
LG-Ni1000
Pt1000
T1 (PTC)
DC 0...10 V
Max. 1 mA
switching contact‚ potential-free
AC 19...265 V
4 (3) A
Analog output‚ signal
Analog output‚ current
Relay outputs
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Range overview RMZ78..
Universal inputs‚ number
Analog outputs‚ number
Relay outputs‚ number
Stock No.
Product No.
8
0
0
BPZ:RMZ785
RMZ785
4
0
4
BPZ:RMZ787
RMZ787
4
2
2
BPZ:RMZ788
RMZ788
6
2
4
BPZ:RMZ789
RMZ789
RMZ780
Module connector
Module connector for detached mounting of extension modules within the control panel.
Distance for detached mounting: Maximum 10 m.
Data sheet
N3138
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RMZ780
RMZ780
7-60
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Software and centrals
OZW772..
Web server for Synco devices
Web server OZW772 allows for remote plant control and monitoring via the web.
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Operate web browser via PC/laptop and Smartphone
Operate ACS (PC/laptop with ACS plant operating software)
Connections: USB and Ethernet
Display fault messages in the web browser
Send fault messages to a maximum of 4 e-mail recipients
Periodically send system reports to e-mail recipients
Visualize the plants in the web browser based on standard plant diagrams and customized plant web
pages
Acquire and display consumption data
Send consumption data file to 2 email recipients
Function "Energy indicator" to monitor data points for energy-related limit values‚ or "Green limits"
Web services for external applications via Web API (Web Application Programming Interface)
Encrypted with https and TLS for e-mails
Record of trends‚ display and dispatch to 2 e-mail recipients
Integration up to 237 S-Mode data points of KNX devices (not OZW772.01)
Direct commissioning with web browser or ACS service tool
Data sheet
N5701
Operating voltage
Power pack: AC 230 V
Web server: DC 24 V
KNX TP1 (wire-Bus)
Ethernet‚ RJ45 plug socket (shielded)
USB V2.0 (universal serial bus)
On DIN rails
With Screws
IP30
87.5 x 90 x 40 mm
Communication
Mounting
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7
Range overview OZW772..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Web server for 1 Synco device
BPZ:OZW772.01
OZW772.01
Web server for 4 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.04
OZW772.04
Web server for 16 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.16
OZW772.16
Web server for 250 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.250
OZW772.250
7-61
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Heating‚ Ventilation‚ Air-Conditioning‚ Cooling
Communicating HVAC controllers - Synco™ 700
Software and centrals
ACS790
Commissioning and plant operating software
PC software for commissioning‚ operating and supervision of HVAC plants.
Consists of 2 programs: ACS-Tool and ACS-Alarm.
ACS-Tool:
for plant commissioning‚ operating and service
- Popcard (standard and customized)
- Plant diagram (standard and customized)
- Plant view (standard and customized)
- Trend functions (online and offline)
- File transfer
- Parameter settings
- Commissioning protocol
ACS-Alarm:
- For receiving and managing alarms
7
Commissioning and service via OCI700 service interface
Compatible devices see OCI700.1.
Plant operation and supervision for
KNX systems
- Central units: OZW772
- Synco™ living: QAX9…
- Controllers: Synco™700‚ Synco RXB/RXL
- Thermostats: RDF…‚ RDG…‚ RDU341
- Sensors: QMX3.P30‚ QMX3.P70‚ AQR253.. and AQR257..
Data sheet
OCI700.1
N5649
Stock No.
Product No.
S55800-Y100
ACS790
Service tool for KNX / LPB
The service tool consists of:
- ACS790 CD-ROM
- OCI700 service interface
- USB cable
- Service cable for Synco™ controllers
Commissioning and diagnostics of the following devices:
Synco devices:
- Central communication units OZW772
- Heating controllers RMH of the 700-series
- Boiler sequence controllers RMK of the 700-series
- Universal controllers RMU of the 700-series
- Switching and monitoring devices RMS of the 700-series
- Room unit QAW740
- Central control units RMB of the 700-series
- Individual room controllers RXB.. / RXL..
- Synco™ living central apartment unit QAX9..
- Synco™ thermostats RDF..‚ RDG..‚ RDU341
- Sensores: QMX3.P30‚ QMX3.P70‚ AQR253.. and AQR257..
Data sheet
N5655
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:OCI700.1
OCI700.1
7-62
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Load Management
8
Load Management
8-3
Notes
8
8-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies
http://www.siemens.com/bt/en/gamma
2015
Load Management
Peak load limiter
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 360/01
For peak load limitation in plants with tariff-based power measurement
Value of an energy pulse configurable in watt hours
Configurable peak load limit of 30...1000 kW‚ with configurable warning limit of 25...1000 kW
Configurable measuring period of 15‚ 30 or 60 minutes for the calculation of the power mean value
Configurable cycle time of 15‚ 30‚ 60‚ 120 or 240 seconds for the load extrapolation interval
Value of pulse 10...20000 W/h
Up to 120 loads assignable to peak load limitation
State monitoring and switching of loads via KNX
With parameters assignable per load
Power consumption of the load
Turn-off priority (1...10)
Release/locking of load
Minimum make time
Minimum break time
Maximum break time
Number of permissible switching cycles in 24 h
Transmission of extrapolation data via KNX after each extrapolation
Transmission of statistics data via KNX at the end of each measuring period
3 LEDs for display of availability (operating voltage)‚ of an impending exceeding of the maximum value and of a missing synchronization pulse
5 LEDs for display of the current time interval within the measuring interval
8 LEDs for displaying the status of the first 8 loads
Inputs for connection of energy pulses generated by utility company counters and for connection of
synchronous pulses and high/low-tariff contacts
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for AC 230 V
Date and time required via bus
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal and contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
8
4 MW
The optional data rail must be ordered separately.
See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
Like the documentation‚ the statistics software for the peak load limiter can be downloaded free of
charge from the Internet at: www.siemens.com/gamma-td
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1360-1AB01
N 360/01
8-3
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Modular Installationsystem, Room Control Box
9
Overview and selection guides
Modular Room control
9-2
Room control box
Module boxes
9-3
Modules
9-4
Modular Installationsystem, Room Control Box
Overview and selection guides
Modular Room control
A new chapter for Gamma instabus®– decentralized and yet modular
room automation with its own KNX components for flexible use in the
room, based on one platform – regardless of installation location and
type.
The Room Control Box AP 641, the Control Module Box AP 118, and the
in-wall mounted UP devices enable distributed room control with a few
devices, high flexibility, great adaptability and modularity. The different
mounting forms allow a flexible installation in different locations in
the room: in installation ducts, under a raised floor, above a suspended
ceiling, and in wall boxes. The system presented here offers a great
functional variety for installation in-wall, on-wall, in parapet ducts, in
suspended ceilings, and under raised floors.
For surface mounting, for example, in a room or hallway, we recommend the new room automation box, providing space for eight KNX
sensor/actuator modules. Moreover, the automation module box
further permits the addition of an independent KNX sensor/actuator
module close to the actual application, for example, in wall ducts,
blind boxes or light housings.
A
Both automation boxes are assembled with RS or RL sensor/actuator
modules in a special quick-mount design. The available modles are full
KNX bus participants functioning as binary inputs and outputs, as well
as blind actuators, universal dimmer, and switch actuators. The RS and
RL modules have the same functionality for flush-mounting actuators
as well Identical functionality is available for different installation types
or locations featuring the same configuration possibilities. As a result,
the devices use a common application program regardless of mounting variant – i.e. devices for installation in the room automation box
and automation module box as well as flush-mount with or without
mounting frame.
D
9
81
85
_1
01
I2
C
D
E
D
B
C
D
I2 02_01488a
E
A Bus transceiver module (BTM)
B Flush-mounting actuator with bus
transceiver module (BTM)
C DELTA frames
D GAMMA Display/Operation
E BTI interface
Modular bus transceiver module and flush-mounting actuator
A key feature of the Gamma instabus® is its uniform bus transceiver
module. The bus transceiver module (BTM) can be used
as a stand-alone unit, as well as a combined version in various
devices of the flush-mounting actuator range.
Implementation of the BTI interface (Bus Transceiver Interface)
with the bus transceiver module (BTM) ensures maximum flexibility
and an impressive range of functions. Bus coupling units
(BTM) and flush-mounting actuators with integrated bus transceiver
modules (BTM) enable the use of GAMMA display/operator
interfaces, such as pushbuttons, text displays, room temperature
controllers and operation units in a wide range of designs.
Thus, all Gamma instabus® operator interfaces with BTI interface
in the design lines i-system and DELTA style/profil can be combined
with either a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flushmounting
actuator with bus transceiver module (BTM).
This reduces planning work and facilitates installation and commissioning. The application programs of the flush-mounting actuators
are identical to those of the functionally equivalent devices
from the modular room control range. This means that all
devices have the same standard application program - regardless
of mounting type - whether flush-mounting, with or without
mounting frame - or whether designed for installation in the room
control box and automation module box.
9-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Modular system for function-oriented
installation of room Modular
automation
Installationsystem, Room Control Box
Overview and selection guides
Modular for
Room control
Siemens is the only company marketing a complete range of products
room system
automation
and offering
highest
flexibility
Modular
for function-oriented
installationthe
of room
automation
when it comes to select-
ing the type and place of installation.
Siemens is the only company marketing a complete range of products for room automation and offering the highest flexibility when it
comes to selecting the type and place of installation.
Solution 1: Room automation box (AP 641) – compact and easy to install
M
AC 230V
KNX
AP 641
Place of installation:
– In suspended ceilings of corridors
– Power and bus lines are run to the AP 641
room automation box
– From the AP 641 room automation box, the load
lines are run to the lamps and the blind motors
Benefits:
– Space-saving installation in false ceiling/floor
– Multifunctional, can be combined in a room-oriented way
– Can be equipped with actuator and sensor modules as required
– Low wiring costs
– Low combustible load
9
Solution 2: Automation module box (AP 118) – flexible and function-oriented
M
AP 118
AP 118
AP 118
AP 118
AC 230V
KNX
Place of installation:
– In sill-type trunking and suspended ceilings
(alternatively in lamps)
– Power and bus lines are run directly to the automation
module boxes AP 118
– From the respective automation module box AP 118,
the load lines are run to the lamps or the blind motors
Benefits:
– Decentral installation in false ceilings, cable ducts,
or lamp housings
– Function-oriented installation
– Choice of room-related functions
– Low combustible load
Solution 3: Flush-mounting UP – conventional and smart
KNX
AC 230V
UP
M
UP
UP
Place of installation:
– In recessed conduit boxes or sill-type trunking
– Power and bus line are run to the recessed conduit boxes
– From the respective flush-mounting actuator,
the load lines are run to the lamps or the blind motors
Benefits:
– Flexible combination of user interfaces and actuators
– Function-oriented installation
– Straightforward upgrading from conventional to
KNX installations (e.g. for modernization)
Flyer_Raumautomationsbox_EN_RZ.indd 2
22.10.12 08:13
9-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Notes
9
9-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Modular Installation System‚ Room Control Box
Room control box
Module boxes
Control Module Box‚ 1 slot for a sensor/actuator module‚ type RS or RL
AP 118/01
V 1 slot for a sensor/actuator module‚ type RS or RL
V Separate connection compartment and strain relief for bus cable and functional lines
V Modular installation device with screw fixing for installation in linking ducts‚ under raised floors or for
surface mounting on the ceiling
V Enclosure: Plastic
V Degree of protection: IP20
Dimensions (W x H x D)
180 x 50 x 41.1 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1118-4AB01
AP 118/01
Room Control Box‚ 8 slots for a sensor/actuator module‚ type RS or RL
AP 641/01
8 slots for a sensor/actuator module‚ type RS or RL
Internal bus cable for connection of the sensor/actuator module to the bus
Separate connection compartment and strain relief for functional lines
Two PE/N bars for accommodation of the PE and neutral conductor of the functional lines
Bus connection via bus terminal
Modular installation device with screw fixing for installation under raised floors‚ on the wall or ceiling
or in wet rooms
V Enclosure: Plastic
V Degree of protection: IP54
V
V
V
V
V
V
Dimensions (W x H x D)
9
300 x 300 x 50 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1641-3AB01
AP 641/01
9-5
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Modular Installation System‚ Room Control Box
Room control box
Modules
RL 260/23
Binary Input‚ 4 inputs for 12 ... AC/DC 230 V
V 4 Inputs for AC/DC 12...230 V
V Max. cable length‚ unshielded‚ twisted 100 m
V Maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5 ... 2.5 mm [/2]
V The following functions can be selected per input:
- Switching state/send binary value
- Switch edge/short/long switch
- Dimming‚ shading control‚ single button group control
- 1/8-bit scene control
- 8-bit value edge
- 8-bit value short/long
- 16-bit floating-point value edge
- 16-bit floating-point short/long
- pulse counting with/without limit value monitoring (8/16/32 Bit)
V The following functions can be selected per input pair:
- 2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram (4 bit)
- 2-pushbutton shading control
V Optional blocking of each input by means of the respective blocking object
V Transmission of the input objects after change
V Optional cyclic transmission of input objects
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
9
Dimensions (W x H x D)
86.5 x 47.8 x 36.2 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
RS 510/23
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1260-4AB23
RL 260/23
Binary output devices‚ 2 x 230 V AC‚ 10 A (resistive load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
2 Floating relay contacts
Rated contact voltage AC 230 V
Rated contact current 10 A
Integrated bus coupling unit
Modular installation device for mounting in AP 118 automation module box or AP 641 room control
box
Bus-powered electronics
Bus connection via bus terminal‚ Integrated bus coupling units
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
Unchanged switching state of outputs in the event of system voltage failure
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Time functions: off delay‚ on delay‚ timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)‚ night mode (lighting for
cleaning)‚ Warning of impending off
Logical functions: Positively driven operation‚ Logic function (1 object)‚ Logic function (2 objects)‚ Can
be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
Transmitting status per channel
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
50.2 x 48.8 x 35.5 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1510-2AB23
RS 510/23
9-6
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Modular Installation System‚ Room Control Box
Room control box
Modules
Switching actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ C load
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
RL 512/23
1 floating relay contact
Rated contact voltage‚ 230 V AC
Rated contact current 16 AX / 20 AX
Modular installation device for mounting in AP 118 automation module box or AP 641 room control
box
Switching operation and operating hours counter
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
Unchanged switching state of outputs in the event of system voltage failure
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Time functions: off delay‚ on delay‚ timer mode (automatic stairwell switch)‚ night mode (lighting for
cleaning)‚ Warning of impending off
Logical functions: Positively driven operation‚ logic function (1 object)‚ logic function (2 objects)‚ can
be inverted per output (NO contact/NC contact)
Transmitting status per channel
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
86.5 x 47.8 x 36.2 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1512-4AB23
RL 512/23
Shutter Actuator‚ 1 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
9
RS 520/23
V 1 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
V Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
V Manual and standard mode
V Status: Transmitting status per channel‚ status position of sun protection‚ 8-bit‚ status position of slats‚
8-bit
V Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control
V 8 scenes to be integrated per channel
V Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
V Separate raising/lowering protection
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Individual configuration of actuator channels
V Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
V Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
V End position detection
V Using position data (8-bit value) for sun protection control (up/down) and slat control (open/closed)
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
50.2 x 48.8 x 35.5 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1520-2AB23
RS 520/23
9-7
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Modular Installation System‚ Room Control Box
Room control box
Modules
RL 521/23
Shutter Actuator‚ 2 x AC 230 V‚ 6 A
V 2 channels
V For the separate control per actuator channel of a sun protection‚ damper‚ door or window drive with
a motor for AC 230 V and electromechanical limit switches
V Electrically interlocked relays (for reversing direction of rotation)
V maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
V Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
V Automatic mode for sunlight tracking control
V Manual and standard mode
V Status: Transmitting status per channel‚ Status position of sun protection‚ 8-bit‚ Status position of slats‚
8-bit
V Integrated 1-bit/8-bit scene control
V 8 scenes to be integrated per channel
V Travel lock (e. g. for cleaning the outer shutter/blinds)
V Separate raising/lowering protection
V Alarm (Wind‚ Rain‚ Frost): Move to safety position‚ locking in this position for as long as alarm is active
V Individual configuration of actuator channels
V Adaptation of objects and functions to drive type
V Suitable for integration in a sunlight tracking control system
V End position detection
V Using position data (8-bit value) for sun protection control (up/down) and slat control (open/close)
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
V For mounting in AP 118 automation module box or AP 641 room control box
9
Dimensions (W x H x D)
86.5 x 47.8 x 36.2 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1521-4AB23
RL 521/23
9-8
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Modular Installation System‚ Room Control Box
Room control box
Modules
Universal Dimmer‚ 1 x 230 V AC‚ 250 VA‚ (R‚L‚C load)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
RS 525/23
One output for switching and dimming resistive‚ inductive or capacitive loads
Automatic adjustment to leading edge or trailing edge control‚ depending on the type of load
Rated operational voltage AC 230 V
Rated frequency 50...60 Hz
Rated power at +35°C ambient temperature: 10…250 VA
Electronic protection of the output against overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise
Reporting of overload‚ short circuit and temperature rise via the bus
Maintenance-free terminals for connection and through-wiring of untreated single-core‚ stranded or
multi-core conductors‚ 0.5...2.5mm²
Selectable mode for each output (normal mode‚ one- or two-level timer mode‚ blinking)
Adjustable on- and off-delay
Separately adjustable dimming time from 0...100 % for switching on / off and dimming brighter / darker
Two dimming value objects‚ each with individually adjustable dimming time from 0...100 %
The ability to switch an output on or off by dimming brighter / darker
Adjustable dimming value when switching on
Immediate activation (jumping) or dimming to a new dimming value
Selectable additional status object switching and / or status object dimming value for each output
Additional object for each output for blocking / releasing the output
Sending of status objects on request and / or automatically after a change
Adjustable blocking time for sending status objects after restart and bus voltage recovery
Adjustable dimming value for each output in the event of bus voltage failure and recovery‚ as well as
for mains voltage recovery
Additional night mode object for time-limited switching on the output (and hence illumination) at
night
Adjustable on period at night or with timer mode
Selectable warning of imminent switching off the illumination by dimming to 50 % of the previous
dimming value during night mode or timer mode
Integrated 8-bit scene control and integration of each output in up to 8 scenes
Separately adjustable dimming time for scene control
Selectable counting of operating hours and with threshold monitoring of the operating hours
Selectable counting of load cycles and with threshold monitoring of the load cycles
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
9
50.2 x 48.8 x 35.5 mm
The AP 641 room control box and AP 118 automation module box must be ordered separately.
See chapter Modular Installation System - Room Control Box.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1525-2AB23
RS 525/23
9-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways, Interface Converters
10
Overview and selection guides
Technical specifications
Gateways, Interface Converters
Gateways in the KNX network
11-2
KNX/Ethernet and KNX/Infrared
11-3
KNX/SIMATIC S7
11-4
KNX/Ethernet
11-5
KNX/DALI
11-6
KNX/Infrared
11-8
KNX/Ethernet
11-9
KNX/DALI
11-13
KNX/BACnet
11-17
KNX/USB
11-18
KNX/Infrared
11-19
KNX/EnOcean
11-21
KNX/LOGO!
11-22
Gateways, Interface Converters
Overview and selection guides
Gateways in the KNX network
The KNX network
Gamma instabus® offers interfaces to many other technologies, such as Ethernet (LAN) and lighting controls with DALI and BACnet network,
making it easy to exchange information and data via the KNX network. In particular, the KNXnet/IP supports connection to building control (OPC,
PROFINET, SIMATIC S7, etc.).
Interfaces to KNX
Pushbutton
Central
operation
Actuators and sensors
Switching
Dimming
Shutter/blind
Motion
detection
Room
temperature
controller
IR remote control
IR pushbutton
IR hand-held
transmitter
EnOcean
EnOcean
Gateway
EnOcean
wall-mounted transmitter
10
DALI Lighting control
KNX/DALI
Gateway
KNX
Touch panel
Display and operating
DALI
sensors
DALI
ECG
DALI
KNXnet/IP
IP-Interface
Notebook
KNXnet/IP
Webserver
IP Control
Center
WLAN-Router
Smartphone
Tablet PC
Notebook
IP/WEB
BACnet
IP Gateway
KNX/BACnet
BACnet/IP
Synco Primary controller
Synco 700 controller
LOGO!
LOGO!
SIMATIC
IP-Interface
SIMATIC S7
KNXnet/IP
I201_15527b
10-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways, Interface Converters
Overview and selection guides
KNX/Ethernet and KNX/Infrared
KNX/Ethernet
Faster downloads save time
With the KNXnet/IP standard, KNX telegrams can be transmitted via Ethernet (LAN). This enables applications and solutions. Existing network
infrastructures and technologies are used to transmit KNX data over greater distances. Links between buildings and/or building levels
can be clearly and easily implemented using KNXnet/IP.
Web Client
Smartphone
Web Client
Web Client
Tablet PC
ETS
WLAN-Router
IP/WEB
Web Server +
KNXnet / IP Interface
I201_19506a
KNX
Motion
detection
Room
temperature
controller
Weather
station
Central
operation
Switching
Dimming
Shutter/blind
Touch panel
Pushbutton
10
KNX/infrared
IR products
IR products are available for the remote control of room functions. Compared to radio solutions, IR is particularly interesting because
•there are applications in which radio-based remote control is not permitted (e. g. hospitals)
•the frequencies used are not allowed in all countries
Application
•Remote control of room functions: Lighting, shading, room climate, scenes, etc.
•Mounting on "movable" walls
•Use in hospitals where radio solutions are often prohibited
•Additional room functions which can be operated only by remote control (e. g. by service personnel, doctors, teachers, etc.)
I202_01293
KNX
IR hand-held transmitter
IR receiver decoder
Actuators
IR wall-mounted transmitter
Wall Switch with IR receiver decoder
System overview of IR products
For IR remote controls and IR wall-mounted transmitters (see chapter Display and Operation Units)
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
10-3
2015
Gateways, Interface Converters
Overview and selection guides
KNX/SIMATIC S7
The level of automated applications is also increasing in the area of building automation. Customers are interested in using components from the
field of industrial automation for the automation of infrastructure facilities. This is now possible using SIEMENS IP/Ethernet components.
Benefits
Use of tried and tested industrial components in the field of building automation, i. e. utilization of building automation data for the automation
of factories. Simple transfer of configuration data from ETS3.
Application
Automation and monitoring of buildings using KNX devices with components from the SIMATIC product range.
Function
10
Modules for communication of a SIMATIC S7 with KNX bus via IP/Ethernet using a KNXnet/IP interface:
•N 146/02 IP routers
•N 148/22 IP interfaces
•IP Control Center and BACnet-Gateway
•N 350E IP controllers
•N 151 IP viewers
•N 152/01 IP Control Center
•BACnet-Gateway
The KNX/EIB2S7 program package comprises modules for communication to the IP router/interface/controller/viewer and an editor for user-friendly parameterization of the modules.
Addressing is implemented by means of group addresses in the case of KNX and with DB and DW in the case of SIMATIC. Assignment of the various address terms to one another is implemented largely automatically in the KNX/EIB2S7 Editor.
One SIMATIC S7 can be connected to up to 5 KNXnet/IP interfaces, which permits the monitoring, operation and reading of a total of up to 7000
group addresses (depending on control type and the number of KNXnet/IP interfaces connected).
The modules also support the cyclic reading of values in 5 different, freely configurable cycles (10 min. - 1 x daily).
The following data point types are supported:
Data
point type
EIS 1
EIS 2
EIS 3
EIS 4
EIS 5
EIS 6
EIS 7
EIS 8
EIS 9
EIS 11
EIS 14
EIS 15
Application
Length
Switching
Dimming
Time
Date
Floating-point
Scaling
Motor control
Priority
Floating-point
32-bit counter
8-bit counter
String
1 Bit
4 Bit
3 Byte
3 Byte
2 Byte
8 Bit
1 Bit
2 Bit
4 Byte
4 Byte
1 Byte
14 Byte
Receive
Write
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Management
level
Automation
level
Read
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
KNX/EIB2S7 supports the following SIMATIC S7 CPUs:
•ET 200
-- IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU
•S7 300/400
-- CPU 315-2 PN/DP
-- CPU 317-2 PN/DP
-- CPU 319-3 PN/DP
-- CPU 414-3 PN/DP
-- CPU 416-3 PN/DP
•Soft PLC
-- SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2008 SP 1
•SIMATIC S7 300 with CP 343 - 1
-- CPU 315-2 DP
-- CPU 317-2 DP
-- CPU 319-3 PN/DP
•SIMATIC S7 400 with CP 443 - 1 Advanced
-- CPU 412-2 MPI/DP
-- CPU 414-2 MPI/DP
-- CPU 416-2 MPI
Visualization
SIMATIC S7 +
communication
Network
Switch
Field level
KNX
I201_14031
Further
information and ordering data for KNX/EIB2S7 see www.siemens.de/simatic.
10-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways, Interface Converters
Technical specification
KNX/Ethernet
KNX/Ethernet
Type
N 148/22
N 146/02
N 350E
N 151
N 143
N
N
N
N
N
n
n
n
n
n
2 MW
2 MW
4 MW
4 MW
4 MW
n
n
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715
mounting rail
Width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Display/control elements
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run, KNX communication,
IP communication
LCD
n
Power supply
Electronics powered via an external nominal AC/DC power supply unit for
24 V DC
Power consumption at 24 V DC [mA]
Power supply for the electronics via
"Power over Ethernet" according to IEEE 802.3af
n
57
n
(0.8 W)
n
n
n
n
n
57
60
60
60
(0.8 W)
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
1
1
1
1
1
n
n
Mains connection
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an
external power supply unit
10
Gateway
Supports KNXnet/IP
line coupler function (Routing)
Interface functions (Tunneling)
Interface functions (object server)
Integrated real-time clock weekly scheduling program for
100 scheduled entries/Astro function
Yearly time switching functions
Event entries
Logic gates
Web servers
n
4
1
4
1
n
n
200
30
10-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways, Interface Converters
Technical specification
KNX/DALI
KNX/DALI
Type
N 141/21
N 141/03
N 141/31
N 525E
Design
N
N
N
N
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimensions
Width [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
n
n
n
n
4MW
4 MW
4 MW
4 MW
LED + 7 Segment
LED + 7 Segment
LED + 7 Segment
LED
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Display/control elements
Status indication per output
Power supply
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit
DALI outputs powered via an integrated power supply unit
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via contact system to data rail
Bus connection via bus terminal
n
Outputs
10
Control outputs
DALI outputs (lines)
DALI output acc. to IEC 60929 for DALI ECG (16 V, floating, short-circuit resistant)
Max. ECG per output (Osram Dynamik 58 W)
Selected DALI sensors3)
2
1
2
8
n
n
n
n
64
64
64
8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Functions
Direct operation
Broadcast operation
Standalone operation
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage failure/recovery
Support of CIN
Scene control
Integrated 8-bit scene control
Scenes to be integrated per DALI output
Effect control
Integrated effect control (one-off or cyclic chaselight operation, color control)
Test function via ETS
Testing individual ECGs
Testing group assignment
Testing scenes
Testing effects
Group control
Up to 16 groups per DALI output
•Switching ON/OFF
•BRIGHTER/DARKER dimming
•Set value
Individual ECG control
Operation of individual ECG with
•Switching ON/OFF
BRIGHTER/DARKER dimming
Set value
•ETSApp in KNX Online Shop
•Stand-by shut down
•Pre-loaded applications
•Reintegrate defective ECG without software
n
n
n
n
n
n
16
16
16
16
4
4
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
10-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways, Interface Converters
Technical specification
KNX/DALI
... Continuation of the table
Type
N 141/21
Application program1)
9834xx1)
Time functions
n
Timer mode, 1-step (automatic stairwell switch)
n
Timer mode, 2-step
n
Night mode (lighting for cleaning)
n
Warning of impending OFF
Dimming
n
BRIGHTER/DARKER dimming
n
Adjustable dimming time
n
Brightness limitation, adjustable min. dimming value/max. dimming value
Switching
n
Switching ON/OFF
n
Configurable starting value
n
Switching ON/OFF possible via BRIGHTER/DARKER dimming
Emergency lighting
n
Support for prescribed test sequences for emergency lights
n
Controlling single battery lights
n
Internal memory for test results
Status
n
DALI short circuit
n
DALI power supply
Status output (ON/OFF, value, lamp fault, ECG fault)
n
Status group (ON/OFF, value, lamp fault, ECG fault)
n
Status ECG (ON/OFF, value, lamp fault, ECG fault)
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
2)
Per channel (line).
3)
Only selected DALI sensors are supported, see APB www.siemens.com/gamma-td
N 141/03
9837xx1)
N 141/31
9833xx1)
N 525E
980801
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n2)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
10
n
10-7
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways, Interface Converters
Technical specification
KNX/Infrared
KNX/Infrared
Design
Type
Application program1)
i-system
UP 223/5
DELTA style
UP 287/..5
909301
Enclosure data
Dimensions
•Width [mm]
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
55
55
11
68
68
14
6
3
h
2
8
4
v
2
Display/control elements
Individual pushbuttons
Pushbutton pairs
Operation (v: vertical, h: horizontal)
LED per pushbutton pair for status indication
LED for orientation light (ON/OFF configurable/dimmable)
IR activity display configurable via orientation LED
LED brightness configurable and controllable via object
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Bus connection
For plugging onto a bus coupling unit (BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus coupling unit (BTM)
Inputs
10
IR receiver decoder
IR channels in blocks of 64
n
n
16
16
Input functions
Switching
n
n
Switching ON/OFF/OVER
n
n
Pushbutton function (bell function)
Dimming
•Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit)
n
n
•Short button press, ON/OFF
•Long button press, BRIGHTER/DARKER
n
n
One-pushbutton dimming
Value transmission
n
n
8 bit/percent/16 bit
n
n
Brightness value
n
n
Temperature value
n
n
Positively driven operation
Time-delayed transmission of a second telegram, depending
n
n
on main function
n
n
Button deactivation
Shutter/blind
Shutter/blind control n
n
short button press, slat OPEN/CLOSED or STOP, long button press, UP/DOWN
n
n
One-pushbutton sun protection
Scene
n
n
Integrated 8-bit scene control (channels)
Assignments per channel
8
8
n
n
Store and call up scene, 8-bit
n
n
Store and call up scene, 1-bit
n
n
Short or long button press (store/call up scene), configurable
Status
LED on/off/flashing depending on the value n
n
(1 bit/8 bit/16 bit)
n
n
Pushbutton operation display configurable via LED
IR remote controls and IR wall-mounted transmitters must be ordered separately. see chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton with IR receiver
decoder.
1)
For current application programs, see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
10-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/Ethernet
IP interface
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 148/22
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Power consumption at 24 V DC‚ 57 mA
Power supply for the electronics via "Power over Ethernet" according to IEEE 802.3af
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
4 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1148-1AB22
N 148/22
IP router
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 146/02
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Power consumption at 24 V DC 57 mA
Power supply for the electronics via "Power over Ethernet" according to IEEE 802.3af
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
Line coupler function (Routing)
4 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
10
2 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1146-1AB02
N 146/02
10-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/Ethernet
N 350E01
IP controller
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
LC-Display
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
1 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Integrated real-time clock weekly scheduling program for 100 scheduled entries/Astro function
Yearly time switching functions
200 Event entries
30 Logic gates
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
10
N 151/01
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1350-1EB01
N 350E01
IP viewer
Interface converter between a KNX and an IP network‚ with the following simultaneously executable
functions:
- As a WebServer for monitoring and control of up to 40 states and values transmitted via the KNX network‚ which can be displayed on up to 5 image pages of a PC connected to the IP network using Internet Explorer 6.0‚ 7.0‚ 8.0 or Firefox 3.0 (for other browsers‚ see documentation at www.siemens.com/gamma-td)
- For the parameterization of a KNX system using ETS3.0f/ETS4
- For communication between the KNX network and a ComBridge Studio visualization software
V Special WEB page for the multilanguage adaptation of the presentation of an image page and a special
WEB page for firmware upgrades
V Ethernet interface for connection to the IP network using the Internet Protocol
V RJ45 socket for connection to Ethernet 10 Mbits/s
V 2 LED displays for indication of ready-to-run state and for IP communication
V Integrated bus coupling units
V KNX bus connection via bus terminal
V Electronics powered via an external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
V Connection of external power supply unit via an extra-lowvoltage terminal
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1151-1AB01
N 151/01
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
Accessories
10-10
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/Ethernet
IP Control Center
N 152/01
Visualization controller for full-graphic visualizations on web-compatible end devices such as PCs‚ laptops‚ tablets and smart phones with a standard web browser.
V Web server to operate and monitor up to 250 transmitted operation states and values
V Web editor for graphic engineering of web visualization and application modules such as:
- Scheduler program with up to 300 editable commands per week
- Scene module with up to 5‚000 scenes or events
- Full-graphic logic module providing up to 1‚000 logic functions
- Alarm function for up to 250 different alarm messages
- E-mail function with up to 20 contacts
V Special web site relating to firmware upgrade
V KNXnet/IP interface to parameterize a KNX plant
V Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbits/s with RJ45 socket for connection to the IP network through the internet protocol
V 2 LEDs for indication of IP connection/communication and error messages
V Built-in bus coupler and bus terminal for connection to a KNX network
V Power supply for electronics via external DC 24 V power source. Connection of external power source
via low-voltage terminal
V Device for top hat rail mounting on TH35 rails conforming to DIN EN 60715
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1152-1AB01
N 152/01
10
OZW772..
Web server for Synco devices
Web server OZW772 allows for remote plant control and monitoring via the web.
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Operate web browser via PC/laptop and Smartphone
Operate ACS (PC/laptop with ACS plant operating software)
Connections: USB and Ethernet
Display fault messages in the web browser
Send fault messages to a maximum of 4 e-mail recipients
Periodically send system reports to e-mail recipients
Visualize the plants in the web browser based on standard plant diagrams and customized plant web
pages
Acquire and display consumption data
Send consumption data file to 2 email recipients
Function "Energy indicator" to monitor data points for energy-related limit values‚ or "Green limits"
Web services for external applications via Web API (Web Application Programming Interface)
Encrypted with https and TLS for e-mails
Record of trends‚ display and dispatch to 2 e-mail recipients
Integration up to 237 S-Mode data points of KNX devices (not OZW772.01)
Direct commissioning with web browser or ACS service tool
Data sheet
N5701
Operating voltage
Power pack: AC 230 V
Web server: DC 24 V
KNX TP1 (wire-Bus)
Ethernet‚ RJ45 plug socket (shielded)
USB V2.0 (universal serial bus)
On DIN rails
With Screws
IP30
87.5 x 90 x 40 mm
Communication
Mounting
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
NEW PRODUCT
10-11
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/Ethernet
Range overview OZW772..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Web server for 4 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.04
OZW772.04
Web server for 16 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.16
OZW772.16
Web server for 250 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.250
OZW772.250
10
10-12
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/DALI
DALI control outputs
KNX / DALI Gateway plus/ Twin plus
N 141/03‚ N 141/21
V With emergency lighting‚ with sensors
V For communication via KNX EIB with electronic ballasts (ECG) with a DALI interface
V DALI outputs acc. to IEC 62386‚ each for communication with up to 64 DALI ECG and at least 10 sensors
V Integrated power supply with input voltage AC 110-240 V‚ 50-60 Hz or DC 120-240 V for powering
the gateway electronics and DALI output
V Maximum DALI output voltage of 19 V‚ short circuit resistant
V Incorrect voltage detection during commissioning‚ whether incorrect power line is connected to a
DALI output
V LED display for displaying operation mode and error messages
V Pushbutton for switching between bus and direct operating mode
V One pair of push buttons for switching On/Off of all connected DALI ECG
V One LED per DALI output for status signal of all connected luminaries in direct mode
V Configurable assignment of max. 64 DALI ECG per channel to max. 16 DALI groups per channel‚ exclusive controlled in groups or single (switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) and feedback for group
status and lamp failure
V Configurable behaviour for bus failure (stand-alone mode)
V Configurable pre-loaded applications without software (ETS)
V Configurable function burn-in for all ECG via pushbutton or single via object
V Scheduler for day‚ week‚ date and additional astro function
V Control (switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) of all connected luminaries together in broadcast
mode
V Status signal and display of lamp and ECG failure per group and per DALI device
V Transformation of dimming commands into a temporary set point adjustment for ECG with integrated
constant light level control and directly connected light level sensor
V One or two level timer
V Up to four integrated one time or cyclical control of repeatable sequences or color effects
V Distinction between self-contained emergency luminaries with one or two DALI devices
V Starting the self-conducted testing of each individual inverter and reporting the test result via bus or
save in a persistent memory with memory space monitoring over object
V Distinction between function test‚ short duration test‚ and long duration test
V Optional configuration of any DALI ECG to dim to a preset dimming value in case of emergency mode
V Locking of switching and dimming commands as well as configuration while emergency mode is activated
V Activation of emergency mode based on a configurable number of failed DALI ECG
V Lock object to elimination of failure messages interruption of ECG during emergency lighting testing
V Inhibit mode for disabling battery mode of self-contained emergency luminaries over pushbutton
V Per channel up to six stand-by-area analysis for activation of switch actuators
V Integrated scene control for up to 16 scenes per channel
V 16 integrated 2-level-controller for brightness control
V 16 integrated constant light level controller for main luminaries group and up to four additional luminaries groups
V Possible assignment of a CIN to a DALI ECG
V possibility to reintegrate defective DALI ECG without software (ETS)
V Assignment of DALI ECG to groups and test option for ECG‚ groups‚ scenes and effects via ETS during
commissioning
V Assignment of DALI sensors and test option of sensors via ETS during commissioning
V Integrated bus coupling unit with only half a standard bus load‚ bus connection via bus terminal
V Mounting on DIN rail EN 60715-TH35-7.5
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
10
4 MW
Range overview for KNX / DALI Gateway N 141/03 and N 141/21
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
KNX / DALI Gateway plus‚ 1 channel
5WG1141-1AB03
N 141/03
KNX / DALI Gateway Twin plus‚ 2 channels
5WG1141-1AB21
N 141/21
NEW PRODUCT
10-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/DALI
DALI control outputs
N 141/31
KNX / DALI Gateway Twin
V Communication via KNX EIB with electronic ballasts (ECG) with a DALI interface
V Two (2) DALI output acc. to IEC 60929‚ each for communication with up to 64 DALI ballasts and at
least 10 sensors
V Integrated power supply with input voltage 110...240 V AC‚ 50...60 Hz or 120...240 V DC for powering
the gateway electronics and DALI output
V Maximum DALI output voltage of 19 V‚ short circuit resistant
V Incorrect voltage detection during commissioning‚ whether incorrect power line is connected to a
DALI output
V LC display for displaying operation mode and error messages
V Pushbutton for switching between bus and direct operating mode
V One pair of push buttons for switching On/Off of all connected DALI ballasts
V One LED per DALI output for status signal of all connected luminaries in direct mode
V Configurable assignment of max. 128 DALI ECG to max. 32 DALI groups‚ exclusive controlled in groups
(switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) and feedback for group status and lamp failure
V Configurable behaviour for bus failure (stand-alone mode)
V Control (switching‚ dimming‚ set dimming value) of all connected luminaries together in broad-cast
mode
V Status signal and display of lamp and ECG failure per group and per DALI device
V Possibility to reintegrate defective DALI ECG without software
V One or two level timer
V Integrated scene control for up to 32 scenes
V 16 integrated 2-level-controller for brightness control
V Assignment of DALI ECG to groups and test option for ECG‚ groups and scenes via ETS during commissioning
V Assignment of DALI sensors and test option of sensors via ETS during commissioning
V Integrated bus coupling unit with only half a standard bus load‚ bus connection via bus terminal
V Mounting on DIN rail EN 60715-TH35-7.5
10
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 WM
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1141-1AB31
N 141/31
10-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/DALI
DALI control outputs
Accessories for KNX / DALI Gateway
DALI Multisensor office
UP 141/51
V Used as passive infrared detector for indoor ceiling installation
- Sensing range‚ horizontal 360 °‚ vertical approx. 80 °
- For monitoring an area with a diameter of approx. 4 m to approx. 7 m (depending on mounting and
room height)
- LED on sensor head for display
V Used as brightness sensor
- ConeDshaped detection area‚ opening angle 90 °
- Measuring range 20 to 1000 lx
V Integrated DALI bus coupling unit for communicating with a central DALI controller
V Power supply through DALI line with 5 mA DALI bus load
V Plug-in terminals for connecting the DALI line
V For installation in suspended ceilings
Dimensions (Ø x H)
40 x 19 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1141-2AB51
UP 141/51
DALI Push button interface 4fold
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 141/71
Binary input device
4 inputs to connect installation buttons
Supported actions per input
Short button press
Long button press
Integrated DALI bus coupling unit for communicating with a central DALI controller
Power supply through DALI line with 6 mA DALI bus load
For flush-mounting wall or ceiling outlet installations with a 60 mm diameter and depth of 60 mm
Plug-in terminals for connecting the DALI line
Cable set for connecting pushbuttons
Dimensions (W x H x D)
10
43 x 43 x 11 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1141-2AB71
UP 141/71
10-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/DALI
DALI control outputs
N 525E01
Switch/dimming actuator‚ 8 x DALI‚ 8 ECGs per DALI output
V 8 DALI outputs
V Control capacity for up to 8 DALI-ECGs per DALI output
V Power supplied to the electronics and the DALI outputs through an integrated power supply unit for
230 V AC
V Green LED for status display
V Pushbutton for selecting and switching over 4 DALI outputs respectively between bus and direct mode
V Yellow LED for indicating which 4 DALI outputs the direct mode is activated for
V 1 red LED per DALI output for indicating the circuit state or fault (e.g. lighting medium failure) of the
connected group
V Four pushbutton pairs for switching and dimming of 4 DALI outputs in direct mode‚ functional when
230 V AC is applied (also when no bus voltage is connected and also when bus communication has
not yet been started or is interrupted)
V Selection of identical or individual configuration of all DALI outputs
V Selectable operating mode per DALI output (normal mode‚ 1-level or 2-level time-switch mode)
V Per DALI output with command objects for switching on/off‚ dimming brighter/darker and setting dimming value
V Per DALI output optionally with up to 4 add-on status objects (circuit state and lighting medium failure‚ dimming value status and DALI status)
V Sending of status objects on request and/or automatically after change
V Per DALI output with add-on object for time-limited switching on of lighting in night mode (cleaning
light)
V Warning approx. 1 minute before imminent switching off‚ by dimming to 50 % of former dimming value in night or timer mode
V Adjustable switching on and/or off of a channel through dimming brighter/darker‚ dimming value
when switching on‚ actuating or dimming a new dimming value‚ dimming time from 0% to 100%
V Adjustable behavior on bus voltage or mains voltage failure and bus voltage or mains voltage recovery
V Add-on object and integrated 8bit scene control for saving and restoring up to 16 scenes per DALI output
V Integrated bus coupling unit as only half standard bus load
V Bus connection through bus terminal as well as contact system to data rail
V Device for mounting on rail TH35 DIN EN 60715
10
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1525-1EB01
N 525E01
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter system products and accessories - data rails.
10-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/BACnet
IP Gateway KNX-BACnet
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 143/01
BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) as Gateway between KNX TP and BACnet IP
Up to 250 BACnet objects
Up to 455 BACnet COV subscriptions
Automatic translation of KNX communication objects into BACnet objects according to the configuration with ETS
For communication between KNX EIB devices and PCs or other devices with Ethernet (10BaseT) interface‚ as well as in conjunction with a LAN modem or DSL router for remote access to an KNX EIB installation
For use as an interface e.g. for ETS3 or for visualization software
Use the KNXnet/IP protocol
Up to four KNXnet/IP Tunneling connections for parallel bus access by ETS and further PC software
ObjectServer connection for visualization via network connections with long signal transmission duration
Assignment of the network parameters by the installer using ETS‚ or automatically by a DHCP server
in the network
2 LEDs for display of operational availability and IP communication
Additional power supply by an external safety extra low voltage power supply for DC 24 V
Pluggable terminal block for connection of external power supply unit (not included)
Integrated bus coupling unit with bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Mounting on DIN rail EN 60715-TH35-7.5
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1143-1AB01
N 143/01
10
NEW PRODUCT
10-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/USB
N 148/11
USB interface
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Electronics powered via bus voltage or via USB by a connected PC
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Transmission PC D USB USB 1.1 or higher
Electrically isolated access to the bus line via integrated socket USB (Typ B)
Access to all bus devices in the system
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
1 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1148-1AB11
N 148/11
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
10
10-18
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/Infrared
UP 223/..5
Pushbutton with scene controller and IR receiver decoder‚ i-system
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 11 mm
Range overview UP 223/..5
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ titanium 5WG1223-2DB15
white
UP 223/15
Pushbutton‚ triple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ aluminum metallic
UP 223/35
5WG1223-2DB35
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
IR remote controls and IR wall-mounted transmitters must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Remote controls.
Pushbutton with scene controller and IR receiver decoder‚ DELTA style
Dimensions (W x H x D)
UP 287/..5
10
68 x 68 x 14 mm
Range overview UP 287/..5
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ tita- 5WG1287-2DB15
nium white
UP 287/15
Pushbutton‚ quadruple‚ with status LED‚ with scene controller‚ with IR receiver decoder‚ plat- 5WG1287-2DB45
inum metallic
UP 287/45
The bus transceiver module (BTM) (see Chapter System Products and Accessories) or flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module
(BTM) must be ordered separately. The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
IR remote controls and IR wall-mounted transmitters must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Remote controls.
10-19
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/Infrared
S 450/03
IR Receiver decoder
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
10
For receiving IR signals transmitted from IR wall-mounted transmitters or IR hand-held transmitters
Conversion of IR signals received from up to 32 IR channels into bus telegrams
Configurable evaluation of the IR signals per IR channel as single button or as button pair
Per IR button selectable functions
Switching on/off/over
Switching on or off at either rising or falling edge
Single button dimming
Single button sun protection control
1-/8-bit scene control
8-/16-bit value
Percentage value
Temperature value
Brightness value
Positively driven operation
Depending on the selected main function
Per IR button selectable additional function executed either after a time delay (time delay configurable
from 100 ms to 6550 s) or alternatively on a long button press
Per IR button pair selectable functions
2-button dimming with stop telegram
2-button sun protection control
Transmission variable percentage value
Transmission variable 8-bit value
1-/8-bit scene control
Positively driven operation
Depending on the selected main function: per IR button selectable additional functions
Switching on/off
8-16-bit value
Percentage value
Temperature value
Brightness value
Recall/save 1-bit scene 1
Recall/save 1-bit scene 2
Recall 8-bit scene
Positively driven on/off/deactivate
Blocking can selected for each IR button and configured individually
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Bus-powered electronics
Including clamping spring and rosette for installation in ceilings‚ walls or lights
For commissioning when mounted‚ a magnet is required‚ such as a 5WG1 590-8AH01 programming
magnet
Dimensions (W x H x D)
25 x 26 x 75 mm
The programming magnet must be ordered separately.
S 590H01
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1450-7AB03
S 450/03
Programming magnet for IR receiver decoders
Programming magnet for S 450 IR receiver decoders
The matching IR remote controls and IR wall-mounted transmitters must be ordered separately. See
Chapter Display and Operation Units - Remote controls.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1590-8AH01
S 590H01
10-20
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
EnOcean/KNX
Radio frequency receiver with Gateway EnOcean/KNX
RXZ97.1/KNX
V Evaluation of up to 32 EnOcean channels
V With RXB‚ other EnOcean functions may also be integrated: switches‚ window contacts‚ motion detectors
V Other EnOcean functions (dimming‚ blinds‚ light sensors) can be realized in KNX systems
V Powered via KNX bus
V With internal antenna
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Ambient temperature‚ operation
Ambient humidity‚ operation
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
DC 24 V
0.6 VA
-5…45 °C
5…93 % r.H.
IP20
71 x 71 x 27 mm
0.07 kg
For more products‚ see Chapter Radio system D EnOcean.
Stock No.
Product No.
S55842-Z101
RXZ97.1/KNX
10
10-21
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Gateways‚ Interface Converters
KNX/LOGO!
CM KNX
LOGO! communication module KNX/LOGO!
V For connection of LOGO! to KNX‚ as communication module for the LOGO! logic module (12/24 V or
115/240 V) and as bus device on KNX
V For linking transmitted KNX data points and LOGO! inputs and outputs via logic and control functions
through LOGO!
V For the linking and transmitting via KNX of up to
- 8 LOGO! binary inputs and 4 LOGO! binary outputs
- 16 virtual KNX binary inputs
- 12 virtual KNX binary outputs
- 8 virtual KNX analog inputs
- 8 virtual KNX analog outputs
V Transmission of date and time of the LOGO! real-time clock via KNX
V Two LEDs for the display of the communication status of LOGO! and KNX
V Electronics powered via an external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit‚ 25 mA
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via screw terminals
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
For more LOGO! Products‚ see Chapter Control and Automation Devices.
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
10
Stock No.
Product No.
6BK1700-0BA00-0AA2
CM KNX
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
Accessories
10-22
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Technical specifications
With KNX connection
Without KNX connection
Physical sensors with KNX connection
11-2
Overview
11-4
Physical sensors without KNX connection
11-5
Motion/presence
11-7
Brightness
11-12
Wind
11-14
Leackage
11-15
Temperature
11-16
Humidity
11-20
Air quality
11-22
Temperature
11-24
Humidity
11-28
Air quality
11-31
Sunlight intensity
11-34
11
Physical Sensors
Technical specification
Physical Sensors with KNX connection
Overview of module combinations – Room sensors for surface mounting
Measuring Variables
Communicating sensors
QXM3.P30
QXM3.P70
CO2
Relative
humidity
n
n
Input
Display
Temperature
CO2-indicator
passive
Temperature
NTC 10k
Two
potential-free
contacts
n
n
n
Overview of module combinations – Room sensors for flush mounting
Measuring Variables
Communicating sensors
+
Front module
AQR2570Nx
AQR2570Nx
AQR2570Nx
AQR2576Nx
AQR2576Nx
AQR2576Nx
AQR2576Nx
AQR2576Nx
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
AQR2532NNW
AQR2533NNW
AQR2535NNW
AQR2530NNW
AQR2532NNW
AQR2533NNW
AQR2535NNW
AQR2535NNWQ
Relative
humidity
CO2
Temperature
CO2-indicator
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
passive
Temperature
NTC 10k
Two
potential-free
contacts
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Replace x with:
– F for VDE/CEE (70x70 mm)
– H for British Standard (83x83 mm)
– G for Italian Standard 3 modular (110x64 mm)
– J for UL Standard 2” x 4” (64x110 mm)
Easy to handle
The Symaro sensor front module is equipped with spring clips.
The spring clips ensure easy and error-free mounting of the
front module to the basic module. In addition, an anti-theft
device prevent unauthorized removal of the front module.
B
A
D
I201_18588
11
Basic
module
Input
Display
C
A: Basic module AQR257../AQR254...
B: DELTA frame AQR251..
C: Anti-theft device
D: Front module AQR253..
11-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Technical specification
Physical Sensors with KNX connection
AP 257/42
GE 255/13
UP 255/11
AP 255/12
N 258/02
AP 254/02
AP 251/..1
UP 257/..
UP 258H/..
Type
UP 258E21
UP 258D11
Overview of module combinations – Room sensors for surface mounting
Enclosure data
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715
mounting rail
For installation in lights
Surface mounting
Flush mounting
Mounting in intermediate ceilings
Degree of protection
Mast mountings
Dimensions
•Width/Ø [mm] (1 MW = 18 mm)
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
n
n
n1)
n
n
n
IP20
IP20
n
n
n
n
n
n
IP55
IP54
IP20
IP20
IP44
n
88
633)
23
82
80
182
72
110
54
n
n
n
2)
2)
4 MW
4)
4)
4)
96
77
118
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for
supply voltage 230 V AC
Voltage supply through external power supply unit
n
n
n
n
n5)
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Plug onto UP 110 bus coupling unit
Bus connection via bus terminal
Bus connection via contact system to data rail
Transmission of sensor values via bus
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
180°
290°
10
6
8
8
n
n
Motion/presence
Motion
Presence
HVCA message output
Horizontal sensing angle
Vertical sensing angle
Range to the front [m]
Range on each side, up to [m]
Adjustable range
n
n
360°
100°
2.5 6)
n
7)
n
Brightness
Measuring range [Lux]
For measuring outdoor brightness
For measuring indoor brightness
For measuring indoor brightness, taking into account indirect
lighting
2 m connecting lead of sensor element (cannot be extended)
20...1000 1...1000
1...100000
0...2000
n
n
n
n
n
Temperature
Measuring range [°C]
PT1000 temperature sensor input
Max. cable length, unshielded, twisted [m]
-25...+55
-40...+150
4
50
Wind speed
Measuring range [m/s]
0...3 5
n
Limit value monitoring (3 limit values)
n
Logic operations (8 AND, 8 OR)
n
Recording, querying and resetting the maximum wind speed
1)
In conjunction with AP 258E surface-mounting enclosure.
2)
Dimensions are Design-dependent, see Physical sensors - with KNX connection.
3)
For flush mounting, mounting height approx. 31 mm, for surface mounting with AP 258E surface-mounting enclosure, approx. 73 mm. In conjunction
with AP 258E surface-mounting enclosure.
4)
Dimensions, see chapter Physical sensors - with KNX connection .
5)
The 4AC2402 electronic power supply unit is recommended.
6)
At mounting height 2.8 m (presence detection). Motion detection up to 5 m. For the complete technical specifications,
see www.siemens.com/gamma-td
7)
Rotating/swiveling sensor head.
11-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
11
Physical Sensors
Overview and selection guides
Overview
Overview Room sensors for surface mounting
Type
Room sensor
Contact sensor
External sensor
Raumfühler
Hygrostats
Condensation
detector
QAA2012
QAA2061
QAA2061D
QAD2012
QAC2012
QAC3161
QFA2000
QFA2060
QFA2060D
QFA1000
QFA1001
QXA26..
Temperature
passive1)
Pt1000
Pt1000
Pt1000
Pt1000
Pt1000
Humidity
active2)
Air quality
CO2
Relay contact
Display
VOC
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n3)
n
n3)
n
n
n
n
QXA2602
n
n
QPA2000
n
n
QPA2002
n
n
QPA2060
n
n
n
QPA2062
n
n
n
QPA2062D
1)
Can be connected to the N 258/02 temperature sensor (5WG1258-1AB02), see Physical sensors - with KNX connection.
3)
Measuring range adjustable.
n
Room sensor
n
11
11-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Technical specification
Physical Sensors without KNX connection
Overview of module combinations – Room sensors for flush mounting
Display
Measuring Variables
Active sensors
Passive
temp.
Basic
module
+
Front module
AQR2540Nx
+
AQR2532NNW
AQR2540Nx
+
AQR2533NNW
n
AQR2540Nx
+
AQR2535NNW
n
n
AQR2540Nx
+
AQR2534ANW
n
n
LG-Ni1000
AQR2540Nx
+
AQR2534FNW
n
n
NTC 10k
CO2
VOC
Relative
humidity
Active
temp.
CO2
-indicator
n
AQR2546Nx
+
AQR2530NNW
n
AQR2546Nx
+
AQR2532NNW
n
AQR2546Nx
+
AQR2533NNW
n
n
AQR2546Nx
+
AQR2535NNW
n
n
n2)
AQR2546Nx
+
AQR2535NNWQ
n
n
n2)
AQR2546Nx
+
AQR2534ANW
n
n
2)
n
LG-Ni1000
AQR2546Nx
+
AQR2534FNW
n
n
n2)
NTC 10k
n
n
AQR2547Nx
+
AQR2530NNW
n
AQR2547Nx
+
AQR2532NNW
n
AQR2547Nx
+
AQR2533NNW
n
n
AQR2547Nx
+
AQR2535NNW
n
n
n2)
AQR2547Nx
+
AQR2534ANW
n
n
n2)
LG-Ni1000
AQR2547Nx
+
AQR2534FNW
n
n
n2)
NTC 10k
n
AQR2548Nx
+
AQR2530NNW
n
AQR2548Nx
+
AQR2532NNW
n
n1)
AQR2548Nx
+
AQR2533NNW
n
n1)
n
AQR2548Nx
+
AQR2535NNW
n
n1)
n
n2)
AQR2548Nx
+
AQR2535NNWQ
n
n1)
n
n2)
AQR2548Nx
+
AQR2534ANW
n
1)
n
n
2)
n
LG-Ni1000
AQR2548Nx
+
AQR2534FNW
n
n1)
n
n2)
NTC 10k
AQR2500Nx
+
AQR2531ANW
LG-Ni1000
AQR2500Nx
+
AQR2531BNW
PT1000
AQR2500Nx
+
AQR2531FNW
NTC 10k
11
1)
n
n
n
Here, the in-door air quality is calculated from the CO2 and VOC measuring variables. VOC is not available as direct measuring variable.
2)
The measuring variable is solely available as switch output.
1)
11-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Notes
11
11-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Motion/presence
Motion detector‚ i-system
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
UP 258H
For detecting movement and measuring indoor brightness
Horizontal sensing angle 180°
Adjustable range: range to the front 10 m‚ range on each side‚ up to 6 m
Measuring range 1...1000 Lux
Transmission of sensor values via bus
Flush mounting‚ Degree of protection IP20
Plug onto UP 110 bus coupling unit
Bus-powered electronics
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 23 mm
Range overview UP 258H
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ titanium white
5WG1258-2HB11
UP 258H11
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ aluminium metallic
5WG1258-2HB31
UP 258H31
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ titanium white
5WG1258-2HB12
UP 258H12
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ aluminium metallic
5WG1258-2HB32
UP 258H32
The bus transceiver module BCU1/2 must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories
The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
UP 257
Motion detector‚ DELTA style
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
For detecting movement and measuring indoor brightness
Horizontal sensing angle 180°
Adjustable range: range to the front 10 m‚ range on each side‚ up to 6 m
Measuring range 1...1000 Lux
Transmission of sensor values via bus
Flush mounting‚ Degree of protection IP20
Plug onto UP 110 or UP 114 bus coupling unit
Bus-powered electronics
Dimensions (W x H x D)
11
68 x 68 x 23 mm
Range overview UP 257
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ titanium white
5WG1257-2AB13
UP 257/13
Motion detector‚ assembly height 1.10 m‚ platinum metallic
5WG1257-2AB41
UP 257/41
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ titanium white
5WG1257-2AB14
UP 257/14
Motion detector‚ assembly height 2.20 m‚ platinum metallic
5WG1257-2AB42
UP 257/42
The bus transceiver module BCU1/2 must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories
The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See Chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
11-7
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Motion/presence
UP 258.B..1
Presence detectors
V Used as passive infrared detector for indoor ceiling installation
V Sensing range‚ horizontal 360 °‚ vertical approx. 100°‚ rotating/swiveling sensor head‚ optionally for
shading off parts of the sensing range
V For monitoring an area for presence up to approx. 6 x 3.5 m‚ for a mounting height of 2.8 m (presence
detection)‚ motion detection up to 5 x 3.5 m
V Mixed light measurement‚ measuring range 20...1000 lux
V Presence detection for three function blocks (presence detector‚ motion detector and HVAC detector)
V Functions: Switching on/off‚ 8-bit value‚ 16-bit value‚ temperature value‚ brightness value‚ 8-bit scene
control
V Blocking object per function module
V Adjustable delay time per function module‚ which can be optionally set to a fixed time‚ or two times
that can be switched between via bus‚ or set to one value via bus
V Parallel operation of several presence detectors (master-slave‚ master-master) without logic modules
V Integrated IR receiver for S 255/11 IR remote control with six pushbutton pairs (see accessories)
V In the case of individual pushbuttons‚ selectable function per pushbutton: Switching Over‚ Switching
On‚ Switching Off‚ call up 8-bit scene‚ 8-bit value‚ 16-bit value‚ temperature value‚ brightness value
V In the case of pushbutton pairs‚ selectable function Switching on/off‚ switching over/over‚ 2-pushbutton dimming with stop telegram‚ 2-pushbutton sun protection control‚ transmit variable 8-bit value‚
8-bit scene control
V Blocking object for IR receiver decoder
V LED for display of detected motions in test mode
V Mounting on the ceiling in a flush-mounting device box with 60 mm diameter and at least 40 mm
mounting depth‚ or in an AP 258E surface-mounting enclosure‚ which must be ordered separately (see
accessories)
Dimension (Ø x H)
11
88 x 63 mm
Range overview UP 258.B..1
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Presence detector with brightness sensor
5WG1258-2EB21
UP 258E21
Motion detector with brightness sensor
5WG1258-2DB11
UP 258D11
Accessories for UP 258.B..1
S 255/11
IR remote control accessories for UP 258E21 or UP 258D11
V 6 pushbutton pairs for the remote control of lighting‚ shutter/blinds and scenes via UP 258E21 or UP
258D11 presence detector
V Parameterization is via ETS in the UP 258E21 or UP 258D11 presence detector
V Range: approx. 4.5 m
V Power supply: CR2025 lithium button cell
V Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529): IP40
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 87 x 6 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1255-7AB11
S 255/11
11-8
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Motion/presence
Surface-mounting enclosures for UP 258E21 or UP 258D11
AP 258E01
For fixing the presence detector as a surface mounting device
Dimensions (Ø x H)
88 x 44 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1258-7EB01
AP 258E01
11
11-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Motion/presence
AP 251
Motion detector
V To detect and report motion‚ optionally with or without a brightness threshold taken into consideration
V Sensing angle 290°‚ including masking to limit the capture zone‚ range at least 16 m (radius) with
mounting height 2...4 m and at 22 °C
V Integrated infrared receiver to set brightness threshold and delay time‚ as well as operating mode (test
mode‚ standard mode‚ pulse mode) via an infrared remote control
V Blocking and release of reporting mode through a communication object
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
V Device for wall or ceiling mounting
V Degree of protection IP 55 zur Montage auch im Außenbereich
Dimensions (W x H x D)
180 x 86 x 74 mm
Range overview AP 251
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Motion detector IP55‚ titanium white
5WG1251-3AB11
AP 251/11
Motion detector IP55‚ anthracite
5WG1251-3AB21
AP 251/21
Accessories for AP 251
5TC7900
Special base‚ accessory for AP 251 surface-mounting motion detectors‚ IP55‚
titanium white (similar to RAL9010)
V For outside or inside-angle mounting
V Cable entry surface or flush-mounted
V Titanium white
11
Dimensions (W x H x D)
5TC7901
88 x 64 x 105 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5TC7900
5TC7900
Special base‚ accessory for AP 251 surface-mounting motion detectors‚ IP55‚
anthracite
V For outside or inside-angle mounting
V Cable entry surface or flush-mounted
V Anthracite
Dimensions (W x H x D)
88 x 64 x 105 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5TC7901
5TC7901
11-10
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Motion/presence
IR remote control accessory for motion detectors AP 251 and 5TC721..
V
V
V
V
5TC7902
Infrared remote control
Range: Approx. 5 m
Functions
Vacation function / Presence
Continuous on (4h) / Normal mode
Test mode
Programming of the currently measured brightness value and the overrun time of 5s to 30 min
Direct selection of an overrun time of 10 min
Switchover to brightness-independent mode and pulse mode
Resetting of detector to 7 lux and 2 min delay time
Power supply through CR2025 lithium button cell‚ included in delivery
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 87 x 6 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5TC7902
5TC7902
11
11-11
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Brightness
UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE
255/13
Brightness controller
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
For measuring the brightness on an illuminated work area through measurement of the reflected light
Measuring range 0...2000 lux (with a reflectance of the illuminated area of approx. 30%)
Including two rigid optical fiber rods:
Parallel light-sensitive surface for mounting surface
Inclined (30°) light-sensitive surface for mounting surface
Integrated infrared receiver for calibration of the brightness measurement via the S 255 infrared
remote calibration tool
Transmission of the brightness measured value‚ either in the event of change and/or cyclically
Discretionary set-point as a parameter or a communication object
Optional two-step dimmer control for lights that can only be switched or constant light level control
for lights that can be switched and dimmed
Selectable starting value of the lighting at the start of constant light level control
Optionally with dimming of up to 4 further lighting groups to the dimming value of the constant light
level control or a dimming value that differs from the dimming value of the constant light level controller by an offset value‚ which can be set per group
The constant light level control is automatically deactivated by manually dimming‚ or by dimming to
a preset value
Configurable behavior in the event of a bus voltage recovery
Range overview UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE 255/13
11
Product Title
Dimension (Ø x H)
Brightness controller
UP-Brightness-controller
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
75 x 27 mm
5WG1255-4AB12
AP 255/12
75 x 20 mm
5WG1255-4AB11
UP 255/11
5WG1255-4AB13
GE 255/13
Brightness controller
50 x 35 x 20 mm
Accessories for UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE 255/13
S 255/01
IR remote calibration‚ accessories for UP 255/11‚ AP 255/12‚ GE 255/13
V Range: up to approx. 4.5 m
V Power supply: CR2025 lithium button cell (included in delivery)
V Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529): IP40
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 86 x 6 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1255-7AB01
S 255/01
11-12
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Brightness
Dual sensor for brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
AP 254/02
Brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
For the detection and transmission of brightness and temperature
Temperature measuring range -25 °C...+55 °C
Brightness measuring range 1 Lux...100 kLux
Horizontal sensing angle -60°...+60°‚ vertical -35°...+66.5°
For the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on the ambient luminosity
and/or ambient temperature
One sun protection channel for the automatic control of sun protection equipment‚ with
Starting and stopping of automation by means of an object or a dusk threshold
Up to three brightness thresholds for determining the height and position of the shutters/blinds or
roller shutters
Optional teach-in of dusk thresholds and brightness thresholds by means of a teach-in facility
Blocking object for the temporary deactivation of the sun protection channel function
Up to four universal channels for the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on ambient luminosity and/or temperature. Optionally available with:
Threshold switches for brightness
Threshold switches for temperature
Threshold switches with logical combination of brightness and temperature
Optional teach-in of brightness threshold for each universal channel by means of an associated teachin facility
Deactivation option for each universal channel by means of an associated blocking object (1 bit)
Optional second object for transmission of a second telegram on fulfillment of threshold conditions
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Surface mounting
Degree of protection: IP54
Dimensions (W x H x D)
11
72 x 110 x 54 mm
Light level control modules N 342 see chapter Lighting - Light level controls
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1254-3EY02
AP 254/02
11-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Wind
AP 257/42
Wind sensor
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Windspeed Measuring range 0...35 m/s
Recording‚ querying and resetting the maximum wind speed
Automatic indication in the event of a defective sensor
Mast mountings
Limit value monitoring (3 limit values)
Transmission of sensor values via bus
Logic operations (8 AND‚ 8 OR)
Electronics powered via an external power supply unit
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Surface mounting‚ degree of protection IP44
Dimensions (W x H x D)
96 x 77 x 118 mm
The 4AC2402 electronic power supply unit is recommended.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1257-3AB42
AP 257/42
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
Accessories for AP 257/..2
11
11-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Leakage
Water sensor‚ DELTA profil‚ titanium white
UP 272/11
V For detecting water in rooms with risk of leakages
V With water sensor for mounting near the ground with a 2 m long connecting lead (extendable to max.
20 m) with jack plug and a flush-mounting device
V For plugging onto a UP 110 bus coupling unit
V Indication of water/no water
V Alarm indication with adjustable cyclic transmission time
V Indication of defective device / cable
V Alarm indication for resetting the alarm
V Bus-powered electronics
Dimensions (W x H x D)
65 x 65 x 42 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1272-2AB11
UP 272/11
11
11-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Temperature
N 258/02
Temperature sensor 4 x Pt1000
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
For four Pt1000 sensors
For the measurement and transmission of 4 temperatures in the range -40...+150 °C
For connection of four Pt1000 temperature sensors2)‚ each via a 2-wire cable up to 50 m in length
Configurable smoothing of a measured value through mean value generation
Monitoring of a lower and upper limit value for each measured value‚ with configurable hysteresis for
limit value signals
Electronics powered via an integrated power supply unit for 230 V AC
Green LED for displaying ready-to-run status
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
The accompanying physical sensors must be ordered separately. See chapter Physical sensors - sensors
without KNX connection.
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
AP 254/02
Product No.
5WG1258-1AB02
N 258/02
Dual sensor for brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
V
V
V
11
Stock No.
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Brightness measurement‚ temperature measurement‚ sun protection control‚ lighting control
For the detection and transmission of brightness and temperature
Temperature measuring range -25 °C...+55 °C
Brightness measuring range 1 Lux...100 kLux
Horizontal sensing angle -60°...+60°‚ vertical -35°...+66.5°
For the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on the ambient luminosity
and/or ambient temperature
One sun protection channel for the automatic control of sun protection equipment‚ with
Starting and stopping of automation by means of an object or a dusk threshold
Up to three brightness thresholds for determining the height and position of the shutters/blinds or
roller shutters
Optional teach-in of dusk thresholds and brightness thresholds by means of a teach-in facility
Blocking object for the temporary deactivation of the sun protection channel function
Up to four universal channels for the control of switch‚ dimming and shutter/blind actuators‚ depending on ambient luminosity and/or temperature. Optionally available with:
Threshold switches for brightness
Threshold switches for temperature
Threshold switches with logical combination of brightness and temperature
Optional teach-in of brightness threshold for each universal channel by means of an associated teachin facility
Deactivation option for each universal channel by means of an associated blocking object (1 bit)
Optional second object for transmission of a second telegram on fulfillment of threshold conditions
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Surface mounting
Degree of protection: IP54
Dimensions (W x H x D)
72 x 110 x 54 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1254-3EY02
AP 254/02
11-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Temperature
AQR253..
Front modules for base modules
Color
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H)
Titanium white
IP30
55 x 55 mm
Range overview AQR253..
Measuring range‚ temperature
0…50 °C
Signal output temperature
Measurement range humidi- Stock No.
ty
Active
Product No.
S55720-S137
AQR2530NNW
S55720-S136
AQR2532NNW
The matching design frame must be ordered Separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
Base module with KNX for temperature and humidity measurement
AQR2570..
V The room sensor for flush mounting consists of a base - and front module
V Temperature control as continuous control (PID algorithm) for pure heating operation‚ heating and
cooling operation‚ and adjustable control value as continuous control value 0…100%‚ or as pulsewidth modulated (PWM) switching signal On/Off
V Ventilation control across 3 settable switching points for relative humidity‚ and 3 switching signal
objects On/Off‚ or one control value object 0…100% to control a ventilation actuator
V Setpoints for room temperature and relative humidity adjustable via KNX bus
V 1 analog input to connect temperature sensors with NTC 10k sensing element to measure room‚ floor‚
or ceiling temperature
V 2 multi-functional binary inputs to control window contacts or switches for blinds and/or lighting control
V Settable commissioning and control parameters
V Power supply via KNX-bus‚ bus load < 5 mA
V Integrated bus coupler with programming button and LED
Voltage supply
Analog inputs
Analog inputs‚ number
Digital inputs
Digital inputs‚ number
Connection‚ electrical
11
KNX bus
Passive temperature sensor NTC 10k
1
Potential-free contacts
2
Bus connection: spring terminal
sensor inputs: 4 screw terminals
Range overview AQR2570..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S203
AQR2570NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S204
AQR2570NH
IT (3 Modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S205
AQR2570NG
US (UL)
64 x 110 mm
S55720-S206
AQR2570NJ
11-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Temperature
QMX3..
Wall-mounted room sensors and operator units for KNX
The wall-mounted room unit QMX3.. consists of:
- Base plate
- Sensor or room operator unit
The following functions are (depending on type):
V Temperature sensor or multisensor (T‚ r.h.‚ CO2)
V Backlit display or LED display
V Touchkeys
V Switching and control of lighting‚ blinds‚ scenes
V Temperature control‚ adjustable as PWM control and/or modulating control (PID algorithm)‚ for pure
heating mode‚ pure cooling mode‚ heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes switchable via KNX and/or display: Comfort mode‚ Pre-Comfort‚ energy savings and
protection mode
V Adjustable commissioning and control parameters for radiated heating‚ slow and fast‚ floor heating
slow and fast
V Integrated bus coupling unit
V 3 independently adjustable switching values for CO2 concentration and relative air humidity for air
quality control
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-stage fans (humidity and CO2)
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-point positioning signal (humidity and CO2)
V Setpoint for room temperature and relative humidity and CO2 concentration adjustable via KNX
Measuring range‚ temperature
Sensing element‚ temperature
Degree of protection
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
11
QMX3.P30
0...50 °C
NTC
IP30
Wall-mounting
88.4 x 133.4 x 18 mm
Room sensor KNX for temperature
Functions:
V Temperature sensor
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H103
QMX3.P30
11-18
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Temperature
Room sensor KNX for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2
QMX3.P70
Functions:
V multisensor for temperature‚ humidity and CO2
V Air quality indicator with LED
V Temperature control‚ adjustable as PWM control and/or modulating control (PID algorithm)‚ for pure
heating mode‚ pure cooling mode‚ heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes switchable via KNX and/or display: Comfort mode‚ Pre-Comfort‚ energy savings and
protection mode
V Adjustable commissioning and control parameters for radiated heating‚ slow and fast‚ floor heating
slow and fast
V Integrated bus coupling unit
V 3 independently adjustable switching values for CO2 concentration and relative air humidity for air
quality control
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-stage fans (humidity and CO2)
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-point positioning signal (humidity and CO2)
V Setpoint for room temperature and relative humidity and CO2 concentration adjustable via KNX
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H104
QMX3.P70
11
11-19
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Humidity
AQR253..
Front modules for base modules
Color
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H)
Titanium white
IP30
55 x 55 mm
Range overview AQR253..
Measuring range‚ temperature
0…50 °C
Signal output temperature
Active
Measurement range humidi- Stock No.
ty
Product No.
0…100 %
S55720-S140
AQR2533NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S141
AQR2535NNW
The matching design frame must be ordered Separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
AQR2570..
Base module with KNX for temperature and humidity measurement
V The room sensor for flush mounting consists of a base - and front module
V Temperature control as continuous control (PID algorithm) for pure heating operation‚ heating and
cooling operation‚ and adjustable control value as continuous control value 0…100%‚ or as pulsewidth modulated (PWM) switching signal On/Off
V Ventilation control across 3 settable switching points for relative humidity‚ and 3 switching signal
objects On/Off‚ or one control value object 0…100% to control a ventilation actuator
V Setpoints for room temperature and relative humidity adjustable via KNX bus
V 1 analog input to connect temperature sensors with NTC 10k sensing element to measure room‚ floor‚
or ceiling temperature
V 2 multi-functional binary inputs to control window contacts or switches for blinds and/or lighting control
V Settable commissioning and control parameters
V Power supply via KNX-bus‚ bus load < 5 mA
V Integrated bus coupler with programming button and LED
11
Voltage supply
Analog inputs
Analog inputs‚ number
Digital inputs
Digital inputs‚ number
Connection‚ electrical
KNX bus
Passive temperature sensor NTC 10k
1
Potential-free contacts
2
Bus connection: spring terminal
sensor inputs: 4 screw terminals
Range overview AQR2570..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S203
AQR2570NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S204
AQR2570NH
IT (3 Modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S205
AQR2570NG
US (UL)
64 x 110 mm
S55720-S206
AQR2570NJ
11-20
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Humidity
Room sensor KNX for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2
QMX3.P70
Functions:
V multisensor for temperature‚ humidity and CO2
V Air quality indicator with LED
V Temperature control‚ adjustable as PWM control and/or modulating control (PID algorithm)‚ for pure
heating mode‚ pure cooling mode‚ heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes switchable via KNX and/or display: Comfort mode‚ Pre-Comfort‚ energy savings and
protection mode
V Adjustable commissioning and control parameters for radiated heating‚ slow and fast‚ floor heating
slow and fast
V Integrated bus coupling unit
V 3 independently adjustable switching values for CO2 concentration and relative air humidity for air
quality control
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-stage fans (humidity and CO2)
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-point positioning signal (humidity and CO2)
V Setpoint for room temperature and relative humidity and CO2 concentration adjustable via KNX
Dimensions (W x H x D)
88.4 x 133.4 x 18 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H104
QMX3.P70
11
11-21
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Air quality
Front modules for base modules
AQR253..
Color
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H)
Titanium white
IP30
55 x 55 mm
Range overview AQR253..
Measuring range‚
temperature
0…50 °C
Signal output temper- Measurement range
ature
humidity
Display
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S137
AQR2530NNW
S55720-S136
AQR2532NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S140
AQR2533NNW
AQR2535NNW
Active
0…50 °C
Active
0…100 %
S55720-S141
0…50 °C
Active
0…100 %
CO2 indicator by LED S55720-S219
AQR2535NNWQ
The matching design frame must be ordered Separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
AQR2576..
Base modules with KNX for CO2 measurement
V The room sensor for flush mounting consists of a base - and front module
V Integrated maintenance- and recalibration-free CO2 sensor
V Ventilation control across 3 settable switching points for relative humidity and CO2-concentration‚
and 3 switching signal objects On/Off‚ or one control value object 0…100% to control a ventilation
actuator
V Setpoints for room temperature‚relative humidity and CO2-concentration adjustable via KNX bus
V Temperature control as continuous control (PID algorithm) for pure heating operation‚ heating and
cooling operation‚ and adjustable control value as continuous control value 0…100%‚ or as pulsewidth modulated (PWM) switching signal On/Off
V 1 analog input to connect temperature sensors with NTC 10k sensing element to measure room‚ floor‚
or ceiling temperature
V 2 multi-functional binary inputs to control window contacts or switches for blinds and/or lighting control
V Settable commissioning and control parameters
V Power supply via KNX-bus‚ bus load < 15 mA
V Integrated bus coupler with programming button and LED
11
Voltage supply
Analog inputs
Analog inputs‚ number
Digital inputs
Digital inputs‚ number
Measuring range
Connection‚ electrical
KNX bus
Passive temperature sensor NTC 10k
1
Potential-free contacts
2
CO2: 0...5000 ppm
Bus connection: spring terminal
sensor inputs: 4 screw terminals
Range overview AQR2576..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S207
AQR2576NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S208
AQR2576NH
IT (3 Modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S209
AQR2576NG
US (UL)
64 x 110 mm
S55720-S210
AQR2576NJ
11-22
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
With KNX connection
Air quality
Room sensor KNX for temperature‚ humidity‚ CO2
QMX3.P70
Functions:
V multisensor for temperature‚ humidity and CO2
V Air quality indicator with LED
V Temperature control‚ adjustable as PWM control and/or modulating control (PID algorithm)‚ for pure
heating mode‚ pure cooling mode‚ heating and cooling mode
V Operating modes switchable via KNX and/or display: Comfort mode‚ Pre-Comfort‚ energy savings and
protection mode
V Adjustable commissioning and control parameters for radiated heating‚ slow and fast‚ floor heating
slow and fast
V Integrated bus coupling unit
V 3 independently adjustable switching values for CO2 concentration and relative air humidity for air
quality control
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-stage fans (humidity and CO2)
V Output for 1‚ 2‚ or 3-point positioning signal (humidity and CO2)
V Setpoint for room temperature and relative humidity and CO2 concentration adjustable via KNX
Dimensions (W x H x D)
88.4 x 133.4 x 18 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55624-H104
QMX3.P70
11
11-23
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Temperature
AQR2531BNW
Front module with passiv temperature measurement‚ Pt1000
Front module with passiv sensor.
Dimensions (W x H)
55 x 55 mm
Connectable with temperature sensor N 258/02 (5WG1258-1AB02)‚ see chapter Physical Sensors - with
KNX connection.
The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See chapter Diesplay and Operation untis.
The matching mounting plates must be ordered separately.
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S134
AQR2531BNW
Accessories mounting plates for front modules AQR2531..
AQR2500NF
Mounting plate EU (CEE/VDE)
Dimensions (W x H)
11
AQR2500NG
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S161
AQR2500NF
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S163
AQR2500NG
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S162
AQR2500NH
Mounting plate IT (3 modular)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NH
70.8 x 70.8 mm
110 x 64 mm
Mounting plate UK (British Standard)
Dimensions (W x H)
83 x 83 mm
11-24
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Temperature
Mounting plate US (UL)
Dimensions (W x H)
AQR2500NJ
64 x 110 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S164
AQR2500NJ
AQR2532NNW
Front module for base module‚ temperature (active)
Front module for base module with temperature sensor (active)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 mm
The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See chapter Diesplay and Operation untis.
Stock No.
Product No.
S55720-S136
AQR2532NNW
Base modules for temperature and humidity measurement
Operating voltage
Analog output‚ signal
Connection‚ electrical
AQR2540..
AC 24 V
DC15…36 V
DC 0...10 V
DC 2...10 V
DC 0...5 V
DC 0...20 mA
DC 4...20 mA
DC 0...10 mA
Screw terminals
Range overview AQR2540..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S142
AQR2540NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S143
AQR2540NH
IT (3 modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S144
AQR2540NG
11-25
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
11
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Temperature
QAA2012
Room temperature sensor Pt1000
Dimensions (W x H x D)
90 x 100 x 32 mm
Connectable with temperature sensor N 258/02 (5WG1258-1AB02)‚ see chapter Physical Sensors - with
KNX connection.
QAA20..1
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAA2012
QAA2012
Room temperature sensor‚ active
Measuring range
Measurement accuracy
0...50 °C
at AC 24 V in the range of
-25 °C...+25 °C ± 0.75 K
-50 °C...+50 °C ±0.9 K
7 min
Screw terminals
IP30
90 x 100 x 36 mm
Time constant
Connection‚ electrical
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Range overview QAA20..1
11
Analog output‚ signal
Operating voltage
DC 0...10 V
AC 24 V
DC 13.5...35 V
DC 0...10 V
AC 24 V
DC 13.5...35 V
QAD2012
Display
LCD
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAA2061
QAA2061
BPZ:QAA2061D
QAA2061D
Strap-on temperature sensor Pt1000
Dimensions (W x H x D)
60 x 67 x 43 mm
Connectable with temperature sensor N 258/02 (5WG1258-1AB02)‚ see chapter Physical Sensors - with
KNX connection.
Inclusive mounting accessories
QAC2012
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAD2012
QAD2012
Outside sensor Pt1000
For acquiring the outside temperature and D to a lesser degree D solar radiation‚ the effect of wind and
the temperature of the wall.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
80 x 92 x 50 mm
Connectable with temperature sensor N 258/02 (5WG1258-1AB02)‚ see chapter Physical Sensors - with
KNX connection.
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAC2012
QAC2012
11-26
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Temperature
Outside / room temperature sensor DC 0..10V
QAC3161
Active sensor for acquiring the outside temperature. For use in heating‚ ventilation and air conditioning
plants.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
80 x 88 x 39 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAC3161
QAC3161
11
11-27
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Humidity
AQR253..
Front modules for base modules
Front modules without sensor or with humidity and / or temperature sensors.
Color
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H)
Titanium white
IP30
55 x 55 mm
Range overview AQR253..
Measuring range‚ temperature
0…50 °C
Signal output temperature
Active
Measurement range humidi- Stock No.
ty
Product No.
0…100 %
S55720-S140
AQR2533NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S141
AQR2535NNW
The matching design frame must be ordered Separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
AQR2540..
Base modules for temperature and humidity measurement
Operating voltage
Analog output‚ signal
11
Connection‚ electrical
AC 24 V
DC15…36 V
DC 0...10 V
DC 2...10 V
DC 0...5 V
DC 0...20 mA
DC 4...20 mA
DC 0...10 mA
Screw terminals
Range overview AQR2540..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S142
AQR2540NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S143
AQR2540NH
IT (3 modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S144
AQR2540NG
11-28
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Humidity
Room sensor for rel. humidity / temperature
QFA20..
For relative humidity and temperature
Measurement range humidity
Measurement accuracy
Time constant
Connection‚ electrical
Degree of protection
0...95 % r.h.
At 0...95 % r.h. and 23 ºC: ±5 %
At 30...70 % r.h. and 23 ºC: ±3 %
Humidity <20 s
Temperature <8.5 min
Screw terminals
IP30
Range overview QFA20..
Signal output
humidity
Signal output
temperature
DC 0...10 V
Operating voltage
Measuring range‚ Display
temperature
AC 24 V
DC 13.5...35 V
DC 0...10 V
DC 0...10 V
AC 24 V
DC 13.5...35 V
0...50 °C
-35...35 °C
-40...70 °C
DC 0...10 V
DC 0...10 V
AC 24 V
DC 13.5...35 V
0...50 °C
-35...35 °C
-40...70 °C
LCD
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QFA2000
QFA2000
BPZ:QFA2060
QFA2060
BPZ:QFA2060D
QFA2060D
QFA1000
Room hygrostat‚ setpoint setting range 30...90 % r.h.‚ setpoint adjuster inside
device
11
2-position controller with humidity sensor
Setpoint adjuster inside device
Setpoint setting range
Switching differential
Time constant
Digital outputs
Connection‚ electrical
Digital output‚ switching voltage
Digital output‚ switching current
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
30...90 % r.h.
6 % r.h.
At v = 0.2 m/s: 5 min
1-pin
Potential-free
Changeover contact
Screw terminals
AC 230 V
5 (3) A
IP20
76 x 76 x 34 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QFA1000
QFA1000
11-29
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Humidity
QFA1001
Room hygrostat‚ setpoint setting range 30...90 % r.h.‚ external setpoint adjustment
2-position controller with humidity sensor
External setpoint adjustment
Setpoint setting range
Switching differential
Time constant
Digital outputs
Connection‚ electrical
Digital output‚ switching voltage
Digital output‚ switching current
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
QXA26..
30...90 % r.h.
6 % r.h.
At v = 0.2 m/s: 5 min
1-pin
Potential-free
Changeover contact
Screw terminals
AC 230 V
5 (3) A
IP20
76 x 76 x 34 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QFA1001
QFA1001
Condensation monitor
For monitoring and preventing condensation in buildings with chilled ceilings or in ventilation‚ air conditioning and heating plant.
Digital outputs
11
Switching point
Connection‚ electrical
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
1-pin
Potential-free
Changeover contact
92 ±4 % r.h.
Spring-type terminal
IP54
72 x 76 x 43 mm
Range overview QXA26..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Condensation monitor‚ AC/DC 24 V
S55770-T325
QXA2601
Condensation monitor‚ AC/DC 24 V‚ with remote sensor head (cable length 1.5 m)
S55770-T326
QXA2602
11-30
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Air quality
AQR253..
Front modules for base modules
Front modules without sensor or with humidity and / or temperature sensors.
Color
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H)
Titanium white
IP30
55 x 55 mm
Range overview AQR253..
Measuring range‚ temperature
0…50 °C
0…50 °C
Signal output temperature
Measurement range humidi- Stock No.
ty
S55720-S137
AQR2530NNW
S55720-S136
AQR2532NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S140
AQR2533NNW
0…100 %
S55720-S141
AQR2535NNW
Active
Active
Product No.
The matching design frame must be ordered Separately. See chapter Display and Operation Units - Pushbutton accessories.
Base modules with integrated VOC measurement
Operating voltage
Analog output‚ signal
Measuring range
Connection‚ electrical
AQR2547..
AC 24 V
DC15…36 V
DC 0...10 V
DC 2...10 V
DC 0...5 V
DC 0...20 mA
DC 4...20 mA
DC 0...10 mA
VOC: 0…100 %
Screw terminals
11
Range overview AQR2547..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S146
AQR2547NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S149
AQR2547NH
IT (3 modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S152
AQR2547NG
11-31
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Air quality
AQR2546..
Base modules with integrated CO2 measurement
Operating voltage
Analog output‚ signal
Measuring range
Connection‚ electrical
AC 24 V
DC15…36 V
DC 0...10 V
DC 2...10 V
DC 0...5 V
DC 0...20 mA
DC 4...20 mA
DC 0...10 mA
CO2: 0…2000 ppm
Screw terminals
Range overview AQR2546..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S147
AQR2546NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S150
AQR2546NH
IT (3 modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S153
AQR2546NG
AQR2548..
Base modules with integrated CO2 and VOC measurement
Operating voltage
Analog output‚ signal
11
Measuring range
Connection‚ electrical
AC 24 V
DC15…36 V
DC 0...10 V
DC 2...10 V
DC 0...5 V
DC 0...20 mA
DC 4...20 mA
DC 0...10 mA
CO2 + VOC: 0…100 %
CO2: 0…2000 ppm
Screw terminals
Range overview AQR2548..
Mechanical design
Dimensions (W x H)
Stock No.
Product No.
EU (CEE/VDE)
70.8 x 70.8 mm
S55720-S148
AQR2548NF
UK (British Standard)
83 x 83 mm
S55720-S151
AQR2548NH
IT (3 modular)
110 x 64 mm
S55720-S154
AQR2548NG
11-32
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Air quality
Room air quality sensor CO2 / temperature / rel. Humidity / VOC
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Analog output‚ signal
Ambient temperature‚ operation
Connection‚ electrical
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Time constant
QPA..
AC 24 V
DC 15...35 V
2 VA
DC 0...5 V
DC 0...10 V
0...50 °C
Screw terminals
IP30
90 x 100 x 36 mm
CO2: <5 min
Humidity: <20 s
Temperature: <8.5 min
Note:Not suited for safety-related applications!
Range overview QPA..
Measuring range
Measuring range‚
temperature
Measurement range
humidity
Stock No.
Product No.
CO2 : 0...2000 ppm
BPZ:QPA2000
QPA2000
CO2 : 0...2000 ppm
CO2 +VOC: 0...2000
ppm
BPZ:QPA2002
QPA2002
BPZ:QPA2060
QPA2060
BPZ:QPA2062
QPA2062
BPZ:QPA2062D
QPA2062D
CO2 : 0...2000 ppm
0...50 °C
-35...35 °C
CO2 : 0...2000 ppm
0...50 °C
-35...35 °C
0...95 % r.H.
CO2 : 0...2000 ppm
0...50 °C
-35...35 °C
0...95 % r.H.
Display
LCD
11
11-33
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Physical Sensors
Without KNX connection
Sunlight intensity
QLS60
Solar sensor
For measuring the solar radiation intensity.
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Analog output‚ signal
Measuring range
Time constant
Connection‚ electrical
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 24 V
DC 18...30 V
2.5 VA
DC 0...10 V
DC 4...20 mA
0...1000 W/m²
L2 s
Screw terminals
IP65
51 x 92 x 46 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QLS60
QLS60
11
11-34
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Technical specifications
Control and Automation Devices
Logic and control functions
12-2
Programmable logic controllers
12-3
Logic and control functions
12-5
Programmable logic controllers
12-8
12
Control and Automation Devices
Technical specification
Logic and control functions
Logic and control functions
N301/01
983501
750005
908701
740202
4 MW
1 MW
4 MW
1 MW
1 MW
n
n
n
n
n
n
740B01
740D01
N 302/01
740C01
N 350E 1)
740A01
N 305/01
740301
N 152/01
720101
Type
Application program 2)
Enclosure data
Modular installation devices for mounting on
TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
n
n
Power supply
Bus-powered electronics
Electronics powered via an external power
supply unit [V]
n
DC
12…30
AC/DC
12…30
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Bus connecion via contact system to data rail
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Functions
12
Configurable inverting of inputs
80
4
8
4
2 3)
4 3)
Configurable inverting of outputs
30
4 3)
Logic gate
1.000
30
2
n
n
n
Partition control
n
Forced control
Scheduled entries
300 4)
100
n
n 5)
Master clock (time source)
n
Astro function
Event entries
5.000 6)
80 7)
200
8
Scenes
5.000 6)
Effect control
5.000 6)
Alarms
250
Email contacts
20
1)
The software required for parameter assignment via the Ethernet interface is available on CD-ROM and is included in delivery, or can be downloaded at
www.siemens.de/gamma-de/gamma-td.
2)
For current application programs see www.siemens.de/gamma-td.
3)
Transmitter filter.
4)
Per week.
5)
Via time server.
6)
The sum of event entries, scenes and effects can be 5.000 maximum.
7)
10 entries per trip unit (8).
12-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Technical specifications
Programmable logic controllers
Programmable logic controllers
Type
Basic modules
LOGO!
230RC
230RCE
LOGO!
12/24RC
12/24RCE
Expansion modules
LOGO!
DM8 230R
LOGO!
DM8 12/24R
LOGO!
AM2
LOGO!
AM2 RTD
LOGO!
AM2 AQ
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Can be used for LOGO! 230RC
Can be used for LOGO! 12/24RC
Modular installation devices for mounting on
TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimensions
•Width [mm] (1 TE = 18 mm)
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
4 MW
4 MW
2 MW
2 MW
2 MW
2 MW
36
55
2 MW
36
55
n
n
n
n
Power supply
Power supply 115...230 V AC/DC
Power supply 12...24 V DC
n
n
n
Inputs
Pushbutton inputs
For voltage input
•230 V
•12/24 V
Control inputs
Analog input (0...10 V or 4...20 mA)
Sensor inputs
Temperature sensor input PT100 and/or
PT1000 automatic detection
Measuring range [°C]
8
8 (4)1)
4
4
4 x 0...10 V
2
2
-50...+200
Outputs
Control outputs
Analog output 0...10 V and/or 0/4...20 mA
Load output
Floating relay contact
4
Rated contact voltage, AC [V]
230
Rated contact current [A]
10
1)
8 digital inputs, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs 0...10 V.
12
2
4
230
10
4
230
5
4
230
5
12-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Notes
12
12-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Logic- and control functions
IP Control Center
N 152/01
Visualization controller for full-graphic visualizations on web-compatible end devices such as PCs‚ laptops‚ tablets and smart phones with a standard web browser.
V Web server to operate and monitor up to 250 transmitted operation states and values
V Web editor for graphic engineering of web visualization and application modules such as:
- Scheduler program with up to 300 editable commands per week
- Scene module with up to 5‚000 scenes or events
- Full-graphic logic module providing up to 1‚000 logic functions
- Alarm function for up to 250 different alarm messages
- E-mail function with up to 20 contacts
V Special web site relating to firmware upgrade
V KNXnet/IP interface to parameterize a KNX plant
V Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbits/s with RJ45 socket for connection to the IP network through the internet protocol
V 2 LEDs for indication of IP connection/communication and error messages
V Built-in bus coupler and bus terminal for connection to a KNX network
V Power supply for electronics via external DC 24 V power source. Connection of external power source
via low-voltage terminal
V Device for top hat rail mounting on TH35 rails conforming to DIN EN 60715
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1152-1AB01
N 152/01
Scene- / Event Controller
V
V
V
V
V
N 305/01
80 Event entries‚ 8 Event trigger‚ Sequence control
1-bit-/8-bit integrated scene control‚ 8 scenes to be integrated
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
12
1 MW
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data
rails.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1305-1AB01
N 305/01
NEW PRODUCT12-5
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Logic- and control functions
N 350E01
IP controller
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
LC-Display
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
1 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Integrated real-time clock weekly scheduling program for 100 scheduled entries/Astro function
Yearly time switching functions
200 Event entries
30 Logic gates
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1350-1EB01
N 350E01
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
Accessories for N 350E01
N 302/01
12
Time module
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
4 Configurable inverting of inputs (virtual)
4 configurable inverting outputs
Configurable transmission conditions
Time functions: on-/off delay‚ timer mode
Bus-powered electronics
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via contact system to data rail
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
1 MW
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data
rails.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1302-1AB01
N 302/01
12-6
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Logic- and control functions
Logic module
N 301/01
8 configurable inverting of inputs (virtual)
4 configurable inverting of outputs
2 user-definable logic gates
Positively driven on/off switching of loads (4 channels)
Partition control: 4 partition inputs‚ 4 controllable rooms‚ switching commands (2 x 1 bit)‚ brightness
values (1 byte)‚ switch/dimming commands (1 bit‚ 4 bit)
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via contact system to data rail
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
V
V
V
V
V
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
1 MW
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1301-1AB01
N 301/01
12
12-7
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Programmable logic controllers
230RC
LOGO! 230RC
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Power supply 115/230 V AC/DC
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC
4 floating relay contacts 10 A
Integrated time switch
200 function blocks linkable
Expandable with extra modules
Programming cable: LOGO! PC cabel (RS232 or USB)
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
230RCE
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA6
230RC
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA7
230RCE
LOGO! 230RCE
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Power supply 115/230 V AC/DC
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC
4 floating relay contacts 10 A
Integrated time switch
200 function blocks linkable
Expandable with extra modules
Programming cable: Ethernet
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
12/24RC
LOGO! 12/24RC
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
12
Power supply 12/24 V DC
8 digital inputs‚ of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0...10 V)
4 floating relay contacts 10 A
Integrated time switch
200 function blocks linkable
Expandable with extra modules
Programming cable: LOGO! PC cabel (RS232 or USB)
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
12/24RCE
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA6
12/24RC
LOGO! 12/24RCE
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Power supply 12/24 V DC
8 digital inputs‚ of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0...10 V)
4 floating relay contacts 10 A
Integrated time switch
200 function blocks linkable
Expandable with extra modules
Programming cable: Ethernet
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA7
12/24RCE
12-8
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Programmable logic controllers
Expansion LOGO! DM8 230R
DM8 230R
V Power supply 115/230 V AC/DC
V 4 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC
V 4 floating relay contacts 5 A
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1055-1FB00-0BA1
DM8 230R
Expansion LOGO! DM8 12/24R
DM8 12/24R
V Power supply 12/24 V DC
V 4 digital inputs 12/24 V DC
V 4 floating relay contacts 5 A
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1055-1MB00-0BA1
DM8 12/24R
Expansion LOGO! AM2
12
AM2
V Power supply 12...24 V DC
V 2 analog inputs (0...10 V or 4...20 mA)
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1055-1MA00-0BA0
AM2
12-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Programmable logic controllers
AM2 RTD
LOGO! AM2 RTD
V Power supply 12/24 V DC
V 2 analog inputs Pt100 and/or Pt1000
V Temperature range -50...+200 °C
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
AM2 AQ
2 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1055-1MD00-0BA1
AM2 RTD
Stock No.
Product No.
6ED1055-1MM00-0BA1
AM2 AQ
LOGO! AM2 AQ
V Power supply 24 V DC
V 2 analog inputs 0...10 V
V 0/4...20 mA
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
12
6EP13211SH03
LOGO! Power 12 V/1.9 A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Controlled power supply 12 V/1.9 A DC
For connection to a 1-phase AC system
Rated input voltage 100...240 V AC wide-range input
Range input voltage 85...264 V AC
Nominal output voltage 12 V DC‚ setting range 10.5...16.1 V
Nominal output current 1.9 A
Efficiency during operation at rated value typ. 80 %
Ambient temperature -20...70 °C
Protection class II‚ Degree of protection: IP20
Potential separation SELV acc. to EN 60950 and EN 50178
Emitted interference class B acc. to EN 55022
Approval acc. to CE‚ UL/cUL‚ FM
Marine approval GL‚ ABS
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6EP1321-1SH03
6EP13211SH03
12-10
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Programmable logic controllers
LOGO! Power 12 V/4.5 A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
6EP13221SH03
Controlled power supply 12 V/4.5 A DC
For connection to a 1-phase AC system
Rated input voltage 100...240 V AC wide-range input
Range input voltage 85...264 V AC
Nominal output voltage 12 V DC‚ setting range 10.5...16.1 V
Nominal output current 4.5 A
Efficiency during operation at rated value typ. 85 %
Ambient temperature -20...70 °C
Protection class II‚ Degree of protection: IP20
Potential separation SELV acc. to EN 60950 and EN 50178
Emitted interference class B acc. to EN 55022
Approval acc. to CE‚ UL/cUL‚ FM
Marine approval GL‚ ABS
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6EP1322-1SH03
6EP13221SH03
LOGO! Power 24 V/1.3 A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
6EP13311SH03
Controlled power supply 24 V/1.3 A DC
For connection to a 1-phase AC system
Rated input voltage 100...240 V AC wide-range input
Range input voltage 85...264 V AC
Nominal output voltage 24 V DC‚ setting range 10.5...16.1 V
Nominal output current 1.3 A
Efficiency during operation at rated value typ. 82 %
Ambient temperature -20...70 °C
Protection class II‚ Degree of protection: IP20
Potential separation SELV acc. to EN 60950 and EN 50178
Emitted interference class B acc. to EN 55022
Approval acc. to CE‚ UL/cUL‚ FM
Marine approval GL‚ ABS
12
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6EP1331-1SH03
6EP13311SH03
LOGO! Power 24 V/2.5 A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
6EP13321SH43
Controlled power supply 24 V/2.5 A DC
For connection to a 1-phase AC system
Rated input voltage 100...240 V AC wide-range input
Range input voltage 85...264 V AC
Nominal output voltage 24 V DC
Nominal output current 2.5 A
Efficiency during operation at rated value typ. 87 %
Ambient temperature -20...70 °C
Protection class II‚ Degree of protection: IP20
Potential separation SELV acc. to EN 60950 and EN 50178
Emitted interference class B acc. to EN 55022
Approval acc. to CE‚ UL/cUL‚ FM
Marine approval GL‚ ABS
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
6EP1332-1SH43
6EP13321SH43
12-11
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Control and Automation Devices
Programmable logic controllers
6EP13321SH52
LOGO! Power 24 V/4 A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Controlled power supply 24 V/4 A DC
For connection to a 1-phase AC system
Rated input voltage 100...240 V AC wide-range input
Range input voltage 85...264 V AC
Nominal output voltage 24 V DC
Nominal output current 4 A
Efficiency during operation at rated value typ. 89 %
Ambient temperature -20...70 °C
Protection class II‚ Degree of protection: IP20
Potential separation SELV acc. to EN 60950 and EN 50178
Emitted interference class B acc. to EN 55022
Approval acc. to CE‚ UL/cUL‚ FM
Marine approval GL‚ ABS
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
CM KNX
Stock No.
Product No.
6EP1332-1SH52
6EP13321SH52
LOGO! communication module KNX/LOGO!
V For connection of LOGO! to KNX‚ as communication module for the LOGO! logic module (12/24 V or
115/240 V) and as bus device on KNX
V For linking transmitted KNX data points and LOGO! inputs and outputs via logic and control functions
through LOGO!
V For the linking and transmitting via KNX of up to
- 8 LOGO! binary inputs and 4 LOGO! binary outputs
- 16 virtual KNX binary inputs
- 12 virtual KNX binary outputs
- 8 virtual KNX analog inputs
- 8 virtual KNX analog outputs
V Transmission of date and time of the LOGO! real-time clock via KNX
V Two LEDs for the display of the communication status of LOGO! and KNX
V Electronics powered via an external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit‚ 25 mA
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via screw terminals
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
12
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
6BK1700-0BA00-0AA2
CM KNX
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
LOGO! PC cable
6ED1057-1AA00-0BA0
6ED10571AA000BA0
LOGO! USB PC cable
6ED1057-1AA01-0BA0
6ED10571AA010BA0
LOGO! Ethernet cable
6XV1850-2GH20
6XV18502GH20
LOGO! German manual
6ED1050-1AA00-0AE8
6ED10501AA000AE8
LOGO! English manual
6ED1050-1AA00-0BE8
6ED10501AA000BE8
LOGO! Soft Comfort V7
6ED1058-0BA02-0YA1
6ED10580BA020YA1
LOGO! Memory card
6ED1056-1DA00-0BA0
6ED10561DA000BA0
LOGO! Battery card
6ED1056-6XA00-0BA0
6ED10566XA000BA0
LOGO! Combo Memory & Battery card
6ED1056-7DA00-0BA0
6ED10567DA000BA0
Accessories for Programmable logic controllers LOGO!
12-12
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System Products and Accessories
Overview and selection guides
Bus coupling units and accessories
13-2
Operator interfaces with DELTA bus coupling unit
13-3
Power supply units
13-4
Line couplers
13-5
Technical specifications
Bus coupling units and accessories / Power supply units
13-6
Network gateways
13-7
System Products
Bus coupling units and accessories
13-9
System Accessories
Power supply units
13-12
Line couplers
13-13
Network gateways
13-15
Cover strips, Bus terminals, Overvoltage protection
13-18
Data rails
13-19
13
System Products and Accessories
Overview and selection guides
Bus coupling units and accessories
Modular bus coupling unit and flush-mounting actuator
A key feature of the Gamma instabus® is its uniform bus coupling unit. The bus transceiver module (BTM) can be used as a stand-alone unit, as
well as a combined version in various devices of the flush-mounting actuator range.
Implementation of the BTI interface (Bus Transceiver Interface) with the bus transceiver module (BTM) ensures maximum flexibility and an
impressive range of functions. Bus coupling units (BTM) and flush-mounting actuators with integrated bus transceiver modules (BTM) enable the
use of Gamma display/operator interfaces, such as pushbuttons, text displays, room temperature controllers and operation units in a wide range
of designs. Thus, all Gamma instabus operator interfaces with BTI interface in the design lines i-system and DELTA style/profil can be combined
with either a bus transceiver module (BTM) or a flush-mounting actuator with bus transceiver module (BTM).
This reduces planning work and facilitates installation and commissioning. The application programs of the flush-mounting actuators are identical
to those of the functionally equivalent devices from the modular room control range. This means that all devices have the same standard application program – regardless of mounting type – whether flush-mounting, with or without mounting frame – or whether designed for installation in
the room control box and automation module box.
A
D
C
D
E
D
B
13
C
D
I2 02_01488a
E
A Busankoppler (BTM)
B UP-Aktorik mit Busankoppler (BTM)
C DELTA Rahmen
D GAMMA Anzeige-/Bediengeräte
E BTI-Schnittstelle
13-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System Products and Accessories
Overview and selection guides
Operator interfaces with DELTA bus coupling unit
Operator interfaces with DELTA bus coupling unit
I
A
B
C
E
K
B
I201_08159c
I DELTA UP 116 with claw
A
B
C
E
I
K
E
Bus coupling unit
Screw fixing
DELTA frame
DELTA pushbutton/rocker, single, double
Claw fixing
Without peripheral external interface (PEI)
and without BTI interface
13
13-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System Products and Accessories
Overview and selection guides
Power supply units
Application Example
Intelligent solution via safety supply and KNX/DALI gateway with status indication in emergency mode
In emergency mode, communication is maintained via the safety supply from KNX and DALI.
The failure detection of the general supply is executed via a KNX binary input, which the KNX/DALI gateway switches to emergency mode. It is not
possible to manually operate the emergency lights in emergency mode.
Normal mode
Emergency operation
•Lighting control with DALI
•Feedback of fault indications and failure of lighting and ECGs
to building control
•Parameterization of dimming value of DALI-ECG in emergency operation via KNX/DALI gateway
•The continued transmission of status indications in emergency operation is possible because there is no interruption of supply to KNX and
DALI.
Standard power supply
Emergency power supply
2
230 V AC / 220 V DC
1
230 V AC
Emergency power supply
230 V AC / 220 V DC
1
3
3
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
4
KNX
DALI ECG
DALI
5
DALI ECG
DALI
1 Changeover Unit
4 KNX/DALI Gateway
1 Changeover Unit
4 KNX/DALI Gateway
2 KNX Line Coupler
5 Emergency luminaire
2 KNX Line Coupler
5 Emergency luminaire
3 KNX Power Supply
6 KNX binary input
3 KNX Power Supply
6 KNX binary input
Emergency lighting with single battery KNX/DALI gateway
Normal mode
Emergency operation
•Lighting control with DALI
•Initiate/record/save tests
•Automatic emergency lighting acc. to parameterization via KNX/DALI
gateway
230 V AC
Inverter
Inverter
DALI
DALI ECG
Emergency lighting
Battery
DALI ECG
I202_02306a
Emergency lighting
Battery
I202_02305a
13
4
KNX
6
5
I202_02046a
6
I202_02047a
2
230 V AC
Standard power supply
13-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System Products and Accessories
Overview and selection guides
Line couplers
For example
Classic topology
In the classic topology, all the line
and backbone couplers are traditionally KNX couplers.
N 140 line/backbone couplers
for backbone and line connection
2.5.0
Level 5
LK
1.4.0
2.4.0
Level 4
LK
Main line 1.0
1.3.0
Line 1.3
LK
1.2.0
Line 1.2
LK
Level 3
Level 2
1.1.0
Line 1.1
Line 2.4
LK
Main line 2.0
Line 1.4
2.3.0
Line 2.3
LK
2.2.0
Line 2.2
LK
2.1.0
Level 1
LK
BK
Area 2
(East wing)
BK
Backbone
line 0.
1.0.0
Line 2.1
LK
KNX
Area 1
(West wing)
Tried and tested, this topology is
widely deployed. The bus cable
lengths are generally limited to a
single building.
Line 2.5
LK
I201_14029
1.5.0
Line 1.5
2.0.0
Modern topology
In this modern topology, the
backbone couplers are replaced by
N146/02 IP routers.
N 146 IP router as backbone coupler
2.5.0
Level 5
LK
1.4.0
2.4.0
Level 4
1.3.0
Line 1.3
LK
1.2.0
Line 1.2
LK
Main line 1.0
LK
Level 3
Level 2
1.1.0
Line 1.1
Line 2.4
LK
Main line 2.0
Line 1.4
2.3.0
2.2.0
Line 2.2
LK
2.1.0
1.0.0
Line 2.1
LK
KNX
Area 1
(West wing)
Data network
(LAN)
Other media, such as optical fiber
cables or W-LAN, can also be used
to couple separate buildings and
for the exchange of group address
telegrams.
Line 2.3
LK
Level 1
LK
mple), due to the use of standard
network components, the linking
of 2 building sections is no longer
restricted by the lengths of the bus
cable.
Line 2.5
LK
I201_14027
1.5.0
Line 1.5
Area 2
(East wing)
2.0.0
Innovative topology
In this innovative topology all line
couplers are replaced by N 146/02 IP
routers.
N146 IP router as line coupler
Line 1.5
2.5.0
1.4.0
Line 1.4
2.4.0
Line 2.4
Level 4
1.3.0
Line 1.3
2.3.0
1.2.0
2.2.0
Line 2.2
Level 2
1.1.0
Line 1.1
2.1.0
Line 2.1
Level 1
KNX
Area 1
(West wing)
Data network
(LAN)
Furthermore, the correct configuration of the N 146/02 IP router makes
the commissioning of both large projects and smaller individual projects
quicker and easier to manage.
Line 2.3
Level 3
Line 1.2
Backbone couplers are no longer
required. This configuration enables
the linking of each individual building level via Ethernet (LAN) and by
using existing LAN networks.
Line 2.5
Level 5
I201_14028a
1.5.0
An exchange of group address telegrams is still possible even if projects
are broken down into individual
projects.
Area 2
(East wing)
13-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
13
System Products and Accessories
Technical specification
Bus coupling units and accessories / Power supply units
Bus coupling units and accessories
Type
UP 117/12
UP 110/03
UP 110/11
UP 116/01
UP 116/21
UP 116/11
UP 116/31
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
71
71
32
71
71
32
Enclosure data
For installation in flush-mounting switch
and socket boxes with Ø = 60 mm
For mounting rockers from the DELTA
product ranges
10-pole user interface (UI) for plugging
onto a bus terminal
10-pole BTI socket connector
(BTI: Bus-Transceiver-Interface) for
plugging onto a bus terminal
Dimensions
n
n
n
•Width [mm]
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
71
71
18
71
71
27
71
71
19/32
Mounting type
Claw fixing
Screw fixing
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Display/control elements
LED for status indication
LED for orientation light
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Power supply units
13
Type
N 125/02
N 125/12
N 125/22
n
n
n
4 MW
4 MW
4 MW
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
120...230
220
120...230
220
120...230
220
Enclosure data
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715
mounting rail
Dimensions
•Width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Bus connection
Integrated chokes
Bus connection via contact system to data rail
Bus connection via bus terminal
Outputs
Rated operational voltage
•V AC
•V DC
50...60 Hz
Output voltage, DC [V]
Output current [mA]
Additional unchoked output for 29 V DC, for powering a
second bus line via an external choke (e. g. N 120/02)
n
n
n
29
160
29
320
29
640
n
n
n
13-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System Products and Accessories
Technical specification
Network gateways
Network gateways
Type
N 148/22
N 146/02
N 350E
N 151
N 143
N
N
N
N
N
n
n
n
n
n
2 MW
2 MW
4 MW
4 MW
4 MW
n
n
n
n
n
Enclosure data
Design
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting
rail
Width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Display/control elements
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run, KNX communication,
IP communication
LCD
n
Power supply
Electronics powered via an external nominal
AC/DC power supply unit for 24 V DC
Power consumption at 24 V DC [mA]
Power supply for the electronics via
"Power over Ethernet" according to IEEE 802.3af
n
n
n
n
n
n
57
57
60
60
60
(0.8 W)
n
(0.8 W)
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
1
1
1
1
n
n
Mains connection
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an
external power supply unit
n
n
Gateway
Supports KNXnet/IP
line coupler function (Routing)
Interface functions (Tunneling)
Interface functions (object server)
Integrated real-time clock weekly scheduling program for 100 scheduled
entries/
Astro function
Yearly time switching functions
Event entries
Logic gates
Web servers
n
n
4
1
4
1
n
n
200
30
13
13-7
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Notes
13
13-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Bus coupling units and accessories
Bus transceiver modules‚ Mounting depth 18 mm
UP 117/12
V For connection of a modular bus device to the bus line
V 10-pole BTI socket (BTI - Bus Transceiver Interface) for plugging of bus terminal devices with BTI connector
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with Ø 60 mm
V Screw fixing
V Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
71 x 71 x 18 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1117-2AB12
UP 117/12
Bus coupling unit‚ with BCU1‚ mounting depth 27 mm
UP 110/03
V 10-pole user interface (UI) for plugging onto a bus terminal
V BCU1
V Reverse voltage protection for switching off the bus coupling unit if the bus cable is incorrectly connected
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with I = 60 mm
V Screw fixing
V Mounting depth 27 mm
V Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
71 x 71 x 27 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1110-2AB03
UP 110/03
Bus coupling unit‚ with BCU1‚ mounting depth 19/32 mm
UP 110/11
V 10-pole user interface (UI) for plugging onto a bus terminal
V BCU1
V Reverse voltage protection for switching off the bus coupling unit if the bus cable is incorrectly connected
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with I = 60 mm
V For screw or claw fixing‚ mounting depth 19 mm screw fixing and 32 mm claw fixing
V Mounting depth 27 mm
V Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
13
71 x 71 x 32 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1110-2AB11
UP 110/11
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Mounting bracket for UP 110/11
5WG1294-8AB01
S 294/01
Paint shield
5WG1196-2AB01
UP 196/01
Sealing sets for rockers‚ IP44‚ for single or double rockers
5TG4324
5TG4324
Accessories
One set contains four insert seals
13-9
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Bus coupling units and accessories
UP 116..
DELTA Bus coupling unit
V For installation in flush-mounting switch and socket boxes with diameter = 60 mm‚ for Screw fixing
and prepared for Claw fixing
V LED per pushbutton pair for status indication or configurable as orientation light
V Mounting of rockers from the DELTA product ranges
V Integrated bus coupling units‚ bus connection via bus terminal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
UP 116/01
71 x 71 x 32 mm
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ single‚ intermediate position‚ with 2 LEDs
V
V
-
One Rocker button‚ intermediate position (pushbutton with 2 operating points)
The following functions can be assigned per operating point as required:
Switching on/off/over
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or stop Long button press‚ up/down
Store and call up scene‚ 1-bit in conjunction with scene module
Short or long button press (store/call up scene)‚ configurable
Display of any status objects (1-bit)
Display of pushbutton objects
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
UP 116/21
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB01
UP 116/01
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ single‚ pushbutton position‚ with 2 LEDs
V One Rocker button‚ pushbutton position (pushbutton with 1 operating point)
V Optional assigned functions Switching on/off/over
V Display of pushbutton objects
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
13
UP 116/11
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB21
UP 116/21
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ double‚ intermediate position‚ with 2 LEDs
V
V
-
Two Rocker button‚ intermediate position (pushbutton with 2 operating points)
The following functions can be assigned per operating point as required:
Switching on/off/over
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or stop Long button press‚ up/down
Store and call up scene‚ 1-bit in conjunction with scene module
Short or long button press (store/call up scene)‚ configurable
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB11
UP 116/11
13-10
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Bus coupling units and accessories
DELTA bus coupling unit‚ double‚ pushbutton position‚ with 2 LEDs
V
V
-
UP 116/31
Two Rocker button‚ pushbutton position (pushbutton with 1 operating point)
The following functions can be assigned per operating point as required:
Switching on/off/over
Dimming with stop telegram (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Dimming with cyclic transmission (4-bit) Short button press‚ on/off Long button press‚ brighter/darker
Shutter/blind control Short button press‚ slat open/closed or stop Long button press‚ up/down
Display of pushbutton objects
The required single or multiple rocker (with or without window) must be ordered separately.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1116-2AB31
UP 116/31
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Sealing sets for rockers‚ IP44‚ for single or double rockers
5TG4324
5TG4324
Accessories for UP 116..
One set contains four insert seals
13
13-11
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Power supply units
N 125/..2
Power supply unit
Integrated chokes
Bus connection via bus terminal or contact system to data rail
Rated operational voltage 120...230 V AC 50...60 Hz‚ 220 V DC
Output voltage 29 V DC
Additional unchoked output for 29 V DC‚ for powering a second bus line via an external choke (e. g.
N 120/02)
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
V
V
V
V
V
Operating voltage
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Bus connection
AC 120...230 V
DC 220 V
4 MW
Integrated choke
Via bus terminal
Via data rail
Range overview N 125
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Power supply unit DC 29 V‚ 160 mA with additional unchoked output‚ N 125/02
5WG1125-1AB02
N 125/02
Power supply unit DC 29 V‚ 320 mA with additional unchoked output‚ N 125/12
5WG1125-1AB12
N 125/12
Power supply unit DC 29 V‚ 640 mA with additional unchoked output‚ N 125/22
5WG1125-1AB22
N 125/22
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
N 120/02
Choke‚ 640 mA
V For operation with a KNX power supply without integrated choke or for connection to the unchoked
output of the KNX N 125/x2 power supplies
V Contact system for data rail
V Low-voltage terminal for unchoked voltage and bus
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Bus connection
13
2 MW
Integrated choke
Via bus terminal
Via data rail
The optional data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data
rails.
4AC2402
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1120-1AB02
N 120/02
Electronic power supply units
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Max. cable length between power supply unit and weather system: 100 m
Rated operational voltage 85...265 V AC (50/60 Hz)‚ 85...300 V DC
Rated secondary voltage 24 V DC‚ + 5 %‚
Residual ripple < 100 mV
Rated secondary current 0.35 A
Electronic overload protection
Permissible ambient operating temperature: - 20...+60 °C
Degree of protection: IP20
For mounting on EN 60715-TH35-7.5 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
4AC2402
4AC2402
13-12
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Line couplers
Line/backbone coupler
N 140/..3
V For data exchange between two KNX bus lines with telegrams of up to 64 byte
V For use as line coupler for connecting a line to the main line or as backbone coupler for connecting a
main line to the backbone line or as repeater for connecting two segments of the same line‚ with electrical isolation of the two bus lines
V Loadable filter table for control of the data exchange between the two bus lines
V Additional loadable filter table for telegrams with LTE addressing
V Detection of a communication fault on the lower-level line and signaling to the higher-level line
V 3 LEDs for display of availability and receipt of a telegram per line
V Power supply from the main line
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Line/backbone coupler for data rail
N 140/03
Bus connection to the line and to the main line via bus terminal
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Bus connection
1 MW
Via bus terminal
Via data rail
The data rail must be ordered separately. See chapter System Products and Accessories - data rails.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1140-1AB03
N 140/03
Line/backbone coupler
N 140/13
With bus connection to the line via contact system for data rail and to the main line via bus terminal
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Bus connection
13
2 MW
Via bus terminal
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1140-1AB13
N 140/13
13-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Line couplers
N 146/02
IP router
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Power consumption at 24 V DC 57 mA
Power supply for the electronics via "Power over Ethernet" according to IEEE 802.3af
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
Line coupler function (Routing)
4 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1146-1AB02
N 146/02
13
13-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Network gateways
IP interface
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 148/22
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Power consumption at 24 V DC‚ 57 mA
Power supply for the electronics via "Power over Ethernet" according to IEEE 802.3af
Integrated bus coupling units‚ Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
4 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1148-1AB22
N 148/22
IP router
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 146/02
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Power consumption at 24 V DC 57 mA
Power supply for the electronics via "Power over Ethernet" according to IEEE 802.3af
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
Line coupler function (Routing)
4 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
13
2 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1146-1AB02
N 146/02
13-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Network gateways
N 350E01
IP controller
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
LEDs for indicating that the device is ready-to-run‚ KNX communication‚ IP communication
LC-Display
Electronics powered via an external nominal 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
Integrated bus coupling units
Bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Plug-in terminal block for the connection of an external power supply unit
Supports KNXnet/IP
1 Interface functions (Tunneling)
1 Interface functions (object server)
Integrated real-time clock weekly scheduling program for 100 scheduled entries/Astro function
Yearly time switching functions
200 Event entries
30 Logic gates
Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
N 151/01
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1350-1EB01
N 350E01
IP viewer
Interface converter between a KNX and an IP network‚ with the following simultaneously executable
functions:
- As a WebServer for monitoring and control of up to 40 states and values transmitted via the KNX network‚ which can be displayed on up to 5 image pages of a PC connected to the IP network using Internet Explorer 6.0‚ 7.0‚ 8.0 or Firefox 3.0 (for other browsers‚ see documentation at www.siemens.com/gamma-td)
- For the parameterization of a KNX system using ETS3.0f/ETS4
- For communication between the KNX network and a ComBridge Studio visualization software
V Special WEB page for the multilanguage adaptation of the presentation of an image page and a special
WEB page for firmware upgrades
V Ethernet interface for connection to the IP network using the Internet Protocol
V RJ45 socket for connection to Ethernet 10 Mbits/s
V 2 LED displays for indication of ready-to-run state and for IP communication
V Integrated bus coupling units
V KNX bus connection via bus terminal
V Electronics powered via an external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit
V Connection of external power supply unit via an extra-lowvoltage terminal
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
13
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1151-1AB01
N 151/01
13-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System products
Network gateways
N 152/01
IP Control Center
Visualization controller for full-graphic visualizations on web-compatible end devices such as PCs‚ laptops‚ tablets and smart phones with a standard web browser.
V Web server to operate and monitor up to 250 transmitted operation states and values
V Web editor for graphic engineering of web visualization and application modules such as:
- Scheduler program with up to 300 editable commands per week
- Scene module with up to 5‚000 scenes or events
- Full-graphic logic module providing up to 1‚000 logic functions
- Alarm function for up to 250 different alarm messages
- E-mail function with up to 20 contacts
V Special web site relating to firmware upgrade
V KNXnet/IP interface to parameterize a KNX plant
V Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbits/s with RJ45 socket for connection to the IP network through the internet protocol
V 2 LEDs for indication of IP connection/communication and error messages
V Built-in bus coupler and bus terminal for connection to a KNX network
V Power supply for electronics via external DC 24 V power source. Connection of external power source
via low-voltage terminal
V Device for top hat rail mounting on TH35 rails conforming to DIN EN 60715
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
4 MW
The external 24 V AC/DC power supply unit must be ordered separately (e. g. 4AC2402).
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1152-1AB01
N 152/01
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Electronic power supply units
4AC2402
4AC2402
Accessories for IP backbone couplers
IP Gateway KNX-BACnet
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N 143/01
BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) as Gateway between KNX TP and BACnet IP
Up to 250 BACnet objects
Up to 455 BACnet COV subscriptions
Automatic translation of KNX communication objects into BACnet objects according to the configuration with ETS
For communication between KNX EIB devices and PCs or other devices with Ethernet (10BaseT) interface‚ as well as in conjunction with a LAN modem or DSL router for remote access to an KNX EIB installation
For use as an interface e.g. for ETS3 or for visualization software
Use the KNXnet/IP protocol
Up to four KNXnet/IP Tunneling connections for parallel bus access by ETS and further PC software
ObjectServer connection for visualization via network connections with long signal transmission duration
Assignment of the network parameters by the installer using ETS‚ or automatically by a DHCP server
in the network
2 LEDs for display of operational availability and IP communication
Additional power supply by an external safety extra low voltage power supply for DC 24 V
Pluggable terminal block for connection of external power supply unit (not included)
Integrated bus coupling unit with bus connection via bus terminal
Ethernet connection via RJ45 socket
Mounting on DIN rail EN 60715-TH35-7.5
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
13
4 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1143-1AB01
N 143/01
NEW PRODUCT
13-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System accessories
Cover strip‚ Bus terminals‚ Overvoltage protection
S 192/01
Cover strip‚ for mounting rails‚ length 242 mm
V For covering free data rail segments (in accordance with the SELV regulations for safety extra-low voltage)
V For snapping onto standard mounting rails‚ separable‚ RAL 7035
V Length 13.5 MW (1 MW = 18 mm)
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
S 193/01
13.5 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1192-8AA01
S 192/01
Bus terminal‚ 2-pole‚ 4 plug-in connectors‚ red/dark gray
V For connection of bus devices to the bus cable
V For connection of up to 4 bus cables
V Comprising two engaged clamp parts + (red) and - (dark gray)‚ each with 4 screwless plug-in terminals
per clamp part for solid conductors‚ I 0.6 mm...0.8 mm
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
S 190/01
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1193-8AB01
S 193/01
Overvoltage protection‚ as fine protection for bus devices
V For the overvoltage fine protection of bus devices
V For inserting in a bus device instead of a 193 bus terminal or for direct connection to a bus terminal
V For surge protection through connection of the yellow/green ground conductor to the next grounding
point
V 2 socket contacts (1 mm I) for insertion in bus devices
V 2 solid wires (0.8 mm I) for connection to the bus terminal
V A solid wire (0.75 mm2) for surge protection
V Rated voltage 24 V DC
V Rated current 6 A
V Rated discharge surge current 5 kA
V Protection level 350 V
13
Dimensions (W x H x D)
11.6 x 10.5 x 11.1 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1190-8AD01
S 190/01
13-18
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System accessories
Data rails
Data rail without connector for TH35-7.5 standard mounting rail‚ flat
190/..1
V For sticking (self-adhesive) in an EN 60715‚ TH35-7.5 flat standard mounting rail
V For interconnecting modular installation devices via their contact system
Range overview 190/..1
Product Title
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5
12 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 214 mm‚ (for max.
12 MW)
5WG1190-8AB01
190/01
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5
13 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 243 mm‚ (for max.
13 MW)
5WG1190-8AB11
190/11
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5
15 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 277 mm‚ (for max.
15 MW)
5WG1190-8AB21
190/21
18 MW
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5
mounting rail flat‚ length 324 mm‚ (for max.
18 MW)
5WG1190-8AB31
190/31
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5
24 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 428 mm‚ (for max.
24 MW)
5WG1190-8AB41
190/41
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-7.5
26 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 464 mm‚ (for max.
26 MW)
5WG1190-8AB51
190/51
13
13-19
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System accessories
Data rails
190/..2
Data rail with connector for TH35-7.5 standard mounting rail‚ flat
V
V
V
V
V
For sticking (self-adhesive) in an EN 60715‚ TH35-7.5 flat standard mounting rail
2 bus terminals (red/dark gray) for bus voltage
2 low-voltage terminals (white/yellow) for unchoked voltage
For interconnecting modular installation devices via their contact system
For connecting data rails to each other and to a bus cable
Range overview 190/..2
Product Title
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5
11 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 214 mm‚ (for max.
11 MW)
5WG1190-8AB02
190/02
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5
12 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 243 mm‚ (for max.
12 MW)
5WG1190-8AB12
190/12
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5
13 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 277 mm‚ (for max.
13 MW)
5WG1190-8AB22
190/22
17 MW
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5
mounting rail flat‚ length 324 mm‚ (for max.
17 MW)
5WG1190-8AB32
190/32
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5
23 MW
mounting rail flat‚ length 428 mm‚ (for max.
23 MW)
5WG1190-8AB42
190/42
25 MW
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-7.5
mounting rail flat‚ length 464 mm‚ (for max.
25 MW)
5WG1190-8AB52
190/52
13
13-20
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System accessories
Data rails
Data rail without connector for TH35-15 standard mounting rail‚ deep
190/..3
V For sticking (self-adhesive) in an EN 60715‚ TH35-15 deep standard mounting rail‚ mounting rail size
24 mm
V For interconnecting modular installation devices via their contact system
Range overview 190/..3
Product Title
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15
mounting rail deep‚ length 214 mm‚ (for
max. 12 MW)
12 MW
5WG1190-8AB03
190/03
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15
mounting rail deep‚ length 243 mm‚ (for
max. 13 MW)
13 MW
5WG1190-8AB13
190/13
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15
mounting rail deep‚ length 277 mm‚ (for
max. 15 MW)
15 MW
5WG1190-8AB23
190/23
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15
mounting rail deep‚ length 324 mm‚ (for
max. 18 MW)
18 MW
5WG1190-8AB33
190/33
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15
mounting rail deep‚ length 428 mm‚ (for
max. 24 MW)
24 MW
5WG1190-8AB43
190/43
Data rail without connector‚ for TH35-15
mounting rail deep‚ length 464 mm‚ (for
max. 26 MW)
26 MW
5WG1190-8AB53
190/53
13
13-21
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
System products and accessories
System accessories
Data rails
190/..4
Data rail with connector for TH35-15 standard mounting rail‚ deep
V For sticking (self-adhesive) in an EN 60715‚ TH35-15 deep standard mounting rail‚ mounting rail size
24 mm
V 2 bus terminals (red/dark gray) for bus voltage
V 2 low-voltage terminals (white/yellow) for unchoked voltage
V For interconnecting modular installation devices via their contact system
V For connecting data rails to each other and to a bus cable
Range overview 190/..4
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mount- 11 MW
ing rail deep‚ length 214 mm
5WG1190-8AB04
190/04
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mount- 12 MW
ing rail deep‚ length 243 mm
5WG1190-8AB14
190/14
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mount- 13 MW
ing rail deep‚ length 277 mm
5WG1190-8AB24
190/24
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mount- 17 MW
ing rail deep‚ length 324 mm
5WG1190-8AB34
190/34
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mount- 23 MW
ing rail deep‚ length 428 mm
5WG1190-8AB44
190/44
Data rail with connector‚ for TH35-15 mount- 25 MW
ing rail deep‚ length 464 mm
5WG1190-8AB54
190/54
REG 191/11
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Connector‚ 2 x 2-fold
V For connection of data rails within a distribution board or a data rail and a bus cable installed in a building
V As modular installation device with flat design for installation under distribution board covers
V With connection to the data rail over contact system
V With connection to the bus cable over two 193 bus terminals
V With additional connection for providing non-choke-protected extra-low voltage over 2 extra-low
voltage terminals
13
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
1 MW
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG1191-5AB11
REG 191/11
13-22
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Meters
Meters
Meters for electrical energy
14-3
14
Notes
14
14-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Meters
Meters for electrical energy
7KT PAC KNX expansion modules for connecting PAC1500 counters to KNX
7KT1900
The 7KT1 900 KNX communication module can be parameterized upwards of ETS 3.0 and provides the
following values via communication objects:
V Active power (phase 1‚ 2‚ 3 and sum)
V Reactive power (phase 1‚ 2‚ 3 and sum)
V Can be retrofitted to already installed E-counters
V Data transmission between the counters and the expansion modules is implemented via the IrDA
infrared interface
V Status indication by LED on the module
V Bus-powered electronics
V Integrated bus coupling units
V Bus connection via bus terminal
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
1 WM
Stock No.
Product No.
7KT1900
7KT1900
7KT PAC1500 single-phase counters
7KT153..
V Compliant with the new counter standard EN 50470 (Part 1 and 3)
V Easy-to-read LCD display
V Versions calibrated in accordance with the new Measuring Instruments Directive 2004/22/EC (MID)
can be used for invoicing purposes
V Exact recording thanks to accuracy class 1 (for active energy).
V Rated control supply voltage Un = 230 V AC
V Voltage range 184 ... 276 V
V Rated frequency fn 50 Hz
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
2 MW
Range overview 7KT153..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
7KT PAC1500 single-phase counters for direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double rate
7KT1531
7KT1531
7KT PAC1500 single-phase counters for direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double rate‚ calibrated
version
7KT1533
7KT1533
14
14-3
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Meters
Meters for electrical energy
7KT154..
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters
V Compliant with the new counter standard EN 50470 (Part 1 and 3)
V Easy-to-read LCD display
V Versions calibrated in accordance with the new Measuring Instruments Directive 2004/22/EC (MID)
can be used for invoicing purposes
V Calibrated versions available
V Exact recording thanks to accuracy class 1 (for active energy).
V Rated control supply voltage Un = 230 V AC
V Voltage range 184 ... 276 V
V Rated frequency fn 50 Hz
V Modular installation devices for mounting on TH35 EN 60715 mounting rail
Range overview 7KT154..
Product Title
Dimension width (1 MW = 18 mm)
Stock No.
Product No.
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for
direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double rate
4 MW
7KT1543
7KT1543
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for
direct connection‚ 80 A‚ double rate‚ calibrated version
4 MW
7KT1545
7KT1545
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for
transformer connection‚ 5 A‚ double rate
4 MW
7KT1540
7KT1540
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for
transformer connection‚ 5 A‚ double rate‚
calibrated version
4 MW
7KT1542
7KT1542
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for
direct connection‚ 125 A‚ double rate
4 MW
7KT1546
7KT1546
7KT PAC1500 three-phase counters for
direct connection‚ 125 A‚ double rate‚ calibrated version
4 MW
7KT1548
7KT1548
14
14-4
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System KNX RF –
Synco living
Overview and selection guides
Technical specification
Product range overview Synco™ living
15-2
Home automation system
15-4
Overview
15-5
Central functions
15-7
Individual room control
Consumption data acquisition
Synco™ living
15-9
15-10
15-11
15
Radio system KNX RF - Synco living
Overview and selection tools
Product range overview Synco™ living
Central apartment unit (1)
The heart and brain of the system. From here you can control all different functions for up to 12 rooms quickly and easily and monitor them via the display.
Room unit / room temperature sensor (2)
The room unit measures the room temperature and allows the settings entered into the central apartment
unit, such as temperature and operating parameters, to be adjusted for individual rooms. The comfort settings can be extended at the push of a button. The room temperature sensor measures the room temperature and communicates this by radio to the central apartment unit.
4
Radiator control actuator (3)
The radiator control actuator receives the pre-set desired temperature for this room by radio signal from the
central apartment unit and regulates room temperature by adjusting the radiator valve. It can also be regulate up to 5 additional radiators per room, thereby ensuring an even temperature between radiators.
Heating circuit controller / Multicontroller (4)
The heating circuit controller compares the actual values and setpoints for each room communicated from
the central apartment unit via RF and regulates the temperature by adjusting the valve settings of the heat
distributer.
The multicontroller is for precontrol of up to 2 independent hydraulic room groups (e.g. radiators, floor
heating) or for control of ventilation plant with up to 3 stages.
Web server (5)
The web server connects the home automation system to the internet. It allows you to access and operate
the system from a remote location via Smartphone, tablet or PC.
With the HomeControl app from Siemens, you have an intuitive and simple control for your heating, air
conditioning and ventilation system, as well as light and shading control.
Alarm messages, reports and consumption data can be sent to email recipients as required.
Consumption data interface (6)
The consumption data interface collects consumption consumption data of heat/cool energy, electricity,
water and gas.
Meteo sensor (7)
The meteo sonser acquires the outside temperature and atmospheric pressure and communicates this via RF
to the central apartment unit.
15
Lighting and blind control (8)
Convenient control of lighting and blinds − centrally, locally in the room, or as a scene. Naturally, the components can also be operated automatically, e.g. via time programs or simulation
of presence.
Door / window contact (9)
The door / window contact monitors the status of windows, doors and gates and transmits the relevant data
to the central apartment unit. In the case of deviations from the norm, the system can alert you in a variety
of ways. In addition, it saves energy and stay comfortable.
Water monitor (10)
Supervision of laundry machine, dish washer, aquarium or any other potential source of water damage.
The water monitor with detached sensor for detecting water leaks sends its status by radio to the central
apartment unit in the event of a water leakage.
4-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Overview and selection guides
Product range overview Synco™ living
Use SyncoTM living – and technology becomes your valued companion in the house
Synco™ living is the outstanding modular Homeautomation system from Siemens. It offers central operation and adapts all parameters for
comfortable living, such as optimum room temperatures, air and light conditions, safety and security, plus economical use of energy and
financial resources, to individual needs. The system can be dynamically matched to changing living conditions. Information within the system is
transmitted either wire-bound (KNX TP1) or via radio (KNX RF).
To be able to satisfy all kinds of requirements in the residential sector, today‘s Homeautomation systems must be compatible with a large number
of systems on the market. Synco™ living offers absolute openness. This means that – now or later – you can integrate almost any type of system
into your Synco™ living configuration conforming to international KNX standard.
More information about Synco living see www.siemens.com/syncoliving
4
7
9
2
2
2
5
3
9
9
9
3
3
8
2
8
1
8
15
6
4
2
10
3
3
15-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Overview and selection guides
Home automation system
Synco living – more comfort at home
Synco living is specially tailored to the needs of private areas. The unique home automation system unites all functions such as heating, ventilation, lighting, blinds, security technology as well as consumption data acquisition. All components can be integrated wired or wireless in a flexible
way. The control in line with the demand allows up to 30% less heating energy use – and lower CO2 emissions for your home. Synco living fulfils
all requirements to achieve energy efficiency class A in accordance with EN 15232. In addition the eu.bac certification demonstrates proven quality and energy efficiency according to European standards and directives.
Synco operating – efficient operation of plant with straightforward remote control
Thanks to Synco’s Web server, plant operation and monitoring can be effected from a PC or Smartphone at any time and from any location. An
alarm system delivers fault status or maintenance messages in due time, also via SMS or e-mail, if required. The app allows operation from underway or from the sofa.
Monitored energy efficiency
The energy indicator monitors end user settings, shows exceeded limit values and reports them to the residents periodically via e-mail or app. A
leaf symbol shows the energy status for each setting: Green means that the setting is correct from an energetic point of view; orange signals that
Communication-Network
a setting is energetically unfavorable. This way, each deviation
is made transparent and visible at all times.
Cloud / Telco
GPRS
WLan
Internet/
Intranet
Router
Smartphone
Tablet PC
PC
HTTP/HTTPS on Ethernet
Apartment
Plant room
Webserver
KNX TP
RF
Repeater
Central
apartment
unit
Meteosensor
Primary
plant control
Synco 700
KNX RF
Distribution
M-Bus
Multicontroller
15
Heating circuit
controller
Meter data
acquisition
Light / blind
actuator
I201_19186a
Rooms
Water
leakage
Door and
Window
Roomtemperature
Roomoperation
Radiator
heating
control
Synco living
Receiver
Transmitter
Roomoperation
Push- Light / blind
button actuator
Gamma
Gamma - The tried-and-tested building control
Gamma building control enables all components in house and building control systems to be networked flexibly via the two wires of the bus cable.
Whether you want to realize highly complex multi-utility systems or are looking for small solutions – this technology can be adapted to your individual requirements.
Synco 700 – versatile HVAC controller range of modular design
Being the heart for manages the primary energy plant. This modular product range controls and monitors the HVAC plant. Installation and commissioning work can be performed quickly and efficiently: The extension modules simply click onto the controllers. Thanks to standard applications integrated in the controllers, there is no need for programming. The documentation gives you an overview of all integrated applications.
Also, customized configuartions can be made very straightforwardly.
15-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Technical specification
Overview
OZW772..
QAA910
QAW910
QAX903..
QAX913..
QFP910
RRV912
RRV918
RRV934
SSA955
WRI982
87
36
27
84
84
23
87.5
90
40
84
84
23
80
92
50
84
84
23
84
130
23.6
230
130
29.7
230
130
29.7
84
84
23
180
98
50
245
98
50
245
98
50
48
95
80.6
120
90
50
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
QAC910
ERF910
Type
AP 260/11
Overview
Enclosure data
Dimension
•Width [mm]
•Height [mm]
•Depth [mm]
Mounting
Wall mounting
•with screws
•adhesive fastening
On TH35 EN 60715 mounting
rail
Direct mounting on valve
•M30 x 1.5 Siemens
•with adaptors for other manufacturers
n
n
n
Display/control elements
Pushbuttons
•Operating mode
•Apartment timer
•Absence
•Domestic hot water/ventilation
•Info pages
•Programming RF
•Adressing mode
•Remote-button
Two-way pushbuttons
•Switching
•Dimming
•Shutter/Blind
•Scene
•Info pages
Display
LCD with rotary switch
LCD with menu control
LED status display
•Channel status
•Communication status
•Power supply status
•Operation and „Energy indicator“
•Addressing mode bus
1
n
1
2
n
1
1
n
n
1
n
5
5
n
n
n
n
n
n
-/n
n/n
n
n
n
1
2
2
2
1
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
8
12
13
1
7
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
4
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1
n
1
n
4
n
1
1
n
n
n
1
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Power supply
Electronics powered via an integrated power suppply unit for
supply voltage
Electronics powered via an external 230 V AC wall power supply
(enclosed)
Electronics powered by alkaline
cells LR6 (AA), 1.5 V (enclosed)
Electronics powered by a lithium
battery ½ AA, 3.6 V (enclosed)
n
n
n
2x
2x
2x
2x
3x
1x
Bus connection
Integrated bus coupling unit
Bus connection via screw
terminal
KNX RF with integrated antenna
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Inputs
Universal inputs
•Digital 0/1
•LG-Ni1000
•DC 0...10 V
1
1
1
1
1
4
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
15-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
15
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Technical specification
Overview
Pulse inputs
•Reed contact
•Reed contact with NAMURcircuitry
M-Bus channels
Selected M-Bus meters
WRI982
SSA955
RRV934
RRV918
RRV912
QFP910
QAX913..
QAX903..
QAW910
QAC910
QAA910
OZW772..
ERF910
Type
AP 260/11
... Continuation of the table
2
n
n
3
n
Outputs
Universal outputs
DC 0...10 V (max. DC 1 mA)
Relay outputs
•Universal
•3-position actuator
NO contact, AC 24...230 V, AC
0,02...2 (2) A
Controller outputs
•PWM, NO or NC
•3-position
TRIAC, AC 230V, AC 5..30 mA
1
2
n
n
1
1
2
1
4/5
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2
8
n
n
n
n
n
15
15-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Technical specification
Central functions
Central functions
Central apartment unit
Type
QAX903..
Starter Kit
QAX913..
KIT911
KIT914
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Basis function
Clock with power reserve
Meteorological forecast
Warning messages and failure
indication
Device supervision
Activation
•Present / absent
•Partial or entire monitoring
Monitoring functions
Fault inputs via RF and TP
Monitoring delay
Triggering of switching groups
/ scenes
Tripping of cut-off valves
Announcement delay
Fault outputs via RF and TP
n
n
n
n
n
n
Light, blind and scene
control
Switching, dimming
Open, close, steps
Triggering
Time program including absent
logic
Twilight control
Presence simulation
n
n
n
n
n
n
HVAC apartment functions
Setpoint limitation (heating,
cooling)
Antilime function
Outside temperature
controlled...
•night setback
•minimum flow setpoint
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
15
Summer operation mode with
predefined valve position
•Manuel
•Fixed date
•Outside temperature dependent
•Digital input
15-7
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Technical specification
Central functions
... Continuation of the table
Type
Domestic hot water
Central apartment unit
QAX903..
QAX913..
• Charge, changeover, release
• Temperature control
• Time program
Floor cooling
• Override of room controller
• Flow temperature control with
cooling curve
• Dew point monitoring
• Cooling demand per room
group
Domestic ventilation
• Fan steps
• Night cooling
• Operation-hour counter / maintenance message
Multicontroller
RRV934
Starter kit
KIT911
KIT914
n/-
n/-
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
3
3
n
n
n
n
n/n
n/n
n/n
n/n
3
Superordinated HVAC
functions
Demand signals
• Heat request, switching /
continous
• Refrigeration request, switching / continous
Room groups / zone control
• Room group pump
• Flow temperature control
• Flow temperature limitation
• Return temperature limitation
2
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
15
15-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Technical specification
Individual room control
Individual room control
Central apartment unit
Type
Starter kit
QAX903..
QAX913..
KIT911
KIT914
12
12
2
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
1+2
1+2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
HVAC room functions
Number of rooms / zones
Heating setpoints and room
operation modes
Cooling setpoints and room
operation modes
Weekly time program
Room unit / room temperature
sensor with averaging
Window monitoring
Parallel operation
•Heating circuits
•Radiator control actuator
Refrigeration release
Control of external air con
Individual room control
Radiator control
actuator
Typ
SSA955
Heating circuit controller
RRV912..
RRV918..
Room temperature sensor /
Room unit
QAA910
QAW910
n
n
Door / window
contact
AP 260/11
Room control
Sensor
n 1)
•Room temperature
•Window contact (intern +
terminal block)“
Control
•Operation modes with individun
n
al setpoint
•PID control
n
n
•Thermal actuator
n
n
n
•Electromotoric actuator"
1)
Limited temperature measurement accuracy due to mounting condition
n
n
n
n
15
15-9
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio system KNX RF / Synco living
Technical specification
Consumption data acquisition
Consumption data acquisition
Consumption data
interface
Type
Inputs
WRI982
Central apartment unit
QAX93..
Web server
QAX913..
OZW772..
2
Pulse inputs
• Reed contact
• Reed contact with NAMUR
circuitry
M-bus channels
Selected M-Bus meters
n
n
3
n
Display
Type of meters
• Heat and / or cooling energy
meter
• Cold water meter
• Hot water meter
• Power meter
• Gas meter
• Other meter
4
4
4
3
3
2
4
4
4
3
3
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
Functions
Current value
Monthly values, due date values
Billing data transmission
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Reporting
Consumption data file
• Remote read out via Web
• Periodical transmission to email
receivers
• Encryption
n
2
n
15
15-10
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Central apartment unit QAX9..
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection
QAX913..
The central apartment unit serves as an operator and display unit for an apartment.
It manages individual room control (heating/cooling) of up to 12 rooms‚ comfort ventilation‚ precontrol
and DHW control‚ control of air conditioning equipment‚ and acquires the consumption data of heat‚
water‚ electricity and gas. Additional functions include the control of lights and blinds. Door and window
contacts plus smoke detectors and water monitors can be integrated for monitoring purposes.
V Management of heating and cooling control for one apartment
- Suited for heating and cooling plants with central distribution (e.g. underfloor heating) and radiators
with decentral connections
- Selection of operating mode‚ timer and holidays / special day function for the apartment
- Independent time switches and operating modes for 12 rooms
- Flow temperature control of 2 independent room groups including limitation (min. / max.) and maintained return temperature (high / low)
- Increase of economy room temperature setpoint and minimum flow temperature setpoint depending
on the composite outside temperature
- Collection of heat / cooling requests from the individual rooms and forwarding the requests to the
heat/cooling sources via wired bus‚ heat/cooling demand relay or DC 0...10 V output to the RRV912 or
RRV934
V Absence function (heating‚ cooling‚ ventilation‚ lights) with simulation of presence (lights)
V DHW heating with time switch and selection of operating mode
V Management of 3-stage ventilation plant via RRV934 multicontroller‚ incl. night cooling
V Control of air conditioners (split units) via universal outputs (locally and RRV91x) or via S-Mode (KNX
TP1)
V Operation of lights and blinds via 4 softkeys‚ time switch and events
V Monitoring door contacts‚ window contacts and smoke detectors
V Display of meteorological data
V Presentation of key data on info pages
V Wireless communication with the devices of GAMMA wave and Hager tebis TX product ranges
V Remote access via Siemens web server OZW772.xx
V Intuitive and simple control with Android or IOS App
V Collection of meter data (heat / cool‚ electricity‚ water‚ gas) to support automated meter reading & billing
Data sheet
N2740
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Communication
AC 230 V
7 VA
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF) and KNX TP1
(wired bus)
30 m
Full graphic backlit display
Digital 0/1
LG-Ni1000
1
0...120 °C
AC 24...230 V
NO - contact
AC 0.02...2 (2) A
1
IP20D
230 x 130 x 29.7 mm
Indoor wireless range
Display
Universal input‚ signal
Universal inputs‚ number
Measuring range‚ temperature
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Relay outputs‚ number
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
15
15-11
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Central apartment unit QAX9..
Range overview QAX913..
Product Title
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection‚ without instructions; plain text output in 23 languages
N2740
S55621-H126
QAX913-9
N2740
S55621-H111
QAX913-DE
N2740
S55621-H114
QAX913-FR
N2740
S55621-H116
QAX913-IT
N2740
S55621-H124
QAX913-CS
Without instructions; Plain text output in bg‚ cs‚ de‚ dk‚ el‚ en‚ es‚
fi‚ fr‚ hr‚ hu‚ it‚ nl‚ no‚ pl‚ pt‚ ro‚ ru‚ sk‚ sl‚ sr‚ sv‚ tr
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection
in German
Instructions in de; plain text output in de‚ en‚ es‚ fr‚ it‚ nl‚ pt
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection
in French
Instructions in fr; plain text output in de‚ en‚ es‚ fr‚ it‚ nl‚ pt
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection
Instructions in it; plain text output in de‚ en‚ es‚ fr‚ it‚ nl‚ pt
Central apartment unit with energy consumption data collection
in Czech
Instructions in cs; plain text output in bg‚ cs‚ en‚ hu‚ pl‚ ru‚ sk
Manuals in several languages are available for download as PDF files from www.siemens.com/syncoliving-td
Web-Server for QAX9..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Web server for 1 Synco device
BPZ:OZW772.01
OZW772.01
Web server for 4 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.04
OZW772.04
Web server for 16 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.16
OZW772.16
Web server for 250 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.250
OZW772.250
15
15-12
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Central apartment unit QAX9..
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data collection
QAX903..
The central apartment unit serves as an operator and display unit for an apartment.
It manages individual room control (heating/cooling) of up to 12 rooms‚ comfort ventilation‚ precontrol‚
control of air conditioning equipment‚ and acquires the consumption data of heat‚ water‚ electricity and
gas.
V Management of heating and cooling control for one apartment
- Suited for heating and cooling plants with central distribution (e.g. underfloor heating) and radiators
with decentral connections
- Selection of operating mode‚ timer and holidays / special day function for the apartment
- Independent time switches and operating modes for 12 rooms
- Flow temperature control of 2 independent room groups including limitation (min. / max.) and maintained return temperature (high / low)
- Increase of economy room temperature setpoint and minimum flow temperature setpoint depending
on the composite outside temperature
- Collection of heat / cooling requests from the individual rooms and forwarding the requests to the
heat/cooling sources via wired bus‚ heat/cooling demand relay or DC 0...10 V output to the RRV912 or
RRV934
V Absence function (heating‚ cooling‚ ventilation)
V Management of 3-stage ventilation plant via RRV934 multicontroller‚ incl. night cooling
V Control of air conditioners (split units) via universal outputs (locally and RRV91x) or via S-Mode (KNX
TP1)
V Display of meteorological data
V Presentation of key data on info pages
V Remote access via Siemens web server OZW772.xx
V Intuitive and simple control with Android or IOS App
V Collection of meter data (heat / cool‚ electricity‚ water‚ gas) to support automated meter reading & billing
Data sheet
N2741
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Communication
AC 230 V
7 VA
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF) and KNX TP1
(wired bus)
30 m
Full graphic backlit display
Digital 0/1
LG-Ni1000
1
0...120 °C
AC 24...230 V
NO - contact
AC 0.02...2 (2) A
1
IP20D
230 x 130 x 29.7 mm
Indoor wireless range
Display
Universal input‚ signal
Universal inputs‚ number
Measuring range‚ temperature
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Relay outputs‚ number
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
15
15-13
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Central apartment unit QAX9..
Range overview QAX903..
Product Title
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data
collection‚ without instructions; plain text output in 23 languages
N2741
S55621-H125
QAX903-9
N2741
S55621-H110
QAX903-DE
N2741
S55621-H113
QAX903-FR
N2741
S55621-H115
QAX903-IT
N2741
S55621-H123
QAX903-CS
Without instructions; plain text output in bg‚ cs‚ de‚ dk‚ el‚ en‚ es‚
fi‚ fr‚ hr‚ hu‚ it‚ nl‚ no‚ pl‚ pt‚ ro‚ ru‚ sk‚ sl‚ sr‚ sv‚ tr
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data
collection in German
Instructions in de; plain text output in de‚ en‚ es‚ fr‚ it‚ nl‚ pt
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data
collection in French
Instructions in fr; plain text output in de‚ en‚ es‚ fr‚ it‚ nl‚ pt
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data
collection in Italian
Instructions in it; plain text output in de‚ en‚ es‚ fr‚ it‚ nl‚ pt
Central apartment unit for HVAC and energy consumption data
collection
Instructions in cs; plain text output in bg‚ cs‚ en‚ hu‚ pl‚ ru‚ sk
Manuals in several languages are available for download as PDF files from www.siemens.com/syncoliving-td
Web-Server for QAX9..
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Web server for 1 Synco device
BPZ:OZW772.01
OZW772.01
Web server for 4 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.04
OZW772.04
Web server for 16 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.16
OZW772.16
Web server for 250 Synco devices
BPZ:OZW772.250
OZW772.250
15
15-14
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Room unit QAW91.. and room sensor QAA91..
Room unit
QAW910
Wireless room unit.
The QAW910 is used for the operation and display of basic space heating functions. It also forwards the
acquired room temperature to the central apartment unit QAX9..‚ either periodically or when changes
occur. The room temperature is shown on the display of the QAW910.
V
V
V
V
V
Operation and display of space heating functions
Selection of room operating mode‚ timer function and room temperature setpoint readjustment
Display of space heating function and status messages
Acquisition of the room temperature
Battery-powered by commercially available 1.5 V batteries (contained in the scope of delivery)
Especially suited for:
Renovation projects (old buildings‚ museums‚ churches‚ historical buildings‚ etc.)
Difficult wall-mounting situations (sandstone‚ glass‚ etc.)
Variable floor plans (different décors‚ furniture changes)
New houses and buildings
RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ bidirectional)
Data sheet
N2703
Voltage supply
Battery life
Battery capacity
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Measuring range‚ temperature
Display
Display size
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mignon (2xAA) LR6
3 years
2.5 Ah
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF)
30 m
0...50 °C
Segment LCD
Resolution 0.1 °C
IP40
84 x 130 x 23.6 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAW910
QAW910
15
15-15
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Room unit QAW91.. and room sensor QAA91..
QAA910
Room temperature sensor
Wireless room temperature sensor for acquiring the room temperature.
During operation‚ the QAA910 forwards the acquired room temperature to the central apartment unit
QAX9..‚ either periodically or in the case of changes.
V
V
V
Battery-powered by commercially available 1.5 V batteries (contained in the scope of delivery)
Especially suited for:
Renovation projects (old buildings‚ museums‚ churches‚ historical buildings‚ etc.)
Difficult wall-mounting situations (sanddstone‚ glass‚ etc.)
Variable floor plans (different décors‚ furniture changes)
New construction projects
RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ unidirectional)
Data sheet
N2701
Voltage supply
Battery life
Battery capacity
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Measuring range‚ temperature
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mignon (2xAA) LR6
3 years
2.5 Ah
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz unidirectional (RF)
30 m
0...50 °C
IP40
84 x 84 x 23 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAA910
QAA910
15
15-16
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Radiator control actuator SSA95..
Radiator control actuator
SSA955
RF-based actuator for radiator valves.
The SSA955 controls the room temperature based on the data forwarded by the central apartment unit
QAX9...
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Battery-powered by commercially available 1.5 V batteries (contained in the scope of delivery)
Silent mode (e.g. for use in sleeping rooms)
Automatic identification of valve stroke
Parallel connection of multiple actuators possible
Integrated temperature sensor
For direct mounting with coupling nut (no tools required)
Manual adjustment
RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ bidirectional)
Data sheet
N2700
Voltage supply
Battery life
Battery capacity
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Sound power level
Mignon (3xAA) LR6
3 years (2 years in silent mode)
2.5 Ah
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF)
30 m
Silent mode: <25 dB (A)
Normal mode: <30 dB (A)
2.5 mm
110 N
1...110 °C
0...50 °C
1...50 °C
M30 x 1.5
IP40
Upright to 90° inclined
48 x 95 x 80.6 mm
Stroke
Positioning force
Medium temperature
Measuring range‚ temperature
Ambient temperature‚ operation
Connecting thread
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Suitable adaptors for valves of other manufacturers types AV5 . and AV6 .‚ see chapter " Valves and actuators for room- and zone applications"
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:SSA955
SSA955
15
15-17
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Heating circuit controller RRV91..
RRV912
Heating circuit controller‚ 2 heating circuits
RF-based heating circuit controller for up to 2 heating circuits and DHW heating.
In operation‚ the RRV912 maintains the required room temperature of the individual heating circuits.
The central apartment unit QAX9.. forwards the relevant data via RF.
V
V
V
V
V
V
Suited for use in heating and cooling plants
With central distributors (e.g. underfloor heating or soft steel piping system)
For use with motorized radiator valves (e.g. with sill covers)
Heating circuit control with 2- or 3-position actuators
2 universal relay outputs‚ e.g. for control of the room group pump and DHW heating
1 universal input‚ e.g. for connection of a DHW temperature sensor or an alarm
1 universal output DC 0...10 V for forwarding the heat / cooling demand signal
RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ bidirectional)
Data sheet
N2705
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Control algorithm
Triac output‚ switching voltage
Triac output‚ switching current
Triac outputs‚ number
Universal output‚ signal
Universal output‚ current
Universal outputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
AC 230 V
7 VA
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF)
30 m
2-position: PID‚ 3-position: PID
AC 230 V
30 mA
2
DC 0…10 V
max. DC 1 mA
1
Digital 0/1
LG-Ni1000
1
0...120 °C
AC 24...230 V
NO - contact
AC 0.02...2 (2) A
2
IP30
On DIN rail
With screws
180 x 98 x 50 mm
Universal inputs‚ number
Measuring range‚ temperature
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Relay outputs‚ number
Degree of protection
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
15
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RRV912
RRV912
15-18
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Heating circuit controller RRV91..
Heating circuit controller‚ 8 heating circuits
RRV918
RF-based heating circuit controller for up to 8 heating circuits.
In operation‚ the RRV918 maintains the required room temperature of the individual heating circuits.
The central apartment unit QAX9.. forwards the relevant data via RF.
V
V
V
V
V
Suited for use in heating and cooling plants
With central distributors (e.g. underfloor heating or soft steel piping system)
For use with motorized radiator valves (e.g. with sill covers)
Connection facility for up to eight 2-position actuators
1 Universal relay output‚ e.g. for control of the room group pump and DHW heating
1 Universal input‚ e.g. for connection of a DHW temperature sensor or an alarm
RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ bidirectional)
Data sheet
N2706
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Control algorithm
Triac output‚ switching voltage
Triac output‚ switching current
Triac outputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
AC 230 V
7 VA
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF)
30 m
2-position PID
AC 230 V
30 mA
8
Digital 0/1
LG-Ni1000
1
0...120 °C
AC 24...230 V
NO - contact
AC 0.02...2 (2) A
1
IP30
On DIN rail
With screws
245 x 98 x 50 mm
Universal inputs‚ number
Measuring range‚ temperature
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Relay outputs‚ number
Degree of protection
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RRV918
RRV918
15
15-19
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Multi controller RRV93..
RRV934
Multicontroller
RF-based multicontroller for precontrol of up to 2 room groups or control of ventilation plant with up to
3 stages. All inputs and outputs are also suited for universal use. The relevant data are forwarded wirelessly by the central apartment unit QAX9...
V Suited for use in heating and cooling plants for precontrol of up to 2 room groups
- 2 primary controllers each with a DC 0...10 V actuator
- 1 primary controller with a DC 0...10 V actuator and 1 primary controller with a 3-position actuator
Flow and return temperature limitation‚ optional control of room group pumps and DHW heating
V Suited for control of 3-stage ventilation plant incl. HR bypass‚ with impact from humidity‚ indoor air
quality or CO2- level‚ incl. fault monitoring
V Forwarding the heat / cooling demand signal to primary energy plant
V RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ bidirectional)
Data sheet
N2709
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Control algorithm
Universal output‚ signal
Universal output‚ current
Universal outputs‚ number
Universal input‚ signal
AC 230 V
7 VA
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF)
30 m
Precontroller: PI
DC 0…10 V
max. DC 1 mA
2
Digital 0/1
LG-Ni1000
DC 0...10 V
4
0...120 °C
AC 24...230 V
NO - contact
AC 0‚02...2 (2) A
4
IP30
On DIN rail
With screws
245 x 98 x 50 mm
Universal inputs‚ number
Measuring range‚ temperature
Relay output‚ switching voltage
Relay output‚ switching current
Relay outputs‚ number
Degree of protection
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:RRV934
RRV934
15
15-20
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Consumption data interface WRI982
Consumption data interface
WRI982
The consumption data interface collects consumption (meter) data and communicates these data using
KNX RF directly to the central apartment unit (QAX913 or QAX903). Meters may be connected either via
Impulse inputs or via M-Bus (wired). There is an additional interface for communication with the Synergyr central communication device‚ OZW30‚ for the purpose system migration.
V
V
V
V
M-Bus MiniMaster for up to 3 M-Bus meters
2 Impulse inputs for impulse meters
BatiBus communication to Synergyr OZW30
KNX RF communication to QAX913 or QAX903
Data sheet
N2735
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Communication
AC 230 V
7 VA
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF)
BatiBus communication to Synergyr OZW30
30 m
IP30
On DIN rail
or with screws
120 x 90 x 50 mm
Indoor wireless range
Degree of protection
Mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Stock No.
Product No.
S55621-H112
WRI982
15
15-21
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Water monitor QFP910 and Meteo sensor QAC910
QFP910
Water monitor
Wireless sensor for detecting water leaks.
The QFP910 sends its status (dry / water leak) to the Central Apartment Unit QAX913 periodically or if
there is a change in status.
V Battery-powered by commercially available 1.5 V batteries (contained in the scope of delivery)
V External water leak sensor
V RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ unidirectional)
QAC910
Data sheet
N2732
Voltage supply
Battery life
Battery capacity
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mignon (2xAA) LR6
3 years
2.5 Ah
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz unidirectional (RF)
30 m
IP40
84 x 84 x23 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55371-C100
QFP910
Meteo sensor
Wireless sensor for acquiring outside temperature and atmospheric pressure.
In operation‚ the QAC910 forwards the acquired outside temperature and atmospheric pressure to the
central apartment unit QAX9..‚ either periodically or when changes occur.
V
V
V
15
Battery-powered by commercially available 1.5 V batteries (contained in the scope of delivery)
Especially suited for:
Renovation projects (old buildings‚ museums‚ churches‚ historical buildings‚ etc.)
Difficult wall-mounting situations (sandstone‚ glass‚ etc.)
Variable floor plans (different décors‚ other furniture)
New houses or buildings
RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ unidirectional)
2-Wire cable between meteo sensor and transmitter required
Data sheet
N2702
Voltage supply
Battery life
Battery capacity
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Measuring range‚ temperature
Degree of protection
Additional info
Mignon (2xAA) LR6
3 years
2.5 Ah
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz unidirectional (RF)
30 m
-50...50 °C
IP40
Dimensions (W x H x D):
Outside sensor: 80 X 92 x 50 mm
RF transmitter: 84 x 84 x 23 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:QAC910
QAC910
15-22
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
RF repeater ERF910
RF repeater
ERF910
Wireless RF repeater for extending plant.
In operation‚ the ERF910 repeats the RF telegrams from the devices attuned to it.
V
V
V
V
Extending and ensuring RF coverage in the Siemens Synco living system
Especially suited for:
Renovation projects (old buildings‚ museums‚ churches‚ historical buildings‚ etc.)
Difficult wall-mounting situations (sandstone‚ glass‚ etc.)
Variable floor plans (different décors‚ furniture changes)
New houses and buildings
External power pack
RF communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz‚ bidirectional)
Data sheet
N2704
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
AC 230 V
0.2 VA
KNX RF-compatible‚ 868.3 MHz bidirectional (RF)
30 m
IP40
84 x 84 x 23 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
BPZ:ERF910
ERF910
15
15-23
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Door/window contact AP 260
AP 260/11
Door/window contact with battery‚ titanium white
V For detecting the state (closed/open) of a door or window via the reed contact integrated in the
device‚ with actuation of the reed contact through the supplied magnet for attachment to the moving
part of the door or window
V Connection for an external floating contact
V 4 plug-in terminals for wire cross-sections (solid or finely stranded) of 0.14...0.5 mm2 for connection
of the external contact and to allow setting via a wire jumper‚ whether monitoring is to cover internal
contact only‚ external contact only‚ or both contacts
V KNX-RF transmitter for 868.3 MHz
V Electronics powered by a lithium battery (1/2 AA 3.6 V)‚ with a battery service life of approx. 5 years‚
with signaling of battery status every 24 hours‚ and with an LED that flashes every 10 seconds to indicate that the battery needs replacing
V Commissioning using a pushbutton located on the front of the sensor D no additional aids required
V Surface mounting
V Comprising one mounting plate for screw or adhesive fastening‚ clip-on radio sensor with integrated
reed contact and trigger solenoid
Data sheet
Dimensions (W x H x D)
TPI: Door/window contact wave AP 260
87 x 36 x 27 mm
Battery included in delivery.
Stock No.
Product No.
5WG3260-3AB11
AP 260/11
15
15-24
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Starter Kit 91..
Starter kit
KIT91..
Wireless starter kit for radiator application‚ consisting of:
V One QAW912 room unit - 2 heating zones
V One or 4 SSA955 radiator control actuators
The starter kit can be complemented by additional SSA955 - up to a total of 6
Data sheet
N2720
Communication
Indoor wireless range
KNX RF-compatible‚ bidirectional‚ 868.3 MHz
30 m
Range overview KIT91..
Product Title
Packaging unit
Data sheet
Stock No.
Product No.
Starter kit with room unit and 1 1 x QAW912 + 1 x SSA955
radiator control actuator
N2720
S55621-H103
KIT911
Starter kit with room unit and 4 1 x QAW912 + 4 x SSA955
radiator control actuators
N2720
S55621-H104
KIT914
15
15-25
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System D Synco living KNX-RF
Synco living
Starter Kit 91..
QAW912
Room unit with KNX RF for 2 heating zones
Wireless room unit
The QAW912 manages room heating control of up to 2 heating zones (rooms) and 6 SSA955 radiator
control actuators. The unit facilitates full control of the room heating functions. All data are clearly
shown on the display. Furthermore‚ the QAW912 acquires the room temperature in the relevant room.
V Operation and display of the room heating functions of both heating zones:
- Selection of room operating mode
- Activation of comfort timer / absence timer
- Setting of 7-day time switch‚ holiday period and room temperature setpoints
- Display of room heating funtion and status messages (incl. all SSA955 connected via radio link)
V Acquisition of the room temperature in one room
V Battery-powered by commercially available 1.5 V batteries (supplied with the unit)
V Collection of heat requests from both rooms and forwarding them to heat generation via the RRV912
V Specifically suited:
- For renovation projects (old building‚ museums‚ churches‚ historical building‚ etc)
- When wall mounting is difficult (sandstone‚ glass‚ etc.)
- If flexible floor plans are required (changing decor‚ different furniture)
- For new buildings
V Radio communication based on KNX standard (868 MHz bidirectional)
V Commissioning via operating buttons - no tools required
Data sheet
N2720
Voltage supply
Battery life
Communication
Indoor wireless range
Measuring range‚ temperature
Display
Display size
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mignon (2xAA) LR6
Typically 2 years (with battery capacity M2.5 Ah)
KNX RF-compatible‚ bidirectional‚ 868.3 MHz
30 m
0...50 °C
Segment LCD
Resolution 0.1 °C
IP40
84 x 130 x 23.6 mm
Stock No.
Product No.
S55621-H102
QAW912
15
15-26
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System – EnOcean
Overview and selection guides
EnOcean
16-2
Display and operation units
i-system
16-3
Gateways, interface converters
EnOcean/KNX
16-7
16
Radio System – EnOcean
Overview and selection guides
EnOcean
EnOcean is ratified since March 2012 to an international standard based on the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) with
ISO/IEC 14543-3-10. Batteryless sensors are independent of energy sources and therefore are completely maintenance-free and enormously
flexible. The use of battery-less sensors therefore opens up new possibilities.
As a result of the flexible installation of maintenance-free products from Siemens with EnOcean technology, universal and individual solutions
can be offered from a single room to an entire building complex without extra cables. With an EnOcean gateway, the integration of sensors for
lighting, sun protection and air-conditioning applications into building automation systems is possible.
Building Automation System
KNX
Lighting
Sun Protection
BACnet
Heating, Ventilation, Cooling
I202_02178
Gateway
What are the benefits of EnOcean technology?
16
•Ecological, because no battery to dispose of and minimum radiant energy (less than with wired pushbuttons)
•Extensive energy savings
•Maintenance-free
•Short installation times
•Reduction in fire load
•Flexibility of the applications
Display and operation units
As a result of their flexible installation, the maintenance-free operating devices with EnOcean technology can be fitted anywhere without extra
cables.An EnOcean gateway enables the integration of the operating devices for light, sun protection and HVAC applications in building automation systems.
Completely flexible
EnOcean operating devices can be mounted on any surface without cables. Simply screw or stick – done. The EnOcean operating devices can be
combined with all DELTA miro and DELTA line frames.
Completely maintenance-free
The EnOcean operating devices are battery-free: It is not necessary to change batteries. The operating devices are therefore maintenance-free
and environmentally friendly.
Further information on EnOcean technology is available on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/enocean
16-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System - EnOcean
Display and operation units
i-system
Wall transmitter‚ EnOcean‚single‚ DELTA i-system
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
AP 221
One or two centered rockers
Vertical operation
Energy generation at the button press by means of induction‚ without batteries‚ maintenance-free
Up to 2 pushbutton functions per rocker
Selectable function per pushbutton: Switching Over‚ Switching On‚ Switching Off‚ 8-bit value‚ 1 pushbutton dimming‚ 1 pushbutton sun protection control
For the pushbutton pair selectable function Switching ON/OFF‚ 2-button dimming with stop telegram‚
2-button sun protection control
Radio telegram according to EnOcean standard at 868.3 MHz
Transmitting power of max. 10 mW
As surface-mounting unit for screwing or sticking
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 7.3 mm
Range overview AP 221
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Wall transmitter‚ EnOcean‚ titanium white
5WG4221-3AB10
AP 221/10
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ aluminum metallic
5WG4221-3AB30
AP 221/30
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ titanium white
5WG4221-3AB11
AP 221/11
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ aluminum metallic
5WG4221-3AB31
AP 221/31
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down-symbols‚ titanium white
5WG4221-3AB12
AP 221/12
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down-symbols‚ aluminum metallic
5WG4221-3AB32
AP 221/32
The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation Untis - Pushbuttons.
16
16-3
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System - EnOcean
Display and operation units
i-system
AP 222
AP222 Wall transmitter‚ EnOcean‚ double‚ DELTA i-system
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
One or two centered rockers
Vertical operation
Energy generation at the button press by means of induction‚ without batteries‚ maintenance-free
Up to 2 pushbutton functions per rocker
Selectable function per pushbutton: Switching Over‚ Switching On‚ Switching Off‚ 8-bit value‚ 1 pushbutton dimming‚ 1 pushbutton sun protection control
For the pushbutton pair selectable function Switching ON/OFF‚ 2-button dimming with stop telegram‚
2-button sun protection control
Radio telegram according to EnOcean standard at 868.3 MHz
Transmitting power of max. 10 mW
As surface-mounting unit for screwing or sticking
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55 x 55 x 7.3 mm
Range overview AP 222
Product Title
Stock No.
Product No.
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ titanium white
5WG4222-3AB10
AP 222/10
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ aluminum metallic
5WG4222-3AB30
AP 222/30
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ titanium white
5WG4222-3AB11
AP 222/11
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with I/O-symbols‚ aluminum metallic
5WG4222-3AB31
AP 222/31
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down symbols‚ titanium white
5WG4222-3AB12
AP 222/12
Wall transmitter EnOcean‚ with up/down symbols‚ aluminum metallic
5WG4222-3AB32
AP 222/32
The matching design frame must be ordered separately. See chapter Display and Operation Untis - Pushbuttons.
16
16-4
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System - EnOcean
Display and operation units
i-system
Room unit with EnOcean interface
V
V
V
V
V
QAX95.4
Acquisition of the room temperature
Powered by solar cell
A gateway is mandatory (EnOcean / KNX)
Optional use of battery if light conditions are insufficient
Including design frame DELTA line‚ titan white
For use with units from the following product ranges:
- RXB (together with gateway EnOcean/KNX‚ RXZ97.1/KNX)
- Devices with KNX Communication
Voltage supply
Measuring range‚ temperature
Measurement accuracy
Time constant
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Solar cell
0…50 °C
±0.4 K
L16 min
IP30
55 x 55 x 19 mm
0.05 kg
Stock No.
Product No.
S55623-H104
QAX95.4
Room unit with EnOcean interface‚ setpoint adjuster
V
V
V
V
V
V
QAX96.4
Acquisition of the room temperature
Room temperature setpoint adjustment
Powered by solar cell
A gateway is mandatory (EnOcean / KNX)
Optional use of battery if light conditions are insufficient
Including design frame DELTA line‚ titan white
For use with units from the following product ranges:
- RXB (together with gateway EnOcean/KNX‚ RXZ97.1/KNX)
- Devices with KNX Communication
Voltage supply
Measuring range‚ temperature
Measurement accuracy
Time constant
Setpoint readjustment range
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Solar cell
0…50 °C
±0.4 K
L16 min
±10 K
IP30
55 x 55 x 28 mm
0.05 kg
Stock No.
Product No.
S55623-H105
QAX96.4
16
16-5
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System - EnOcean
Display and operation units
i-system
QAX97.4
Room unit with EnOcean interface‚ setpoint adjuster‚ button and switch
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Acquisition of the room temperature
Room temperature setpoint adjustment
Freely-programmable button
Step switch (2 stages)
Powered by solar cell
A gateway is mandatory (EnOcean / KNX)
Optional use of battery if light conditions are insufficient
Including design frame DELTA line‚ titan white
For use with units from the following product ranges:
- RXB (together with gateway EnOcean/KNX‚ RXZ97.1/KNX)
- Devices with KNX Communication
Voltage supply
Measuring range‚ temperature
Measurement accuracy
Time constant
Setpoint readjustment range
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
QAX98.4
Solar cell
0…50 °C
±0.4 K
L16 min
±10 K
IP30
55 x 55 x 28 mm
0.05 kg
Stock No.
Product No.
S55623-H106
QAX97.4
Room unit with EnOcean interface‚ setpoint adjuster‚ button and switch for fan
stages
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Acquisition of the room temperature
Room temperature setpoint adjustment
Freely-programmable button
Step switch (5 stages)
Powered by solar cell
A gateway is mandatory (EnOcean / KNX)
Optional use of battery if light conditions are insufficient
Including design frame DELTA line‚ titan white
For use with units from the following product ranges:
- RXB (together with gateway EnOcean/KNX‚ RXZ97.1/KNX)
- Devices with KNX Communication
Voltage supply
Measuring range‚ temperature
Measurement accuracy
Time constant
Setpoint readjustment range
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
16
Solar cell
0…50 °C
±0.4 K
L16 min
±10 K
IP30
55 x 55 x 28 mm
0.05 kg
Stock No.
Product No.
S55623-H107
QAX98.4
16-6
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Radio System - EnOcean
Gateways‚ interface converters
EnOcean/KNX
Radio frequency receiver with Gateway EnOcean/KNX
RXZ97.1/KNX
V Evaluation of up to 32 EnOcean channels
V With RXB‚ other EnOcean functions may also be integrated: switches‚ window contacts‚ motion detectors
V Other EnOcean functions (dimming‚ blinds‚ light sensors) can be realized in KNX systems
V Powered via KNX bus
V With internal antenna
Operating voltage
Voltage supply
Power consumption
Ambient temperature‚ operation
Ambient humidity‚ operation
Degree of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
DC 24 V
KNX bus
0.6 VA
-5…45 °C
5…93 % r.H.
IP20
71 x 71 x 27 mm
0.07 kg
Stock No.
Product No.
S55842-Z101
RXZ97.1/KNX
16
16-7
Siemens Switzerland Ltd
Building Technologies Division
www.siemens.com/gamma
2015
Appendix
Systemoverview
17-2
Technical Information / UL-Standard
Application Examples
17-6
Commissioning via Ethernet (LAN)
17-9
Commissioning via W-LAN
17-10
Coupling lines via Ethernet (LAN)
17-11
Remote access via the Internet (DSL)
17-12
Visualization via Ethernet (LAN)
17-13
Remote access to several locations
17-14
Monitoring locations via Ethernet (LAN)
17-15
Fault indication via Ethernet (LAN)
17-16
Switch/dimming actuators for controlling DALI lighting
17-17
Control via Radio System – EnOcean
17-18
Catalog notes
17-19
Ordering information
17-20
Quality management
17-21
17
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Allgemeines
Controlling, monitoring, signaling
Sensors
(control
stations)
Bus line
I201_05799
230/400 V
Actuators
(receivers)
Ever increasing demands made on the flexibility and convenience
of electrical installations, combined with the requirement to minimize energy requirements, have led to the development of building
management systems. The bus technology used in these systems is
based on manufacture-independent and internationally standardized
technology: KNX. More than 100 manufacturers support this standard
and have joined forces to form the KNX Association.
The member companies ensure the availability of bus-compatible products. This has made it possible for devices from various manufacturers
to be used in a single KNX system.
Demand for more convenience and the fact that more and more is
technically possible means that an increasing amount of time and
effort is being devoted to electrical installations. While conventional
electrical installation technology has reached the limits of its capabilities, Gamma instabus, the intelligent building management systems
from Siemens based on KNX has made it possible to satisfy these
comprehensive demands with solutions that are both easy to manage
and affordable.
System advantages
17
In conventional electrical installations, each function needs its own
cable and each control system a separate network. By contrast,
Gamma instabus allows all operational functions and processes to be
controlled, monitored and signaled via a single common cable. This
means that the energy feeder can be routed directly to consumers
without any detours.
Not only does this reduce the amount of cables required, it also has
other huge advantages: electrical installations in buildings are far
simpler to install, and it is also easy to add any subsequent extensions
and make modifications. If the purpose or configuration of a building
is changed, the Gamma instabus system is easy to adapt by simply reassigning the various bus devices (changing their parameters), without
the need to lay any new cables. These parameters can be reassigned
using a PC connected to Gamma instabus and the configuration and
commissioning software ETS (Engineering Tool Software).
With the right interfaces, Gamma instabus can also be connected to
the control centers of other building management and automation
systems (e.g. SICLIMAT X) or to a public telephone network (e. g. ISDN)
or using a LAN/Internet connection. It is therefore just as cost-effective
to use the Gamma instabus in the family home as in hotels, schools,
banks, office buildings or complex non-residential buildings.
Each receiver acknowledges receipt of the telegram when the transmission is successful. If no acknowledgement is issued, transmission is
repeated up to three times. If the telegram is still not acknowledged,
the send operation is aborted and the error noted in the memory of
the transmitter.
Transmission of data using KNX is not electrically isolated as the power
supply for the bus devices (24 V DC) is transmitted at the same time.
The telegrams are modulated on this direct voltage, whereby a logic
zero is transmitted as a pulse. The omission of a pulse is interpreted as
a logic One.
The individual data of the telegrams are transmitted in asynchronous
mode. However, transmission is synchronized by start and stop bits.
Access to the bus as the shared physical medium of communication
for asynchronous transmission must be controlled unambiguously. In
the case of KNX, the CSMA/CA procedure is used for this purpose. The
CSMA/CA procedure guarantees collisionfree access to the bus without
any reduction of bus data throughput.
All stations listen in but only those actuators actually addressed
respond. If a station wants to transmit, it first has to listen in and wait
until no other station is transmitting (Carrier Sense). When the bus is
unoccupied, any station can begin a transmission operation (Multiple
Access).
If two stations begin to transmit simultaneously, the higher-priority
instantly asserts itself on the bus (Collision Avoidance), while the other
station pulls back and restarts the transmission operation some time
later.
If the two stations have an identical level of priority, the one with the
smaller physical address asserts itself.
Addressing
Every letter needs an address in order for it to be correctly delivered
by the postal service. The addressing of bus devices is similar, but the
form used for postal purposes is unsuitable in this case.
During configuration with the ETS, each bus device is assigned its own
physical address with which it can be uniquely identified, just as a
postal address is a unique ID for the recipient of a letter. However, the
physical address has to be expressed in the language of the bus, and is
based on the topological structure of the KNX system.
Physical addressing is used by the ETS only for commissioning the
individual bus devices or for servicing and diagnostics activities. In this
case the addressing is performed along the same lines as for the postal
delivery service.
Unlike the postal service, which delivers a letter to the recipient‘s
address, the configured group address is written into each telegram
sent by the transmitter. Every bus device listens to this telegram, reads
the group address contained in it, and checks whether the telegram is
addressed to it or not.
The group address to which a bus device should respond is assigned
during configuration of the KNX system using ETS. Unlike the postal
delivery service, several group addresses can be assigned to one bus
device.
When a bus device is listening to a telegram on the bus, it will always
receive the telegram if it responds to the group address entered in the
telegram. If not, it will discard the telegram as not being intended for
it.
Transmission technology
The KNX-based Gamma instabus is a distributed, event-controlled bus
system with serial data transmission for the controlling, monitoring
and signaling of operational functions.
All the connected bus devices can exchange data over a common
transmission path, the bus. Data is transmitted in serial mode and in
compliance with precisely defined rules (the bus protocol). The data to
be transmitted is packed into a telegram and sent over the bus from a
sensor (the command output) to one or more actuators (the command
receiver).
17-2
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Topology
Technology
Up to 64 bus-compatible devices (stations) can be connected to and
operated on the smallest unit of the KNX system, i. e. on a single line.
Using line couplers connected to the so-called main line it is possible to
bundle up to 15 lines in an area.
Fifteen areas can be joined together by means of backbone couplers,
which are connected to the so-called backbone lines, in order to form
a larger unit.
Interfaces (gateways) to third-party systems (SICLIMAT X, LAN, etc.), or
additional KNX systems are connected to the backbone line.
Although more than 14,000 devices can be interconnected in a single
unit, the clear-cut logic of the system is preserved. Telegrams only ever
overstep the interfaces to other lines and function areas if they are
needed in those areas. This minimizes the telegram load on the main
line. Line/backbone couplers carry out the necessary filter function.
The physical address is based on this topological structure: every
device can be uniquely identified through the specification of its area,
line and device number. For assignment of the devices to the operational functions the group addresses are divided into main groups and
subgroups.
During configuration it is possible to divide the group addresses for
different management functions into as many as 14 main groups, e.
g. for
• Lighting control
• Shutter/blind control
• Room control for heating, ventilation, air conditioning.
Each main group can include as many as 2048 subgroups, to suit the
user‘s requirements. This means that each device is able to communicate with all the other ones..
Each line requires its own power supply unit for the devices, and is
therefore self-sufficient.
The Siemens power supply unit supplies the individual devices on the
line with SELV (safety extra-low voltage) of 24 V DC and, depending
on the version, can be loaded with 160 mA, 320 mA or 640 mA. It
features both voltage and current limiting and is therefore short-circuit
resistant. Short system interruptions are jumpered with a buffer period
of 200 ms.
The bus load depends on the type of devices connected. The devices
are ready for operation at a minimum of 21 V DC and typically draw
150 mW from the bus. If there is a concentration of a large number of
bus devices in a single location, the power supply unit must be located
in the near vicinity.
A maximum of two power supply units are permissible on one line. A
minimum distance of 200 m of cable length must be observed between the two power supply units.
The length of a cable plus all junctions must not exceed 1000 m. The
distance between a power supply unit and a device must not exceed
350 m. In order to ensure that there are no telegram collisions, the distance between two devices should be limited to a maximum of 700 m.
The bus cable can be laid parallel to the mains cable. It can be looped
and branched. A cable terminating resistor is not required. The devices
are connected to the bus by means of either pressure contact or bus
terminals. Connection by means of pressure contact is achieved by
simply snapping the devices (designed for installation in distribution
boards) on to the TH35 EN 60715 standard mounting rail with integrated data rail. Transition from the data rail to the bus cable is effected
by a connector. The bus cable is connected to surface-mounting,
flushmounting, wall-mounting, ceiling-mounting and built-in devices
by plugging on the bus terminal.
LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
64 64 64
64
3
4
Line 1
LC
2
64
64 64
64
........................
64
64 64
64
12
13
15
14
I201_05798
17
Line coupler
17-3
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Devices
Each device generally comprises a universal Bus Coupling Unit (BCU)
and a task-specific Bus Terminal (BT, e. g. pushbutton or display), which
exchanges information with the BCU via the User Interface (UI). The
BCU receives telegrams from the bus, decodes them and actuates the
BT. Conversely, the BT sends information to the BCU, which encodes it
and sends it as a telegram onto the bus.
During configuration and commissioning with the ETS, the BCU receives the parameterization data for the function that is to be performed.
For this purpose, the BCU contains a Microprocessor (MP) with a
non-volatile ROM (Read Only Memory), a volatile RAM (Random Access
Memory) and a non-volatile EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM).
The ROM contains the system-specific software that cannot be changed by the user. The parameterization data for the function of the BCU
to be performed are saved by the ETS in the EEPROM. The current data
are saved by the MP in the RAM.
The assignment of the UI pins differs on the various BTs. This ensures
that a BT connected through the UI is able to communicate error-free
with the BCU when the relevant application program has been loaded
by ETS in the EEPROM of the BCU.
I201_05796a
To other systems
1
2
13
24
13
24
15
1 3
14
2 4
3
13
1 4
12
2
3
11
4
10
BbC
BbC
BbC
BbC
1
2
3
4
BbC
1
2
3
4
BbC
1
2
3
4
BbC
LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
LC
64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64
17
Functional zone 1
2
Line coupler
BbC Backbone coupler
1.... Bus devices
17-4
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
System data
Bus cable
• Cable type
mm2
YCYM 2 x 2 x 0.8
One core pair (red, black) for signal transmission and power supply,
one core pair (yellow, white) for additional applications (SELV or
voice)
• Cable lengths of one line in total (core diameter: 0.8 mm)
m
max. 1 000 (including all junctions)
• Length between two bus devices
m
Max. 700
• Length between bus device and power supply unit (320 mA)/choke
m
Max. 350
Cable length
• Length between power supply unit (320 mA) and choke
Side-by-side mounting necessary
(on standard mounting rail with integrated data rail)
Bus devices
• Number of areas
Max. 15
• Number of lines per area
Max. 15
• Number of bus devices per line
Max. 64
Topology
Line, star or tree structure
Power supply
• Power supply
V DC
• Power supply units per line
24 (SELV safety extra-low voltage)
One power supply unit (160, 320 or 640 mA)
Transmission
• Transmission technology
• Baud rate
Distributed, event-controlled, serial, symmetric
bit/s
9600
Device features (unless otherwise specified)
Degree of protection according to EN 60529
IP20
Protective measure
Bus: safety extra-low voltage SELV 24 V DC
Overvoltage category
Rated insulation voltage Ui
III
V
250
Degree of pollution
2
EMC requirements
complies with EN 50081-1 and prEN 50082-2 (severity 3),
prEN 50090-2-2, KNX/EIB manual
Resistance to climate
prEN 50090-2-2, KNX/EIB manual
Operating conditions
• Application
For fixed installation indoors, for dry rooms and installation in
heavy-current distribution boards
• Ambient operating temperature
°C
-5 to +45
• Humidity in operation
%
Max. 93
• Storage temperature
°C
-40 to +55
• Humidity in storage
%
Max. 93
Certification
KNX/EIB certified
CE marking
Compliant with EMC Directive (residential and non-residential buildings), Low Voltage Directive
17
17-5
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Gamma instabus Devices comply with UL standard
Broad spectrum
Overview of IEC – UL standards
Further links
www.ul.com for general UL information
www.ul.com/database for UL-listed devices
www.ul-europe.com for UL information concerning Europe
www.siemens.com/gamma for information on Gamma products
IEC e.g.: EN, VDE, BS, NF
UL/CSA
I201_13559
UL standards are used in North America, but also in several other countries. This is of particular importance to European exporters of electrical switchgear equipment for machines who export to the USA, as their
products will only be accepted if they meet the relevant UL standards.
UL 508A describes the design of control cabinets and implementation
of integral components with reference to other pertinent UL standards
where applicable. It therefore represents the basic standard for all
electrical systems used in North America. A wide range of Gamma instabus devices comply with UL standards and are therefore suitable for
implementation worldwide in both IEC/EN and UL applications within
the framework of their specified use.
Worldwide application of EN/IEC or UL standards
Low-voltage systems in the USA
While a variety of different systems are used in the USA, three-phase
systems with 240 V and 480 V and 3- and 4-wire systems are the most
common, with 208 V and 600 V playing a considerably smaller role.
Residential buildings are primarily fitted with 120 to 240 V singlephase systems. A frequency of
60 Hz is standard in North America.
Industry and commercial
Three-phase, 4 wires
Three-phase wye, 4 wires
Caution:
The PE must not be used for electricity. There is
no PEN conductor => N = „Grounded Conductor“ (white or gray), separate wires must be
used for PE and N.
480 V Y/277 V1)
600 V Y/347 V1)
240 V Y/131 V1)
208 V Y/120 V1)
17
1)
Residential
Three-phase, 3 wires
Three-phase delta, 3 wires, grounded corner
Single-phase, 3 wires
Single phase, 120 V/240 V, grounded midpoint
240 V
480 V
600 V
240 V, phase conductor
120 V to ground
Y describes the „Solidly grounded circuit“. The „Y“ value specifies the voltage between the phases (e. g.480 V), the value after the slash specifies the
voltage between the phase and the grounding (e.g. 277 V at 480 V voltage between the phases).
17-6
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Explanation of UL symbols
All symbols and descriptions of UL symbols can be found on the Internet: www.ul.com/mark/art.htm
General information about UL can be found at: www.ul.com
Application
UL symbol
This is the most used UL symbol. If a product has this mark, it means that the device samples tested by UL have met the
UL safety requirements. These requirements are largely based on the UL standards published by UL. This mark can be
found on all types of devices, such as household appliances, computers, fuses, electrical switchgear, fire extinguishers,
life belts and thousands of other devices.
c-UL symbol
This mark applies to the Canadian market. Products with this mark have been examined by UL in accordance with Canadian safety directives, which differ in some points from the US directives.
Symbol
c-UL US symbol
This symbol was introduced at the beginning of 1998. It means that the device bearing this mark complies with both UL
and Canadian regulations.
UR, c-UR and c-UR US symbol
Recognized component mark and Canadian recognized component mark
These symbols are seldom seen by consumers as they are affixed to special components that are part of a larger system
or product. These components may have technical or design restrictions.
The Component Recognition symbol can be on a large number of products, such as switches, power supplies, printed
boards, switching devices and many other products. Products for Canada have an additional „c“.
The c UR US symbol was introduced in 1998 and means that the marked components meet both the UL and CSA regulations.
The „UL listed“ symbol u is applied to devices that can be installeduniversally and without further instructions or any restriction of their respective
applicability, e. g. contactors to UL 508, miniature circuit breakers to UL 489, energy management devices according to UL 916 ...
The „UL Recognized“ symbol U is intended for devices that may only be installed by experts as components, e. g. miniature circuit breakers to UL
1077, time switches to UL 917, SITOR fuses, ...
120 V
277 V/480 V
1
Class 2
(SELV)
2
1
1
3
4
4
5
I201_18159
KNX
5
GAMMA instabus
UL listed according to UL 916
6
1
Feeder protection
2
Bus power supply
3
Bus line
4
Load switch
5
Wall switch
6
Load
17
6
17-7
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
5WG1 energy management devices . . . according to UL 916
The UL 916 requirements cover energy management equipment rated
600 V or less intended for installation in accordance with the National Electrical Code NFPA 70. This primarily applies to devices for the
control of electrical loads to achieve the desired use of electrical power.
Such equipment controls electrical loads by responding to sensors and
actuators.
All devices that are powered by the bus voltage or by an external < 30
V DC and < 1.5 A power supply, and that are not connected to voltages
greater than 30 V AC/DC, meet the conditions of Class 2 equipment.
These devices can be used as energy management equipment according to UL 916 (energy management equipment accessories).
List of available products that require a UL mark.
17
Version
Article No.
Type
N 125 power supply units u
Integrated choke, 160 mA
5WG1 125-1AB01
N 125
N 125/11 power supply units u
Integrated choke, 320 mA
5WG1 125-1AB11
N 125/11
N 125/21 power supply units u
Integrated choke, 640 mA,
additional unchoked output, 29 V DC
5WG1 125-1AB21
N 125/21
N 141/02 KNX/DALI gateways u
5WG1 141-1AB02
N 141/02
N 261 binary inputs u
4 inputs for 24 V AC/DC
5WG1 261-1CB01
N 261
N 512 load switches u
8 x 120 V/277 V AC, 20 A; 347 V AC, 15 A
5WG1 512-1CB01
N 512
N 526E02 switch/dimming actuators u
8 x 120 V/277 V AC, 20 A; 347 V AC, 15 A
5WG1 526-1EB02
N 526E02
N 523/CB04 shutter/blind actuators u
4 x 120 V AC, 6 A
5WG1 523-1CB04
N 523/CB04
17-8
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Faster downloads save time
In every Gamma instabus project, the devices are commissioned once
they have been installed. Once the physical addresses have been assigned, application programs, parameters and addresses are loaded to the
devices. Particularly in the case of larger projects with a large number
of devices, this can be a time-consuming process. However, with the
Siemens LAN connection, this can now all be carried out much faster.
This saves you time and money.
Simply connect your notebook to the Gamma instabus over the
N 148/21 IP interface and start the download. By comparison: using
LAN, the download now only takes about half the time required using
RS232 or USB.
I201_15412
The solution
LAN (Ethernet cross cable)
KNX
IP interface
LAN-capable notebook
KNX device
KNX device
KNX device
The benefits
• Planning, configuring, commissioning and diagnosis with ETS3 (KNX
commissioning software)
• Simply connect your notebook and start the download
• Downloading twice as fast, thus saving you considerable time during
commissioning
Note:
LAN stands for Local Area Network. In LANs, data transport is organized using the IP (Internet Protocol) – the standard network protocol
on the Internet.
Proceed as follows
• Connect the IP interface to the KNX
• Connect the notebook to the IP interface via the Ethernet cross cable
– and start downloading.
You require the following
• N 148/22 IP interface (5WG1 148-1AB22)
• 24 V power supply for N 148/22 IP interface
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• Ethernet cross cable
• LAN-capable notebook
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17
17-9
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Commissioning – Now you can do it yourself
In every Gamma instabus project, the devices are commissioned once
they have been installed. First you need to assign the physical addresses. To do this, select the device in the ETS3 (KNX commissioning
software) on your notebook and press the programming pushbutton
on the device. In the case of distributed devices, such as flush mounting bus coupling units, this means a lot of running around! This is one
reason why these commissioning tasks are usually carried out in pairs.
But now you no longer have to go to all this trouble. Simply wirelessly
connect your notebook to the KNX via W-LAN. Now you are free to
roam during the commissioning process – simply take your notebook
with you, wherever it‘s needed. It really couldn‘t be any quicker or
easier. And there is no risk of errors, such as mixing up the devices due
to ambiguous calling.
The solution
I201_15411
W-LAN
(wireless)
LAN (Ethernet cable)
KNX
W-LAN router
IP interface
Notebook W-LAN-capable
KNX device
KNX device
KNX device
The benefits
• Wireless Gamma instabus commissioning via W-LAN
• Freedom of movement within the building
• Single-person commissioning
Note:
W-LAN stands for Wireless Local Area Network and describes a „wireless“ local radio network for data transmission.
W-LANs are quick and easy to install, cover large areas and operate
cost-effectively.
Proceed as follows
Connect the IP interface to the KNX, connect the W-LAN router to the
IP interface using the Ethernet cable – and you‘re off - free to roam the
entire building with your notebook and the ETS.
You require the following
17
• N 148/22 IP interface (5WG1 148-1AB22)
• 24 V power supply for N 148/22 IP interface
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• Ethernet
• W-LAN router
• W-LAN-capable notebook
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17-10
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Connect main and backbone lines via KNXnet/IP
With the new KNXnet/IP standard, KNX telegrams can be transmitted
via Ethernet (LAN). This enables new applications and solutions. Existing network infrastructures and technologies are used to transmit KNX
data over greater distances.
Links between buildings and/or building levels can be clearly and easily
implemented using KNXnet/IP.
The solution
KNX
KNX
LAN (multicast-capable)
IP router
IP router
KNX device
I201_15413
KNX device
KNX device
The benefits
• LAN as main and backbone line
• Supports data transmission over greater distances
• Utilization of existing data networks and components (LAN)
Proceed as follows
Note:
LAN stands for Local Area Network. In LANs, data transport is organized using the IP (Internet Protocol) – the standard network protocol
on the Internet.
Multicast-capable: multicast telegrams can simultaneously operate
several IP devices in the LAN. In the case of network components (network switches, routers) this requires the appropriate configuration.
• Connect an N 146/02 IP router to each KNX line
(instead of an N 140/03 line coupler)
• Connect the N 146/02 IP router over a multicast-capable LAN
• Commission each N 146/02 IP router like a „conventional“ line/ backbone coupler using the ETS3.
You require the following
• N 146/02 IP router (5WG1 146-1AB02), 1 x per line
• 24 V power supply for N 146/02 IP Router
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• Ethernet patch cable or LAN, depending on size
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17
17-11
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Simple modification using remote access
In virtually any project, during completion of a building, or prior to the
building being used, you will be faced with the need for modifications,
e. g. lighting times are too long or too short. Until now this generally
involved making an appointment with the customer, driving to the site,
changing the parameterization, driving back to the office. Now you
can carry out these modifications from the comfort of your office: With
LAN/Internet, you can now carry out parameterization tasks simply,
practically – and remotely. These days, virtually all buildings have LAN
and Internet connections - so you always have global access. Because
buildings are not always manned, it is essential to ensure data security
using VPN, DSL or dial-up routers.
This saves time and money and demonstrates to your customers the
degree of flexibility they can enjoy using a Gamma instabus system.
The solution
KNX
LAN
DSL router with VPN or
ISDN/analog dial-up router
IP interface
KNX device
Internet (over VPN connection
or dial-up modem)
DSL router or modem
I201_15414
KNX device
LAN
KNX device
The benefits
• Parameters can be changed quickly and easily via remote access
• Remote access saves travel time and costs
• Date security is ensured
Proceed as follows
• Connect the N 148/22 IP interface to the KNX
• Connect the N 148/22 IP interface to the LAN
• Configure the VPN/DSL or dial-up router
Note:
LAN stands for Local Area Network. In LANs, data transport is organized using the IP (Internet Protocol) – the standard network protocol
on the Internet.
VPN (Virtual Private Network) lets you set up a secure subnetwork via
an open, unsecured network (Internet, wireless network) by protecting
all communication against access or being tapped into by unauthorized
third parties. This is achieved by means of „tunneling“ the data traffic
via a VPN server, which means that any connections must be authenticated and that all data is also encoded.
You require the following
• N 148/22 IP interface (5WG1 148-1AB22)
• 24 V power supply for N 148/22 IP interface
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
• VPN/DSL or ISDN/analog dial-up router
17
17-12
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Visualization – up to 200 times faster with KNXnet/IP
When larger projects require the cyclic polling of large volumes of data
points for the purposes of visualization, this can often lead to prolonged periods of waiting until the values are updated. Use the LAN as the
main and backbone line and link your visualization PC to the LAN.
Visualization is then up to 200 times faster - and you can monitor
larger volumes of data points. No further need for data concentrators.
The data volume is irrelevant and the LAN can easily cope with that
„little bit of KNX“ on the side.
The solution
LAN-capable PC with visualization
KNX
KNX
LAN (multicast-capable)
IP router
IP router
KNX device
I201_15415
KNX device
KNX device
The benefits
• LAN as main and backbone line
• Visualization now up to 200 times faster
• High data volumes possible
• No data concentrators required
Proceed as follows
Note:
LAN stands for Local Area Network. In LANs, data transport is organized using the IP (Internet Protocol) – the standard network protocol
on the Internet.
Multicast-capable: multicast telegrams can simultaneously operate
several IP devices in the LAN. In the case of network components (network switches, routers) this requires the appropriate configuration.
• Commission the KNX devices, including the N 146/02 IP router
• Install visualization software
• Search for the N 146/02 IP router as visualization software and
• connect
• Configure the visualization
You require the following
• N 146/02 IP router (5WG1 146-1AB02), 1 x per line
• 24 V power supply for N 146/02 IP Interface
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• Ethernet network (LAN)
• LAN-capable PC
• IPAS ComBridge Studio visualization software
(see chapter „Display and Operation Units“)
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17
17-13
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Remote operation and remote visualization
In many cases, several locations need to be managed simultaneously.
There are many such examples:
• Monitoring of cooling temperatures in several supermarkets or
warehouses
• Monitoring of fans for failure
• Monitoring of temperature and humidity in several greenhouses.
It is now possible to carry out these monitoring tasks centrally via the
Internet/Intranet from absolutely anywhere. This saves you human resources, time and money. And the Internet/Intranet is available everywhere. Commissioning is further facilitated by the fact that distributed
locations can be configured identically.
The solution
KNX
I201_15416
IP interface
KNX device
Location 1
KNX
KNX device
Internet VPN connection
or Intranet/LAN
IP interface
Location 2
KNX
KNX device
IP interface
Location 3
The benefits
• Plants and locations can be remotely visualized, controlled and monitored via existing networks
• Simple commissioning thanks to options for identical configuration
of different locations
Proceed as follows
• Connect one N 148/22 IP interface per location to the KNX
• Connect the N 148/22 IP interface to the LAN
• Configure the N 148/22 IP interface via the Intranet/Internet
• Define the N 148/22 IP interface in your visualization program/ETS3
Note:
LAN stands for Local Area Network. In LANs, data transport is organized using the IP (Internet Protocol) – the standard network protocol
on the Internet.
VPN (Virtual Private Network) lets you set up a secure subnetwork via
an open, unsecured network (Internet, wireless network) by protecting
all communication against access or being tapped into by unauthorized
third parties. This is achieved by means of „tunneling“ the data traffic
via a VPN server, which means that any connections must be authenticated and that all data is also encoded.
You require the following
17
• N 148/22 IP interface (5WG1 148-1AB22), 1 per location
• 24 V power supply for N 148/22 IP interface
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• IPAS ComBridge Studio visualization software
(see chapter „Display and Operation Units“)
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17-14
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Demand-oriented maintenance through remote signaling
Some distributed locations need to be regularly checked for specific
states and maintained accordingly. For example, the states of oil tanks
in distributed apartment houses, or the operating hours of consumers.
These states can now be signaled centrally at any location of your
choice.
This dispenses with the need for inspections and maintenance at regular intervals. For example, oil tanks in distributed apartment houses
only need to be topped up when necessary. And the fact that this
method of operation even allows consumers to wait for favorable oil
prices is just one further advantage.
The solution
KNX
I201_15416
IP interface
KNX device
Location 1
KNX
KNX device
Internet VPN connection
or Intranet/LAN
IP interface
Location 2
KNX
KNX device
IP interface
Location 3
The benefits
• Central status signaling of distributed locations
• Lower maintenance costs
• Optimization of maintenance costs
Proceed as follows
• Connect one N 148/22 IP interface per location to the KNX
• Connect the N 148/22 IP interface to the LAN
• Configure the N 148/22 IP interface via the Intranet/Internet
• Define the N 148/22 IP interface in your visualization program/ETS3
Note:
LAN stands for Local Area Network. In LANs, data transport is organized using the IP (Internet Protocol) – the standard network protocol
on the Internet.
VPN (Virtual Private Network) lets you set up a secure subnetwork via
an open, unsecured network (Internet, wireless network) by protecting
all communication against access or being tapped into by unauthorized
third parties. This is achieved by means of „tunneling“ the data traffic
via a VPN server, which means that any connections must be authenticated and that alldata is also encoded.
You require the following
• N 148/22 IP interface (5WG1 148-1AB22), 1 per location
• 24 V power supply for N 148/22 IP interface
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• IPAS ComBridge Studio visualization software
(see chapter „Display and Operation Units“)
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17
17-15
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Enhanced plant availability due to early fault detection
Whether dealing with a lamp failure in depots or offices, a drop in
pressure in filters, or pump failure - automated plants in distributed
locations are constantly subject to possible faults/malfunctions. The
earlier such faults are detected, the less costly they are to remedy. If
such plants are being controlled with Gamma instabus and are connected over LAN/IP, these types of fault indications can be forwarded over
the Internet. A fast response means that the functionality of the plant
is quickly restored and costs are kept to a minimum.
The solution
KNX
I201_15416
IP interface
KNX device
Location 1
KNX
KNX device
Internet VPN connection
or Intranet/LAN
IP interface
Location 2
KNX
KNX device
IP interface
Location 3
The benefits
• Central solution for distributed locations
• Fast forwarding of fault indications
• Fast responses mean less damage
Proceed as follows
• Connect one N 148/22 IP interface per location to the KNX
• Connect the N 148/22 IP interface to the LAN
• Configure the N 148/22 IP interface over the Intranet/Internet
• Define the N 148/22 IP interface in your visualization program/ETS3
Note:
LAN stands for Local Area Network. In LANs, data transport is organized using the IP (Internet Protocol) – the standard network protocol
on the Internet.
VPN (Virtual Private Network) lets you set up a secure subnetwork via
an open, unsecured network (Internet, wireless network) by protecting
all communication against access or being tapped into by unauthorized
third parties. This is achieved by means of „tunneling“ the data traffic
via a VPN server, which means that any connections must be authenticated and that all data is also encoded.
You require the following
17
• N 148/22 IP interface (5WG1 148-1AB22), 1 per location
• 24 V power supply for N 148/22 IP interface
(e. g. 4AC2 402, Power over Ethernet, unchoked bus voltage)
• IPAS ComBridge Studio visualization software
(see Chapter „Display and Operation Units“)
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17-16
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Using DALI lighting without complicated DALI commissioning
The lighting control system uses ECGs with DALI interfaces, for example, in order to be able to signal lamp failures.
Using the N 525E switch/dimming actuators, it is now possible to use
DALI devices in Gamma instabus without any prior knowledge of the
DALI system and DALI commissioning.
The N 525E switch/dimming actuator switches and dims eight mutually
independent groups of fluorescent lamps with dimmable ECG with
DALI interface. Up to eight DALI ECGs can be connected to each of the
eight channels.
The solution
N 525E switch/dimming actuator, 8 x DALI
I201_15419
KNX
DALI
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
DALI ECG
max. 8 DALI ECGs per channel
The benefits
• Real 0 to 100 % luminosity control
• High operating safety due to selective disconnection in the event of
a fault
• Fault indications for light groups
• For individual room light control
Note:
DALI stands for Digital Addressable Lighting Interface. DALI is a digital
interface that is integrated in the controlgear of lights and enables
flexible wiring and commissioning. As well as switching and dimming
functions, they are also able to detect and signal lighting failures.
Proceed as follows
• Connect the N 525E switch/dimming actuator to the KNX
• Connect each group of DALI ECGs that are to be jointly controlled to
an output of the N 525E switch/dimming actuator
• Configure each channel as a conventional actuator in the ETS and
program the device
You require the following
• N 525E switch/dimming actuators (5WG1 525-1EB01)
• Dimmable ECGs with DALI interface
• ETS3 (current version see www.knx.org)
17
17-17
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
EnOcean – flexible, battery-free, maintenance-free
Occasionally, wires are not wanted for some applications in buildings,
or cables are expensive to install, or it is quite simply not possible. In
such cases, the maintenance-free switches and room devices based on
the open communication standard EnOcean are the ideal solution.
The solution
KNX
KNX device
AP 222
Wall-mounted
transmitter
KNX/EnOcean
gateway
Room units
QAX9x.y
KNX device
I201_18347
KNX device
The benefits
• Battery-free, thus environmentally-friendly and maintenance-free
• Communication via open standard
• Can be mounted on any surface – simply stick or screw into place –
done.
• Retrofitting without the need for new cables
• Connection to Gamma instabus – KNX via KNX/EnOcean Gateway
Proceed as follows
• Connect the KNX/EnOcean Gateway RXZ97.1 to KNX
• Configure and program the RXZ97.1 KNX/EnOcean Gateway in ETS
(KNX commissioning software)
• Program EnOcean devices
You require the following
• RXZ97.1 KNX/EnOcean gateway
• Additional EnOcean devices, depending on the application,
-- Lighting/sun protection applications:
EnOcean AP 22x wall-mounted transmitter
-- HCVA applications: QAX9x.y room controllers
• ETS (current version see www.knx.org)
17
17-18
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Trademarks
All product designations may be registered trademarks or product
names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties
for their own purposes may violate the rights of the owner.
Amendments
All technical data, dimensions and weights are subject to change without notice unless otherwise specified on the pages of this catalog.
Dimensions
All dimensions are in mm.
Images
The illustrations are not binding.
Technical data
The technical data are for general information purposes.
Further technical information is available at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
• under Product List:
-- Technical specifications
• under Entry List:
-- Updates
-- Download
-- FAQ
-- Manuals
-- Characteristic curves
-- Certificates
Assembly, operation and maintenance
The instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the products must be observed during assembly, operation and maintenance.
17
17-19
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
Ordering very small quantities
When very small quantities are ordered, the cost of order processing often exceeds the order value. We therefore recommend that you combine
several small orders. Where this is not possible, we regret that we are obliged to make a small processing charge: for orders with a net goods
value of less than € 100 we charge a € 15 supplement to cover our order processing and invoicing costs.
Explanations on the selection and ordering data
Lieferzeitklasse (LK)
DT
Meaning
►
Preferred type
A
two workdays
B
one week
C
three weeks
D
six weeks
X
on request
Preferred types are device types that can be delivered immediately ex works, i. e. they are
dispatched within 24 hours.
If ordered in normal quantities, the products are usually delivered within the specified delivery
times, calculated from the date we receive your order.
In exceptional cases, delivery times may vary from those specified.
The delivery times are valid ex works from Siemens AG (products ready for dispatch).
Shipping times depend on the destination and the method of shipping. The standard shipping
time for Germany is one day.
The specified delivery time classes are correct at the time of going to print and are subject to
constant optimization. Up-to-date information can be found at
www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Price units (PU)
The price unit defines the number of units, sets or meters to which the specified price and weight apply.
Price groups (PG)
Each product is allocated to a price group.
Weight
The defined weight is the net weight in kg and refers to the price unit (PU).
Examples
DT
Article-No.
A
5WG1125-1AB02
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
DT
Article-No.
1
A21
A
5TG4324
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
1
A20
DT:
A = two workdays
DT:
A = two workdays
PU:
One unit (on which price is based)
PU:
One set* (on which price is based)
PG:
A21
PG:
A20
* The selection and ordering data specify the parts that
make up a set
17
17-20
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
The quality management system of our IC BT CPS Business Unit complies with the international standard EN ISO 9001.
Certificates
Information on the certificates available (CE, UL, CSA, FM, shipping
authorizations) for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation products can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
In the Entry List you can use the certificate type (general product
approval, explosion protection, test certificates, ship building,...) as a
filter criterion.
17
17-21
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Appendix
Technical Information
UL-Standard
17
17-22
Siemens Schweiz AG
www.siemens.com/gamma
Building Technologies Division
2015
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising